LIBRARY OF ALLEN KNIGHT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT 502 California Street SAN FRANCISCO. CALIFORNIA iUhv^Uf- . GIFT OF OSLiU^ \ tvu^vt Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2008 with funding from Microsoft Corporation http://www.archive.org/details/banklawsfourthedOOhalsrich Bank Laws (Fourth Edition) Bank Act of California as Amended. Public Deposit Acts of California as Amended. Investment Companies Act of California. National Bank Act as Amended. Currency Act of March 14, 1900. Additional Circulation Act. Postal Savings Bank Act. New York Savings Bank Law. COMPILED BY N. W. HALSEY & COMPANY SAN FRANCISCO 1913 C?A\* COPYRIGHTED 19 14 N. W. HALSEY & COMPANY 424 CALIFORNIA STREET San Francisco, Cal. Fourth Edition \j 3o'/e & fBraJen Comparts 'Printers San Francisco, California 1913 Pref ace This Fourth Edition of our compilation of "Bank Laws" is designed to give in compact and convenient form the latest revisions of the Statutes, both National and State, which affect the bond holdings of California banks. The two principal Statutes presented are the California Bank Act, as revised at the 1913 Session of the State Legislature, which Act applies to Commercial Banks, Savings Banks and Trust Companies doing business in California, and the National Bank Act, as amended to date, which governs the operations of National Banks. In order to add to the reference value of the book, we have carefully annotated these Statutes, having the parts of the law referring specifically to bonds printed in black faced type. Other California laws included are the Public Deposit Acts and the Investment Companies Act. Statutes permitting the deposit of State and other public funds in banks against the pledge of State or Municipal bonds were first passed at the 1907 Session of the Legislature. These statutes have unquestionably added to the attractiveness of public bonds, State and Municipal, as a reserve holding for banks. The principle of these laws appears to be sound and will probably remain a part of the permanent policy of the State. The Investment Companies Act, or "Blue Sky Law", as it is popularly termed, enacted at the 1913 Session of the California Legislature, is somewhat of an innovation. This law provides for a State regulation of public offerings of bonds and stocks, and is designed primarily to prevent the sale of unsafe or fraudulent securities to inexperienced investors. It is hoped that this Law will prove beneficial to conservative dealers in investment securities, through the elimination of unscrupulous competition, but until a thorough test is made of its operation and the operation of similar statutes recently enacted in other states, it will be impossible to judge with any accuracy the practical effect of this legislation. Among the National statutes included in this volume are the Postal Savings Bank Law, enacted by the Sixty-First Congress, which provides for the deposit of 65% of any savings deposits 380306 received by the Postal authorities with banks in the locality where the money is collected, against the pledge of "Public Bonds" and the Additional Circulation Act, or "Emergency Currency Act", as it is popularly called. This latter Act expires by its terms June 30, 1914, and is not likely to be re-enacted in its present form. It seems probable that either at the special Session of Congress, in session as we go to press, or at the regular Session of the Sixty- Third Congress, which convenes in December, an important revision of the National fiscal system will be made. The uncer- tainties attending this proposed legislation are so great, however, that we do not feel justified in postponing on its account the publication of this edition, containing the important recent amend- ments to the California Bank Act. To the foregoing statutes are added extracts from the New York Savings Bank Law, defining the character of bonds which may be purchased and held by savings banks in that State, which are mutual institutions without capital stock rigidly restricted as to the character of their investments. These extracts are included, first, because, on account of the importance and scientific character of the New York law, it is reasonable to expect a gradual development of bank laws in other states along the lines established in it, and second, because the prestige and market standing attaching to a bond which satisfies the require- ments of the New York Savings Bank Law, is such as to make the question of whether or not securities conform to this law of importance to bankers generally. This compilation has been made by our Statistical Department, which aims to keep on file, available for the inspection of bankers and other investors, official data relative to banking and investment matters. Upon request we shall gladly furnish detailed information as to the regulations of the National Treasury Department, the State Treasurer's office and the Banking Department of California, together with copies of all forms incident to dealing with these offices; also official statis- tics relative to the property and earnings of railroad and other quasi- public corporations, the assessed valuation and other essential facts regarding bond issuing municipalities. T __ .„.,_ N. W. Halsey & Company. June L\J, \y \j. Contents Page Bank Act of California as Amended 9 Public Deposit Acts of California 103 Investment Companies Act of California Ill National Bank Act as Amended 121 Currency Act of March 14, 1900 207 Additional Circulation (Emergency Currency Act) 217 Postal Savings Bank Act 231 Postal Savings Bonds (Information issued Jan. 1, 1913)... 239 New York Savings Bank Law 245 General Index 253 Bank Act of California. An Act to Define and Regulate the Business of Banking Article I. GENERAL PROVISIONS. SECTION 1 . This act shall be known as the "bank act," and Title of act shall be applicable to all corporations specified in the next section. Sec. 2. The word "bank" as used in this act shall be Definition of construed to mean any incorporated banking institution which shall Hank' have been incorporated to conduct the business of receiving money on deposit, or transacting a trust business as hereinafter defined. The soliciting, receiving or accepting of money or its equivalent on deposit as a regular business shall be deemed to be doing a commercial or savings bank business whether such deposit is made subject to check or is evidenced by a certificate of deposit, a pass book, a note, a receipt or other writing; provided, that nothing herein shall apply to or include money or its equivalent left in escrow or left with an agent, pending investment in real estate or securities for or on account of his principal. It shall be unlawful for any corporation, partnership, firm or individual to engage in or transact a banking business within this state except by means of a corporation duly organized for such purpose. Banks are divided into the following classes: , N c , , Kinds of banks. (a) .savings banks; (b) Commercial banks; and (c) Trust companies. Sec. 3. Corporations may be formed by any number of natural Formation of persons, not less in any case than three, under the laws of this banks. state to conduct, as provided in this act, and not otherwise, any one or more or all of the businesses mentioned in divisions (a), (b), and (c) of section two, of this act. 10 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Savings banks. Sec. 4. The term "savings bank," when used in this act, means a bank organized for the purpose of accumulating and loaning the funds of its members, stockholders, and depositors, and which may loan and invest the funds thereof, receive deposits of money; loan, invest and collect the same with interest; and may repay depositors with or without interest, and having power to invest said funds in such property, securities and obligations as may be prescribed by this act ; and to declare and pay dividends on its general deposits, and a stipulated rate of interest on deposits made for a stated period or upon special terms. Commercial Sec. 5. The term "commercial bank," when used in this acti banks, means any bank authorized by law to receive deposits of money, * deal in commercial paper or to make loans thereon, and to lend money on real or personal property, and to discount bills, notes, or other commercial paper, and to buy and sell securities, gold and silver bullion, or foreign coins or bills of exchange. Trust Sec. 6. The term "trust company," when used in this act, companies, means any corporation which is incorporated under the laws of this state for the purpose of conducting the business of acting as executor, administrator, guardian of estates, assignee, receiver, depositary or trustee under appointment of any court or by authority of any law of this state, or as trustee for any purpose permitted by law. Foreign Sec. 7. No foreign corporation shall transact a banking business corporations, in this state without first complying with all the requirements of the laws of this state relative to banks as defined in this act, and without having assigned to its business in this state the amount of paid-up capital and surplus required by this act for the transaction of such business within this state. No foreign banking corporation shall transact business in this state until such corporation has made the assignment of capital required by this section and has received a certificate from the state superintendent of banks. Any foreign banking corporation transacting business in this state shall become subject to the supervision of the state superintendent of banks. Every foreign banking corporation, including those which were on January second, nineteen hundred thirteen, transacting business in this state, which receives any deposits or transacts any other banking business or transacts its business in such a manner as might lead the BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 11 public to believe that its business is that of a bank, shall conduct all its business in accordance with the statutes governing incorporated banking institutions organized under the laws of this state. The capital of any such foreign banking corporation assigned to its business in this state and all funds and deposits of money received by any such corporation in this state or for or in connection with its business in this state and all accounts and transactions of said business transacted by any such foreign corporation in this state shall be kept separate and apart from the general business, assets and accounts of such foreign corporation in the same manner as if the business of such foreign corporation conducted within this state was that of a separate and independent corporation organized under the laws of this state for the purpose of doing a banking business and all of the provisions of this act affecting investments, loans of money, receiving deposits and conducting business in any respect shall be deemed to apply to such assigned capital, investments, loans, deposits, assets, funds and business in the same manner as if such assigned capital, investments, loans, deposits, assets, funds and business were that of such separate and independent corporation; provided, that loans may be made by any such foreign corporation based on its entire paid-up capital and surplus in case such foreign corporation shall have assigned to its business in this state a paid-up capital and surplus as above provided equal to 20 per centum of the deposit liability of such branch agency or office to residents of this state. Such funds and investments or loans thereof shall be appropriated solely to the security and payment of such deposits, and shall not be mingled with the investments of the capital stock or other money or property belonging to such corporation or be liable for the debts or obligations thereof. All income received from the investment of said funds over and above such funds as may be paid to depositors as interest or shall be carried to the surplus fund, as provided in section twenty-one of this act, shall accrue as profits to the corporation and may be transferred to its general funds. No such foreign corporation shall transact any banking business in this state until it has executed and filed with the superintendent of banks a written instrument appointing such superintendent or his successor in office, its true and lawful attorney, upon whom all process issued by authority of or under any law of this state may be served, with 12 N. W. HALSEY & CO. the same effect as if such corporation was formed under the laws of this state and had been lawfully served with process therein. Such service upon such attorney shall be deemed personal service on such corporation. The superintendent of banks shall forthwith forward by mail, postage prepaid, a copy of every process served upon him under the provisions of this section, addressed to the manager or agent of such corporation, at its principal place of business in this state. For each copy of process, the superintendent of banks shall collect the sum of two dollars, which shall be paid by the plaintiff or moving party at the time of the service, to be recovered by him as a part of his taxable costs if he succeed in the suit or proceeding. No foreign corporation shall have or exercise in this state the power to receive deposits of trust moneys, securities or other personal property from any person or corporation or any of the powers specified in section six of this act, nor have or maintain an office in this state for the transaction of, or transact, directly or indirectly, any such or similar business, except that a trust company incorporated in another state may be appointed and may accept appointment and may act in this state as executor of or trustee under the last will and testament of any deceased person, upon giving the bond required in such cases of individuals unless waived by the last will and testament making such appointment and by taking and subscribing an oath for faithful performance of such trust by the president, vice-president, secretary, manager or trust officer of said corporation; provided, that similar corporations organized under the laws of this state are permitted by law to act as such executor or trustee in the state where such foreign corporation was organized; and provided, further, that such superintendent of banks, for the time being, shall be the attorney of such foreign corporation qualifying or acting in this state as such executor or trustee, upon whom process against such foreign corporation may be served in any action or legal proceeding against such executor or trustee, affecting or relating to the estate or property represented or held by such executor or trustee, or any act or default of such foreign corporation in reference to such estate or property, and it shall be the duty of any such foreign corporation so qualifying or acting to file in the office of said superintendent of banks a copy of its articles of incorporation, or of the statute chartering such BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 13 corporation, certified by its secretary under its corporate seal, together with the post office address of its home office, and a duly executed appointment of said superintendent of banks as its attorney to accept service of process as above provided, and said superin- tendent of banks, when any such process is served upon him, shall at once mail the papers so served to the home office of such corporation; and provided, further, that no foreign corporation having authority to act as executor of or trustee under the last will and testament of any deceased person shall establish or maintain, directly or indirectly, any branch office or agency in this state, or shall in any way solicit, directly or indirectly, any business as executor or trustee therein, and that for any violation of this proviso, the court having jurisdiction of such executor or trustee in said proceeding may in its discretion, revoke the right of such foreign corporation thereafter to act as executor or trustee therein; provided, that nothing in this act shall limit or affect the right of any foreign corporation doing a banking business in this state, to lend within this state, moneys of such corporation which do not form a part of the moneys, deposits or assets of such corporation assigned or belonging to its business in this state. Sec. 8. Every corporation, at the time it applies for a certificate Filing articles of of authority to do a banking business, must file with the superin- incorporation tendent of banks a certified copy of its articles of incorporation, or and amendments. of the statute chartering such corporation, a certified copy of its by- laws, and also a certified copy of all instruments amending or altering such articles of incorporation or charter or by-laws. Thereafter a certified copy of each amendment or certificate shall likewise be so filed before such instrument takes effect. There must also be filed in the office of the superintendent of banks before he shall issue his certificate a certified copy of the affidavit required by section 290a of the Civil Code. Each certification required by the provisions of this section other than that of by-laws must be by the secretary of state. Sec. 9. No bank in this state, or any officer or director Branch banks. thereof, shall hereafter open or keep an office other than its principal place of business, without first having obtained the written approval of the superintendent of banks to the opening of such branch office, which written approval may be given or withheld in his discretion, M N. W. HALSEY & CO. and shall not be given by him until he has ascertained to his satisfaction that the public convenience and advantage will be promoted by the opening of such branch office; provided, that no bank or any officer or director thereof, shall open or maintain any such branch office unless the capital of such bank, actually paid in, in cash, shall exceed the amount required by this act by the sum of twenty-five thousand dollars for each branch office opened and maintained. Every bank, before it opens a branch office, shall obtain the certificate of authority of the superintendent of banks for the opening of each of said branch offices. The applicant shall pay for such certificate a fee of fifty dollars; provided, however, that, in order to encourage saving among the children of the schools of this state, a bank may, with the written consent of and under regulations approved by the superintendent of banks and, in the case of public schools, by the board of education or board of school trustees of the city or district in which the school is situated, arrange for the collection of savings from the school children by the principal or teachers of such schools or by collectors. The principal, teacher or person authorized by the bank to make collections from the school children shall be deemed to be the agent of the bank and the bank shall be liable to the pupil for all deposits made with such principal, teacher or other person, the same as if the deposits were made by the pupil directly with the bank. Every bank and every such officer or director violating the provisions of this section shall forfeit to the people of the state the sum of one hundred dollars for every day during which any branch office hereafter opened shall be maintained without such written approval. Eligibility of Sec. 1 0. No person shall be eligible for election as director directors. f a bank having a capital stock unless he is a stockholder of the bank, owning, in his own right, shares thereof of the par value of at least five hundred dollars; and every person elected to be director who, after such election, shall cease to be the owner in his own right of the amount of such stock aforesaid, or shall hypothecate or in any way pledge such stock as security for any loan or debt shall immediately notify the superintendent of banks in writing of such sale or hypothecation and such director may be removed from the office of director by the superintendent of banks. If a bank be organized without capital stock, no person shall be eligible as BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 15 a director thereof unless he is both a member and a depositor of such bank. Sec. 1 1 . The board of directors of a bank must hold a Directors* meeting at least once a month. Each director, when appointed meeting. or elected, shall take an oath that he will, so far as the duty devolves on him, diligently and honestly administer the affairs of such bank, and will not knowingly violate or wilfully permit to be violated any of the provisions of law applicable to such bank, and that he is the owner in good faith and in his own right of shares of stock of the par value required by section 10 of this act, subscribed by him or standing in his name on the books of the bank, and that the same to an amount equal to the par value of at least five hundred dollars, are not hypothecated or in any way pledged as security for any loan or debt. Such oath shall be subscribed by the director making it, certified by the officer before whom it is taken, and immediately transmitted to the superintendent of banks and filed and preserved in his office. Sec. 1 2. No person, firm, company, copartnership or corpora- Use of words tion, either domestic or foreign, not subject to the supervision of indicating the superintendent of banks, and not required, by the provisions of performance of this act, to report to him, and which has not received a certificate banking business. to do a banking business from the superintendent of banks, shall advertise that he or it is receiving or accepting money or savings, and issuing notes or certificates of deposit therefor, or shall make use of any office sign, at the place where such business is transacted, having thereon any artificial or corporate name, or other words indicating that such place or office is the place or office of a bank or trust company, or that deposits are received there or payments , made on check, or any other form of banking business transacted, nor shall any such person or persons, firm, company, copartnership or corporation, domestic or foreign, make use of or circulate any letterheads, billheads, blank notes, blank receipts, certificates or circulars, or any written or printed, or partly written and partly printed, paper, whatever, having thereon any artificial or corporate name or other word or words indicating that such business is the business of a bank, savings bank or trust company; nor shall any such person, firm, company, copartnership or corporation, or any agent of a foreign corporation not having an established place of 16 N. W. HALSEY & CO. business in this state, solicit or receive deposits or transact business in the way or manner of a bank, savings bank or trust company, or in such a way or manner as to lead the public to believe that its business is that of a bank, savings bank or trust company. Nor shall any person, firm, company, copartnership or corporation, domestic or foreign, not subject to the supervision of the superin- tendent of banks, and not required by the provisions of this act to report to him, and which has not received from the superintendent of banks a certificate to do a banking business, hereafter transact business under any name or title which contains the word "bank," or "banker," or "banking," or "savings bank," or "savings" or "trust" or "trustee" or "trust company"; provided, that this section shall not apply to the corporate name of any building and loan- association now or heretofore doing business in this state; and provided, further, that any such association having in its corporate name words not clearly indicating the nature of its business shall, on all signs, letter heads and advertising matter, state "This is a building and loan association" or words to that effect; and provided, further, that any building and loan association may borrow money, issue investment certificates or evidences of indebted- ness, stating the rate of interest and terms and conditions of repayment, and do such other business as may be authorized by the laws of the state relating to building and loan associations; and provided, further, that no such association shall advertise or hold itself out to the public as a savings bank. Any person, firm, company, copartnership or corporation, domestic or foreign, violating any provision of this section shall forfeit to the state one hundred dollars a day for every day or part thereof during which such violation continues. Upon action brought by the superintendent of banks the court may issue an injunction restraining any such person, firm, company, copartnership or corporation from further using such words in violation of the provisions of this section or from further transacting business in such a way or manner as to lead the public to believe that its business is that of a bank, savings bank or trust company during the pendency of such action and for all time and may make such other order or decree as equity and justice may require. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 17 Sec. 12a. Every person, firm, company, copartnership or Banking corporation, domestic or foreign, advertising that he or it is receiving business defined. or accepting money or savings, and issuing notes or certificates of deposit therefor, or advertising that he or it is transacting the business of a bank, savings bank or trust company, or making use of any office sign at the place where such business is transacted, having thereon any artificial or corporate name, or other words indicating that such place or office is the place or office of a bank or trust company, or that deposits are received there or payments made on check, or that interest is paid on deposits, or that certificates of deposit, either with or without interest are being issued, or that any other form of banking business is transacted, and every person, firm, company, copartnership or corporation, domestic or foreign, making use of or circulating any letterheads, billheads, blank notes, blank receipts, certificates or circulars, or any written or printed, or partly written and partly printed, paper, whatever, having thereon any artificial or corporate name, or advertising that such business is the business of a bank, savings bank or trust company, must have the proper capital stock paid in and set aside for the purpose of transacting such business, and must have received from the superintendent of banks, as provided for in this act, a certificate to do a banking business. Any person, firm, company, copartner- ship or corporation, domestic or foreign, violating any provision of this section shall forfeit to the state one hundred dollars a day for every day or part thereof during which such violation continues. Upon action brought by the superintendent of banks the court may issue an injunction restraining any such person, firm, company, copartnership or corporation from further violating any provision of this section, and may make such further order or decree as equity and justice may require. Every person, firm, company, copartnership or corporation doing any of the things or transacting any of the business defined in this section, must transact such business according to the provisions of the bank act, and the superintendent of banks or his deputy or examiners shall have authority to examine the accounts, books and papers of every such person, firm, company, copartnership or corporation, domestic or foreign, in order to ascertain whether such person, firm, company, copartnership or corporation has violated or is violating any provisions of this section; provided, that this section shall not apply 18 N. W. HALSEY & CO. to the corporate name of any building and loan association now or heretofore doing business in this state; and provided, further, that any such association having in its corporate name words not clearly indicating the nature of its business shall, on all signs, letterheads and advertising matter, state: "This is a building and loan association" or words to that effect; and provided, further, that any building and loan association may borrow money, issue invest- ment certificates or evidences of indebtedness, stating the rate of interest and terms and conditions of repayment, and do such other business as may be authorized by the laws of the state relating to building and loan associations; and provided, further, that no such association shall advertise or hold itself out to the public as a savings bank. Foreign Sec. 12k. Nothing in this act shall be construed or held to corporations, apply to any corporation organized under the laws of any other state which is authorized by its charter or articles of incorporation to transact the business of life insurance and also to be known as and to transact business as a trust company and which shall have complied with the laws of this state affecting the transaction in this state of the business of life insurance by a foreign corporation and which shall have heretofore engaged in such business of life insurance in this state, in such manner as to forbid or prevent its making use of its corporate title in its life insurance business in this state in any such way and to any such extent as it might have made use of the same if this act had not been passed. Foreign Sec. 12c. Any corporation organized under the laws of any corporations country or state other than this state which has complied with all may lend money, of the laws of this state pertaining to foreign corporations and is not engaged in the business of banking or receiving money on deposit in this state may lend money in this state and, for that purpose, may maintain offices in this state, and sue and be sued in this state under its proper corporate name, notwithstanding any prohibitions contained in this act as to the use of any words in the name, signs or advertising matter of corporations not under the supervision of the superintendent of banks. Section thirteen repealed 1913. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 19 SEC. 14. No bank, or officer thereof, shall advertise in any Advertising manner, or publish any statement of the capital authorized or statement of subscribed, unless it or he advertise and publish in connection capital. therewith, the amount of capital actually paid up. No bank shall publish a statement of its resources or liabilities in connection with those of any other bank, unless such statement shall show the resources and liabilities of each bank separately; nor shall surplus and undivided profits be advertised as an aggregate. Sec. 15. All amounts of money heretofore or hereafter Report of deposited with any bank to the credit of depositors who have not deceased of made a deposit on said account or withdrawn any part thereof or unlocated the interest and which shall have remained unclaimed for more than depositors. twenty years after the date of such deposit, or withdrawal of any part of principal or interest, and for which no claimant is known or the depositor cannot be found, shall, with the increase and proceeds thereof, be deposited with the state treasurer in the same manner and subject to the same distribution as provided for in section one thousand two hundred thirty-four of the Code of Civil Procedure. The president or managing officer of every bank must, within fifteen days after the first day of January of every year, return to the superintendent of banks a sworn statement showing the names of depositors known to be dead, or who have not made further deposits, or withdrawn any moneys during the preceding twenty years and at the same time it shall be the duty of the president or managing officer of every bank to furnish to the state controller a list of the names of all depositors to whom said moneys belong or to whom said bank owes the same. Such statement shall show in detail the following matters, viz: First — The name and last known place of residence or postoffice address of the person making such deposit; Second — The amount and date of such deposit and whether the same are in moneys or securities, and if the latter, the nature of the same; Third — The interest due on such deposit, if any, and the amount thereof ; Fourth — The sum total of such deposit, together with the interest added thereto due from such bank on account of such deposit or 20 N. W. HALSEY & CO. deposits and interest thereon to such depositor, but nothing contained herein shall require any corporation or person renting lock boxes or safes in vaults for storage purposes to open or report concerning property stored therein. Such report itemized as aforesaid shall be signed by the person making the same and shall be sworn to before a person competent to administer oaths as a full, complete and truthful statement of each of the items therein contained. The president or managing officer of every bank must, within fifteen days after the first day of January of every odd numbered year, return to the superintendent of banks a sworn statement showing the names of depositors known to be dead, or who have not made further deposits, or withdrawn any moneys during the preceding ten years. Such statements shall show the amount of the account, the depos- itor's last known place of residence or postoffice address, and the fact of death, if known to such president or managing officer. Such president or managing officer must give notice of these deposits in one or more newspapers published in or nearest to the town or city where such bank has its principal place of business, at least once a week for four consecutive weeks, the cost of such publication to be paid pro rata out of such unclaimed deposits. This section does not apply to any deposit made by or in the name of a person known to the president or managing officer to be living, or which, with the accumulation thereon, is less than fifty dollars. The superintendent of banks must incorporate in his subsequent report such returns made to him as provided in this section. If any president or managing officer of any bank neglects or refuses to make the sworn statement required by this section, such bank shall forfeit to the State of California the sum of one hundred dollars a day for each day such default shall continue. Any president or managing officer of any bank who violates any of the provisions of this section shall forfeit to the State of California the sum of one hundred dollars a day for each and every day such violation shall continue. For the purposes of this section all deposits received by any bank under the provisions of section thirty-one or section thirty-one a of this act shall be deemed to have been deposited with such bank at the time the deposit was made with the bank from which the deposit was transferred ; provided, that any bank which shall make any deposit with the state treasurer BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 21 in conformity with the provisions of this section shall not thereafter be liable to any person for the same and any action which may be brought by any person against any bank for moneys so deposited with the state treasurer shall be defended by the attorney general without cost to such bank. Sec. 1 6. When any deposit with a bank shall be made by or Deposits in in the name of any married woman or minor, the same shall be name of a held for the exclusive right and benefit of such depositor, and free married woman from the control or lien of all other persons, except creditors, and or minor. shall be paid, together with the dividends, if any, and interest, if any, thereon to the person in whose name deposits shall have been made, and the receipt or acquittance of such minor shall be a valid and sufficient release and discharge for such deposit, or any part thereof, to the bank. When any deposit with a bank shall be made /) e posi7s by any person in trust for another, and no other or further notice of , n f rusI . the existence and terms of a legal and valid trust shall have been given in writing to such bank, in the event of the death of the trustee, the same or any part thereof, together with the dividends or interest, if any, thereon, may be paid to the person for whom the deposit was made. When a deposit with a bank shall be made by any person in the names of such depositor and another person or Joint accounts. persons, and in form to be paid to either or the survivor or survivors of them, such deposit thereupon, and any additions thereto made by either of such persons upon the making thereof, shall become the property of such person as joint tenants, and the same, together with all interest thereon, shall be held for the exclusive use of the persons so named, and may be paid to either during the lifetime of all or any or to the survivor or survivors after the death of one or more of them, and such payments and the receipt or acquittance of the one to whom such payment is made shall be valid and sufficient release and discharge to said bank for all payments made on account of such deposit. The surviving husband or wife or the Payment of guardian of the estate of any insane or incompetent husband or wife of deposits of any deceased person, or, if no husband or wife is living, then the deceased children or the guardian of the estates of any minor or insane or incom- persons to petent children of said decedent, or, if no children are living, then the survivors, father or mother or guardian of the estate of any insane or incom- petent father or mother of such decedent, and if neither the father 22 N. W. HALSEY & CO. or mother is living, then the brothers and sisters or the guardian of the estates of any minor or insane or incompetent brothers and sisters of such decedent, may, without procuring letters of administration, collect of any bank any sum which said deceased may have left on deposit in such bank at the time of his or her death; provided, such deposit shall not exceed the sum of five hundred dollars. Any bank, upon receiving an affidavit stating that said depositor is dead, and that affiant is the surviving husband or wife or the guardian of the estate of an insane or incompetent surviving husband or wife, as the case may be, of said decedent, or stating that decedent left no husband or wife, and that affiant is, or affiants are, the children, or the guardians of the estates of the minor, insane or incompetent children, as the case may be, of said decedent, or stating that decedent left neither husband, wife, nor children and that affiant is the father or mother, or the guardian of the estate of the insane or incompetent father or mother, as the case may be, of said decedent, or stating that the decedent left neither husband, wife, children, father nor mother, and that affiants are the brothers and sisters or the guardians of the estates of the minor, insane or incompetent brothers and sisters, as the case may be, of said decedent, and that the whole amount that decedent left on deposit in any and all banks of deposit of this state, does not exceed the sum of five hundred dollars, may pay to said affiant or affiants, any deposit of said decedent, if the same does not exceed the sum of five hundred dollars, and the receipt of such affiant is sufficient acquittance therefor; provided, however, that whenever the affidavit herein men- tioned is made by any guardian it shall be accompanied by a certified copy of the letters of guardianship issued to such guardian attached to a certificate of the clerk of the court having appointed such guardian to the effect that the said letters of guardianship have not been revoked. r , .• . Sec. 1 7. Every bank now in existence or hereafter organized l l >.j *i shall keep in its offices, in a place accessible to the stockholders, be l(ept on file c , . II / j depositors, and creditors thereof, and for their use, a book containing a list of stockholders in such corporation, and the number of shares of stock held by each; and every such bank shall keep posted in its BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 23 office, in a conspicuous place, accessible to the public generally, a Information for notice signed by the president or secretary, showing: ine public. 1. The names of the directors of such bank. 2. The number and the par value of the shares of stock held by each director. The entries on such book and such notice shall be made and posted within twenty-four hours after any transfer of stock, and shall be prima facie evidence against each director and stockholder of the number of shares of stock held by each. Section eighteen repealed 1913. Sec. 19. The aggregate of paid-up capital, together with the Relation of surplus, of every commercial bank, must equal ten per centum of P ald ~ u P capital its deposit liabilities; such deposit liabilities shall not be increased deposit when such proportion of paid-up capital and surplus is wanting, and Ltaomues ' in no event shall said paid-up capital be less than the minimum paid-up capital provided by this act; provided, however, that the aggregate of paid-up capital and surplus of every savings bank having a capital stock, and the reserve fund of every savings bank without a capital stock, must equal the following percentages of its deposit liabilities: (a) Ten per centum of any amount up to and including two million dollars. (b) Seven and one-half per centum of any amount in excess of two million dollars up to and including five million dollars. (c) Five per centum of any amount in excess of five million dollars up to and including fifteen million dollars. (d) Two and one-half per centum of any amount in excess of fifteen million dollars up to and including forty million dollars. (e) One per centum of any amount in excess of forty million dollars. The deposits shall not be increased if such proportion of paid-up capital and surplus or reserve fund to deposit liabilities is not main- tained. 24 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Lawful Sec. 20. Every commercial bank receiving deposits as a money depositary bank of other banks shall have at all times as its lawful reserve, money reserve an amount equal to twenty per centum of the aggre- gate amount of its deposits. Two-fifths of such reserve shall be in its own keeping in lawful money of the United States, or gold certificates or silver certificates of the United States. The remaining three-fifths thereof may consist of moneys on deposit subject to call with any bank or banks in this state other than a savings bank; or one-half of such three-fifths or any less portion thereof may consist of moneys on deposit subject to call with any bank or banks in the cities of New York, Chicago or St. Louis, other than a savings bank, and the balance of such three-fifths, of moneys on deposit subject to call with any bank or banks in this state other than a savings bank. Every commercial bank not receiving deposits as a depositary bank of other banks shall have at all times as its lawful money reserve, an amount equal to fifteen per centum of the aggre- gate amount of its deposits. Two-fifths of such reserve shall be in its own keeping in lawful money of the United States, or gold certificates or silver certificates of the United States. The remaining three-fifths thereof may consist of moneys on deposit subject to call with any bank or banks in this state other than a savings bank; or, one-half of such three-fifths or any less portion thereof may consist of moneys on deposit subject to call with any bank or banks in the cities of New York, Chicago or St. Louis, other than a savings bank, and the balance of such three-fifths, of moneys on deposit subject to call with any bank or banks in this state other than a savings bank. If the lawful money reserve of any bank shall be less than the amount required by this section, such bank shall not increase Insufficient its liabilities by making any new loans or discounts, otherwise than money by discounting bills of exchange on sight, or by paying any dividends reserve, from profits until the full amount of its lawful money reserve has been restored. The superintendent of banks may notify any bank whose lawful money reserve shall be below the amount herein required, to restore such reserve; and, if it shall fail for thirty days thereafter to restore such lawful money reserve, such bank shall be deemed insolvent and may be proceeded against under the provisions BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 25 of this act; provided, that all deposits of money herein permitted or required shall comply with the provisions of section forty-three of this act. Sec. 2 1 . The directors of any bank having a capital stock may, Dividends. at certain times, and in such manner as its by-laws prescribe, declare and pay dividends to depositors and stockholders of so much of the profits of the bank, and of the interest arising from the capital, surplus and deposits, as may be appropriated for that purpose under its by-laws or under its agreements with depositors, but every such bank shall, before the declaration of any such dividend, carry at least one-tenth part of the net profits of the stockholders for the pre- ceding half year, or for such period as is covered by the dividend, to its surplus, until such surplus shall amount to twenty-five per centum of its paid-up capital stock. The whole or any part of such surplus, if held as the exclusive property of the stockholders, may at any time be converted into paid-in capital, in which event such surplus shall be restored in the manner above provided until it amounts to twenty-five per centum of the aggregate paid-up capital stock. Subject to the provisions of section nineteen of this act, any losses sustained by any such bank in excess of its undivided profits may be charged to and paid from its surplus, in which event such surplus shall be restored in the manner above provided, to the amount required by law; provided, horvever, that any bank which has invested any portion of its surplus in its bank premises, furniture and fixtures, vaults, or safe deposit vaults and boxes necessary or proper to carry on its banking business shall not be permitted to charge any loss to that portion of its surplus so invested. A larger surplus may be created and nothing herein contained shall be construed as prohibitory thereof. The capital and assets of any such bank are a security to depositors and stockholders, depositors having the * priority of security over stockholders. Sec. 21a. No bank, banker, or bank officer shall give prefer- Pledging of ence to any depositor or creditor by pledging the assets of the bank assets. as collateral security, except as otherwise authorized by law; provided, that any commercial bank, or commercial department of a departmental bank, may borrow money for temporary purposes, and 26 N. W. HALSEY & CO. may pledge assets of said commercial bank, or commercial depart- ment of said departmental bank, not exceeding fifty per centum in excess of the amount borrowed, as collateral security therefor; provided, that any public moneys, or postal savings moneys, deposited with any such bank under any provision of law, shall not be construed as "borrowed money" within the meaning of this section. No bank shall at any time, without permission of the superintendent of banks, borrow an amount exceeding the amount of its paid-up capital stock and surplus at such time actually paid in and remaining undiminished by losses or otherwise. No bank shall make partial payments upon any certificate of deposit. In no case shall an overdraft of more than ninety days' standing be allowed as an asset of any bank. Any debt due to any commercial bank, on which interest is past' due and unpaid for the period of one year, unless the same is well secured, and is in process of collection, shall be considered a bad debt and shall be charged off to the profit and loss account at the expiration of that time. Department Sec. 22. Any corporation authorized by its articles of incorpo- banks. ration so to do, may combine the business of a commercial bank and savings bank and trust company, or any one or more or all of them; provided, that no corporation authorized to transact a trust business and which is also organized to engage in the business of title insurance, shall engage in or combine the business of a commercial bank or savings bank. Paid-up Sec. 23. When a bank desires to do a departmental business, capital required. j t sHall first obtain the consent of the superintendent of banks, and in its application therefor, file a statement making a segregation of its capital and surplus for each department. Such capital and surplus, when so apportioned and approved by the superintendent of banks, shall be considered and treated as the separate capital and surplus of such department as if each department was a separate bank. Thereafter a bank may, from time to time, with the previous consent and approval of the superintendent of banks and subject to the provisions of section nineteen of this act, change any segregation and apportionment of capital and surplus previously made and make a new segregation and apportionment of its capital and surplus. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 27 Every bank hereafter organized doing a departmental business shall have paid up, in cash, capital stock as follows: (a) In any locality in which the population does not exceed five thousand persons, not less than twenty-five thousand dollars if it transacts both a commercial and savings business, or not less than one hundred twenty-five thousand dollars, if it transacts both a com- mercial and trust business, or not less than one hundred twenty-five thousand dollars if it transacts both a savings and trust business, and not less than one hundred twenty-five thousand dollars if it transacts a commercial, savings and trust business. (fc) In any city in which the population is more than five thousand persons, but does not exceed twenty-five thousand persons, not less than fifty thousand dollars if it transacts both a commercial and savings business, or not less than one hundred fifty thousand dollars if it transacts both a commercial and trust business, or not less than one hundred fifty thousand dollars if it transacts both a savings and trust business, and not less than one hundred fifty thousand dollars if it transacts a commercial, savings and trust business. (c) In any city in which the population is more than twenty-five thousand persons but does not exceed one hundred thousand persons, not less than one hundred thousand dollars, if it transacts both a commercial and savings business, or not less than two hundred thousand dollars if it transacts both a commercial and trust business, or not less than two hundred thousand dollars if it transacts both a savings and trust business, and not less than two hundred thousand dollars if it transacts a commercial, savings and trust business. (J) In any city in which the population is more than one hundred thousand persons but does not exceed two hundred thousand persons, not less than two hundred thousand dollars, if it transacts both a commercial and savings business, or not less than four hundred thousand dollars if it transacts both a commercial and trust business, or not less than four hundred thousand dollars if it transacts both a savings and trust business, and not less than four hundred thousand dollars if it transacts a commercial, savings and trust business. 28 N. W. HALSEY & CO. (e) In any city in which the population exceeds two hundred thousand persons, not less than three hundred thousand dollars, if it transacts both a commercial and savings business, or not less than five hundred thousand dollars if it transacts both a commercial and trust business, or not less than five hundred thousand dollars if it transacts both a savings and trust business, and not less than five hundred thousand dollars if it transacts a commercial, savings and trust business. The foregoing classification shall not apply to any bank already in existence which has received from the superintendent of banks a certificate to do a banking business; nor to any bank the location of which shall have been included by annexation or consolidation within the limits of a city of a class requiring a larger capitalization, but no bank thus excepted shall be permitted to establish any new branch office, as provided in section nine of this act or to remove its place of business from the original limits of the city or township wherein it was located prior to such annexation or consolidation until it shall have the capital required of banks in such city not within said exception. Such excepted banks may not in any case decrease their capital stock but may increase the same in the manner provided by law to an amount either greater or less than that required of banks in such city not within said exception. The capital stock referred to herein shall be increased from time to time and to the same extent as provided for in section nineteen of this act. For the purposes of this act, the population shown and deter- mined by the last preceding federal census, or any subsequent census compiled and certified under any law of this state, shall be deemed to be the population of any city in which any such bank is to be organized. If the principal place of business of any bank so organized is located outside of the corporate limits of any city, then the population of that portion of the judicial township in which said bank is to have its principal place of business, which is not included within the boundaries of any municipal corporation, as such popula- tion is shown and determined by such federal or subsequent official census, shall be the basis for classification under the provisions of this act. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 29 Sec. 24. Every bank, before it commences to do business or Certificate of the before it opens a new department and commences to transact superintendent business in or under such new department, shall obtain the certificate of banks. of the superintendent of banks for the opening of each of the departments specified. Each certificate herein provided for shall be given when the superintendent shall, by the examination required by this act, have satisfied himself that the proper amount of cash has been paid in as capital and the provisions of this act complied with. The applicant shall pay for the certificate for each department a fee of fifty dollars. Sec. 25. Every bank shall maintain for each department a Lawful money lawful money reserve equal in amount to that required by this act reserve required for the respective business conducted, and shall keep separate for each and distinct the lawful money reserve of any department from that department. of any other department; and all deposits made with other banks, Relations of whether temporary or otherwise, shall be assets of the respective departments. departments by which they were made, and shall be so carried on the books of such other banks, and shall be repaid only upon the order of the department to whose credit they stand. No depart- Deposits. ment shall receive deposits of any other department of the same corporation; except that a trust department may make deposits of trust or any other funds under its control with the commercial or savings department of the same corporation; provided, however, that any bank having departments shall have the right to sell and transfer any bonds, securities or loans from one department to another upon receipt of the actual value thereof, if such bonds, securities or loans are, under the provisions of this act, a legal investment for the department purchasing the same. Sec. 26. Every bank having different departments shall keep Separate separate books of account for each department of its business, and books. shall be governed as to all deposits, reserves, investments, and trans- actions relating to each department by the provisions in this act specifically provided for the respective kind of business. It shall keep all investments relating to the savings department Separate entirely separate and apart from the investments of its other depart- investments. ment or departments. 30 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Separate Every bank shall conduct the business of all its departments in cash securities one building, or in adjoining buildings, and shall keep entirely and property, separate and apart in each department the cash, securities and property belonging to such department, and shall not mingle the cash, securities and property of one department with that of another. Assets of each Sec. 27. All money and assets belonging to each department, department, whether on hand or with other banks, and the investments made, shall be held solely for the repayment of the depositors and other claimants of each such department, as herein provided, until all depositors and other claimants of each such department shall have been paid, and the overplus then remaining shall be applied to any other liabilities of such bank. Kind of Sec. 28. Every bank in this state must, on all its window signs banking business anc J j n advertising, and on letterheads and other stationery on which transacted must fr s b US m ess is transacted, use the word "savings" if it conducts a be advertised. sav j ngs business, or the word "trust" if it conducts a trust business, and the word "commercial" if it conducts a commercial business. Steps necessary) Sec. 29. Every corporation heretofore created under the laws to convert a f this state, doing a banking business therein, and which has no banking capital stock, may elect to have a capital stock, and may issue corporation certificates of stock therefor, in the same manner as corporations without capital f orme d unc J er tfte provisions of part IV, title 1 , chapter I, article I, stock into f the Civil Code, relating to the formation of corporations ; ?c ^ provided, that no such corporation shall use or convert any moneys • or funds theretofore belonging to it, or under its control, into capital stock; but such funds or moneys must be held and managed only for the purposes and in the manner for which they were created. Before such change is made, a majority of the members of such corporation present at a meeting called for the purpose of consider- ing the proposition whether it is best to have a capital stock, its amount, and the number of shares into which it shall be divided, must vote in favor of having a capital stock, fix the amount thereof, and the number of shares into which it shall be divided. Notice of the time and place of holding such meeting, and its object, must be given by the president of such corporation by mailing notice of such BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 31 meeting to each member of such corporation at his last known post office address at least ten days prior to the day fixed for such meeting, and by publication in some newspaper printed and pub- lished in the county, or city and county, in which the principal place of business of the corporation is situated, at least once a week for three successive weeks prior to the holding of the meeting. A copy of the proceedings of this meeting, giving the number of persons present, the votes taken, the notice calling the meeting, the proof of its publication, the amount of capital actually subscribed, and by whom, all duly certified by the president and secretary of the corporation, must be filed in the office of the secretary of state and clerk of the county where the articles of incorporation are filed. Thereafter such corporation is possessed of all the rights and powers, and is subject to all the obligations, restrictions and limitations, as if it had been originally created with a capital stock. Sec. 30. Any bank may conduct a safe deposit department, Safe deposit but shall not invest more than one-tenth of its capital and surplus department. in such safe deposit department. Sec. 3 1 . Any bank may sell the whole of its business or the Sale or purchase whole of the business of any of its departments to any other bank of assets of which may purchase such business after obtaining the consent of the banks. stockholders of the selling and of the purchasing banks holding of record at least two-thirds of the issued capital stock of each of such corporations; such consent to be expressed either in writing executed and acknowledged by such stockholders and attached to the instru- ment of sale, or to a copy thereof, or by vote at a stockholders* meeting of each of such banks called for that purpose. The selling and purchasing banks must for such purposes enter into an agree- ment of sale and purchase, which agreement shall contain all the terms and conditions connected with such sale and purchase. Such agreement shall contain proper provision for the payment of liabilities of the selling bank or of the department sold, and in this particular shall be subject to the approval of the superintendent of banks; and shall not be valid until such approval is obtained. Such agreement may contain provisions for the transfer of all deposits to the pur- chasing bank, subject, however, to the right of every depositor of the selling bank to withdraw his deposit in full on demand after 32 N. W. HALSEY & CO. such transfer, irrespective of the terms under which it was deposited with the selling bank. The rights of creditors of the selling bank shall not in any manner be impaired by any such sale, nor shall any liability or obligation for the payment of any money due or to become due, or any claim or demand, in any manner, or for any cause existing against such selling bank or against any stockholder thereof, be in any manner released or impaired, and all the rights, obligations, and relations of all the parties, creditors, depositors, trustees and beneficiaries of trusts shall remain unimpaired by the sale, but such bank to which the other shall sell all its business or all the business of any of its departments, shall succeed to all such relations, obligations, trusts, and liabilities and be held liable to pay and discharge all such debts and liabilities and to perform all such trusts of the selling bank in the same manner as if such bank to which the other had sold had itself incurred the obligation or liability or assumed the relation of trust, and the stockholders of the respective corporations so entering into such agreement shall con- tinue subject to all the liabilities, claims and demands existing against them as such at or before such sale. Immediately after the execution of such agreement of sale and purchase notice thereof shall be published for at least four successive weeks in a newspaper in each of the counties of the state in which either of such banks shall have its principal place of business; provided, however, that no action can be brought against such selling bank or any of its stock- holders on account of any deposits so transferred after the expira- tion of one year from the last day of publication herein required. An affidavit showing such publication shall be filed in the office of the superintendent of banks within ten days after the last publication thereof. The affairs of such selling bank, or selling department of a bank, shall remain subject to the provisions of this act. Agreement of Sec. 31 a. Any bank incorporated under the laws of this state sale and may consolidate with one or more banks incorporated under the laws purchase, of this state, its capital stock, properties, trusts, claims, demands, contracts, agreements, obligations, debts, liabilities and assets of every kind and description, upon such terms and in such manner as may be agreed upon by their respective boards of directors, a copy of which agreement must be filed in the office of the superintendent BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 33 of banks ; provided, that such agreement shall be subject to the Provisions of approval of the superintendent of banks and shall not be valid until agreement. such approval be obtained; provided, further, that no such consoli- dation shall take effect until such agreement shall have been ratified and confirmed in writing by the stockholders of the respective banks holding of record at least two-thirds of the issued capital stock of their respective banks, or such agreement may be submitted to the stockholders of each of such corporations at a meeting thereof to be called upon notice specifying the time, place and object thereof, addressed to each stockholder at his last known post office address and deposited in the post office, postage prepaid, at least two weeks prior to the date fixed for said meeting, and published for at least two successive weeks, prior to the date of said meeting, in a news- paper in each of the counties of the state in which any of such banks shall have its principal place of business, and if such agree- ment shall be approved at each of such meetings of the respective stockholders separately by the vote or ballot of the stockholders owning at least two-thirds of the stock of each such bank, the same shall be the agreement of such banks. In case of such consolida- tion "articles of incorporation and consolidation" must be prepared, setting forth: First. The name of the new corporation; Name. Second. The purpose for which it is formed; Purpose. Third. The place where its principal business is to be transacted ; Place. Fourth. The term for which it is to exist, which shall not exceed fifty years; Fifth. The number of its directors (which shall not be less than Number of three) and the names and residences of the persons appointed to act directors. as such until their successors are elected and qualified; Sixth. The amount of its capital stock and the number of shares Amount of into which it is divided; capital. Seventh. The amount of stock actually subscribed, and by whom; Eighth. The names of the constituent corporations. Said articles of incorporation and consolidation must be signed Instructions for and countersigned by the president and secretary of each constituent incorporation and corporation and sealed with their corporate seals. There must be consolidation. 34 N. W. HALSEY & CO. annexed thereto the approval of the superintendent of banks and memoranda of the ratification and confirmation thereof by the stock- holders of each constituent corporation, which must be respectively signed and acknowledged by stockholders representing at least two- thirds of the capital stock of their respective corporations. When completed as aforesaid said articles must be filed in the office of the county clerk of the county in which is located the principal place of business of the new corporation, and a copy of the articles of incorporation and consolidation certified by such county clerk must be filed in the office of the secretary of state, and a copy of the articles of incorporation and consolidation certified by said secretary of state must be filed in the office of the superintendent of banks, and also in the office of the county clerk of any county in which were filed the original articles of incorporation of either of the con- stituent corporations, and thereupon each constituent corporation named therein must be deemed and held to have become extinct in all courts and places, and said new corporation must be deemed and held in all courts and places to have succeeded to all their several capital stocks, properties, trusts, claims, demands, contracts, agree- ments, assets, choses and rights in action of every kind and descrip- tion, both at law and in equity, and to be entitled to possess, enjoy, and enforce the same and every thereof, as fully and completely as either and every of its constituents might have done had no con- solidation taken place. Said consolidated or new corporation must also, in all courts and places, be deemed and held to have become subrogated to its several constituents and each thereof, in respect to all their contracts and agreements with other parties, and all their debts, obligations, and liabilities, of every kind and nature, to any persons, corporations, or bodies politic, whomsoever, or whatsoever, and said new corporation must sue and be sued in its own name in any and every case in which any or either of its constituents might have sued or might have been sued at law or in equity had no such consolidation been made. Nothing in this section contained shall be construed to impair the obligation of any contract to which any of such constituents were parties at the date of such consolidation. All such contracts may be enforced by action or suit, as the case may be, against the consolidated corporation, and satisfaction obtained out of the property which, at the date of the consolidation, belonged BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 35 to the constituent which was a party to the contract in action or suit, as well as out of any other property belonging to the consolidated corporation, and the stockholders of each constituent corporation so entering into such agreement shall continue subject to all the liabili- ties, claims and demands existing against them at or before such consolidation to the same extent as if the same had not been made. The right of said new corporation to increase or decrease its capital stock, to change the number of its directors, to amend its articles of incorporation, to change its principal place of business, or its name, or to effect any other organic change shall be governed by the general corporation laws of this state and by the bank act, and the procedure to effect any such change shall be that denned by the general corporation laws and the bank act. Sec. 32. Any bank receiving trust funds in accordance with Trust funds the provisions of this act relating to trust companies must not mingle must be fcep/ such trust funds with the other assets of the corporation, except as separate. otherwise provided in section twenty-five of this act, and such funds shall not be carried or counted as any part of the lawful money reserve provided for in this act. The officers of any bank who knowingly violate or consent to the violation of this provision shall be guilty of a felony. Section thirty-three repealed 1913. Sec. 34. No bank shall purchase or invest its capital or surplus No bank ma $ or money of its depositors, or any part of either, in shares of its invest in or loan own capital stock ; nor loan its capital or surplus or the money on shares of its of its depositors, or any part of either, on shares of its own capital oD,n capital stock. stock, unless such purchase or loan shall be necessary to prevent loss to such bank on debts previously contracted in good faith. Every person or corporation violating any provision of this section shall forfeit to the people of the state twice the nominal amount of such stock. Sec. 35. No director, or officer, or employee, or controlling Transactions stockholder of any bank shall, directly or indirectly, for his own between a bank account, for himself, or as the partner or agent of others, sell or and its directors, transfer, or cause to be sold or transferred to the bank of which he officers or is a director, officer, employee, or controlling stockholder, any employees. 36 N. W. HALSEY & CO. note or bond secured by any mortgage or trust deed on real estate or any contract arising from the sale of real estate in which such director, or officer, or employee, or controlling stockholder is per- sonally or financially interested, without the consent in writing of the superintendent of banks. Any director, or officer, or employee, or controlling stockholder of any bank who knowingly violates or consents to the violation of this provision shall be guilty of a felony. Limitation of Sec. 36. No bank receiving deposits of money shall bond purchase purchase, agree to purchase, underwrite or guarantee any or underwriting, bond issue in excess of five per centum of its assets, except bonds of the United States, of the State of California, of the cities, cities and counties, counties or school districts of this state. Investment in Sec. 37. No bank shall purchase or invest its capital or surplus stocks prohibited, or money of its depositors, or any part of either, in the capital stock of any corporation unless the purchase or acquisition of such capital stock shall be necessary to prevent loss to the bank on a debt pre- viously contracted in good faith. Any capital stock so purchased or acquired shall be sold by such bank within six months thereafter if it can be sold for the amount of the claim of such bank against it; and all capital stock thus purchased or acquired must be sold for the best price obtainable by said bank within one year after such purchase or acquisition. Every person or corporation violating any provision of this section shall forfeit to the people of the state twice the nominal amount of such stock. False entries. Sec. 38. A director, officer, agent or employee of any bank who. First — Knowingly receives or possesses himself of any of its property otherwise than in payment for a just demand, and with intent to defraud, omits to make or to cause or direct to be made a full and true entry thereof in its books and accounts; or, Second — Concurs in omitting to make any material entry thereof; or, Third — Knowingly concurs in making or publishing any written report, exhibit or statement of its affairs or pecuniary condition con- taining any material statement which is false; or, BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 37 Fourth — Having the custody or control of its books, wilfully refuses or neglects to make any proper entry in the books of such corporation as required by law, or to exhibit or allow the same to be inspected and extracts to be taken therefrom by the superintendent of banks, his chief deputy, or any of his examiners, shall be guilty of a felony. Sec. 39. Any officer, director, agent, teller, clerk or employee Overdrafts fev of any bank who either, persons connected First — Knowingly overdraws his account with such bank, and thereby obtains the money, notes or funds of any such bank; or. Second — Asks or receives or consents or agrees to receive any commissions, emolument, gratuity or reward, or any money, property or thing of value, for his own personal benefit, or of personal advantage, for procuring or endeavoring to procure for any person, firm or corporation any loan from, or the purchase or discount of any paper, note, draft, check or bill of exchange, by such bank, or for permitting any person, firm or corporation to overdraw any account with such bank, is guilty of a felony. Sec. 40. No bank mentioned in this act shall make any Stockholders* contract with any of its depositors whereby the stockholders' liability liability) cannot provided for by the constitution of this state is in any manner be waived. waived, and if any such contract shall be so made, such contract shall be void. Sec. 4 1 . No officer, director, agent, or other employee of any Purchase of bank shall directly or indirectly, for his own personal benefit, pur- obligations of chase, or be interested in the purchase, of any obligation of said banks fep bank for a less sum than shall appear upon the face of such obliga- directors. tion to be the value thereof. Every person violating any provision of this section, shall for each offense forfeit to the people of the state, three times the face value of any such obligation so purchased. Sec. 42. No officer, director, agent or other employee of any Purchase of bank, shall directly or indirectly, for his own personal benefit, assets of bank purchase, or be interested in the purchase of any of the assets of by directors, etc. said bank for a less sum than the current market value thereof. Every person violating any provision of this section, shall for each 38 N. W. HALSEY & CO. offense, forfeit to the people of the state, twice the nominal amount of any such assets so purchased. Deposits with Sec. 43. No bank shall deposit any of its funds in any other other banks bank unless such other bank has been designated as a depositary must be for its funds by the vote of a majority of the directors or trustees authorized by of the bank making the deposit, exclusive of the vote of any disinterested director who is an officer, director, or trustee of the depositary so directors, designated; provided, however, that any bank may designate any other bank its depositary by vote of a majority of its directors, including the vote of any director or trustee who is an officer, director or trustee of the depositary so designated, if such bank has secured the previous approval of the superintendent of banks, which approval he may at any time revoke for proper cause. Loans secured Sec. 44. No bank shall hereafter make a loan secured by the by stocks of stock of another bank, if by making such loan the total stock of other banks, such other bank held by such loaning bank as collateral will exceed in the aggregate twenty-five per centum of the capital stock of such other bank; provided, that no loan upon the capital stock of any bank shall be made unless such bank has been in existence at least two years and has earned and paid a dividend upon its capital stock; and provided, further, that no bank may loan more than five per centum of its assets upon the capital stock of any corporation whatsoever as collateral security. Unpaid interest. Sec. 45. Interest unpaid, although due or accrued, on debts owing to any bank, shall not be included in calculation of its profits previous to a dividend. Limitation of Sec. 46. No bank shall invest or loan more than five investment per centum of its assets in any one bond issue, except in bonds, bonds of the United States, of the State of California, of the counties, cities and counties, cities or school districts of this state. Loans on real Sec. 47. No commercial bank shall, except for the purpose of estate must be facilitating the sale of property owned by the bank, make any loan a first lien, on the security of real estate, unless it is a first lien and is either (1.) Made for a period of time not exceeding six months and upon security worth fifteen per centum more than the market value of the real estate taken as security; or BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 39 (2.) Made for a period of time exceeding six months and not exceeding ten years and does not exceed sixty per centum of the market value of the real estate taken as security. No commercial bank shall loan in the aggregate more than thirty- five per centum of its assets on real estate loans of the character specified in subdivision two of this section. These provisions, how- ever, shall not prevent any bank from taking another and imme- diately subsequent mortgage or deed of trust thereon when it already holds a first mortgage or deed of trust on such real estate, nor from accepting a second lien on real estate to secure the repayment of a debt previously contracted in good faith; nor shall it prevent subsequent liens of any kind from being taken to secure the payment of a debt previously contracted in good faith when, in the judgment of the directors of such bank, such subsequent liens are necessary further to secure the payment of any debts and save such bank from loss. Sec. 48. Any national bank in this state receiving the deposits Examinations of of any bank organized and conducting business under this act, must Motional banks at the request of the superintendent of banks, submit to an exami- r ^ ceiVin S deposits nation by him, or his duly appointed examiners, should the superin- °* ^"" e banks. tendent of banks in his discretion deem it necessary or desirable that such examination be made; and the expense of such examina- tion shall be paid by such national bank; and if any such national bank shall refuse to permit such examination to be made by, or under the direction of the superintendent of banks, then the superin- tendent of banks shall notify in writing every bank depositing its funds with such national bank, to withdraw its deposits therefrom, and all such banks shall comply with such order. Sec. 49. It shall not be lawful for any commercial bank, Only "Savings" individual, trust company, association, firm, stock company, co- Banks may partnership or corporation to advertise or put forth a sign as a s0 ' ,c " or receive savings bank, either directly or indirectly or in any way to solicit saVln 8 s deposits. or receive deposits or to transact business in the way or manner of a savings bank, or advertise that he or it is receiving or accepting savings, or in any way which might lead the public to believe that such deposits are received or invested under the same conditions or in the same manner as deposits in savings banks, except in the 40 N. W. HALSEY & CO. case of savings banks or banks having savings departments, subject to the provisions of this act. Any commercial bank, individual, trust company, association, firm, stock company, copartnership or corporation, violating any provision of this section shall forfeit to this state one hundred dollars a day for every day during which such violation continues. Posting of Sec. 50. Every bank shall post in a conspicuous place in its certificate, banking room or branch office the last certificate obtained from the superintendent of banks under the provisions of either section nine or one hundred twenty-seven of this act. Deposits fep Sec. 5 1 . Any court having appointed and having jurisdiction court officers of any executor, administrator, guardian, assignee, receiver, deposi- or trustees, tary or trustee, upon the application of such executor, administrator, guardian, assignee, receiver, depositary or trustee, or upon the application of any person having an interest in the estate administered upon by such officer or trustee, after notice to other parties in interest as the court may direct, and after a hearing upon such application, may authorize such officer or trustee to deposit any money then in his hands as such officer or trustee or which may thereafter come into his hands, and until the further order of the court, in any bank organized under the laws of the State of California; and upon such deposit being made, the officer or trustee so depositing the same shall thereafter and while such moneys remain on deposit in such bank, be relieved and discharged from all liability and responsibility therefor, and the bond required of such officer or trustee given upon his appointment shall be thereupon by said court reduced to such an amount as the court may deem reasonable; such deposit shall be repaid only upon the orders of said court, and shall be a preferred claim against such bank and be paid in full before any other depositor of such bank shall have been paid. Certified Sec. 52. Whenever a check drawn on any bank is certified by checks, any officer or employee of such bank, the amount thereof shall be immediately charged against the account of the person, firm or corporation drawing the same. It shall be unlawful for any officer or employee of any bank to certify any check drawn upon such bank unless the person, firm or BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 41^ corporation drawing the check has on deposit with the bank at the time such check is certified, an amount of money subject to the payment of such check, equal to the amount specified in such check. Any officer or employee of any bank who shall wilfully violate the provisions of this section, or shall resort to any device, or receive any fictitious obligations, directly or indirectly, in order to evade the provisions hereof, or who shall certify checks before the amount thereof shall have been regularly entered to the credit of the drawer, shall be guilty of a felony. Sec. 53. The capital stock of any bank having a capital stock Certificates of shall have a par value of at least one hundred dollars and the paid- ca P'"» siocl?. up value shall be endorsed on the face of each certificate issued, which paid-up value shall be the same on all certificates issued. No bank shall have preferred stock. Sec. 54. All real estate purchased by any bank at sales under Real estate pledges, mortgages or deeds of trust for its benefit for money loaned purchased fej) and such as may be conveyed to it by borrowers in satisfaction and bank at discharge of loans made thereon and all other real estate owned or foreclosure. held by it, which is not necessary for carrying on its business, must be sold by such bank within five years after title thereto shall have vested in it by purchase or otherwise. Parcels of such real estate not sold within said time may be purchased by any person wanting the same upon the conditions and proceedings following: The intending purchaser may file a petition in the superior court in and for the county wherein said real estate or any portion thereof is situated; upon the filing of such petition a citation shall be issued out of said court directed to the bank owning such real estate requiring such bank to show cause on a day certain which shall be not earlier than ten days after the service of such citation, why commissioners should not be appointed by said court for the purpose of appraising the value of the real estate described in the petition and of selling the same at public auction under the provisions of this section. If there shall be any liens or encumbrances of record against such real estate the person or persons holding such liens or encumbrances shall likewise be cited and the court shall in its final decree distribute the proceeds of such sale, if a sale thereof shall be 42 N. W. HALSEY & CO. made, according to the equities of the parties. If it shall appear at the hearing of such petition that the real estate therein sought to be purchased is held by such bank in violation of the provisions of this section or of the constitution of this state, the court shall appoint three commissioners to appraise the value thereof and sell the same at public auction at the county seat of the county wherein Notice of said real estate or any part thereof is located. Notice of which sale, said sale shall be given to the bank owning said real estate and to any other persons interested therein as shown by the records of such county at least ten days before the date of such sale and shall be published once a week for three successive weeks in some news- paper published in the county where such real estate or any part thereof may be located or if no newspaper shall be published in such county then in a newspaper published in some neighboring county. Such notice shall state the time and place of such sale and shall describe the real estate to be sold with common certainty and state the value thereof as fixed by the appraisement of such commissioners and state that no bid less than such appraised value will be received therefor. No sale shall be made for an amount less than the appraised value of such real estate fixed by said commissioners and in the event that no bid is received at such sale at least equal to said appraised value of said real estate no intend- ing purchaser can institute the proceedings provided for in this section within one year thereafter. In case of any sale made under the provisions of this section and of the refusal of any bank owning such real estate or of any lienholder or encumbrancer to execute the conveyances or releases necessary or proper to vest the title of such bank, lienholder or encumbrancer in the purchaser thereof the court shall have power in such proceedings to direct said commissioners to execute such deeds, conveyances or releases upon the payment to them of the purchase price therefor. The fees of such commissioners and cost of sale shall be fixed by the court, upon making such appointment but the entire expense thereof shall not exceed one hundred dollars. The cost of any such pro- ceedings shall be borne by the intending purchaser if no sale shall be made but if a sale shall be made the costs of such pro- ceedings shall be borne by the purchaser of the property and the person who filed the petition and advanced the costs of such BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 43 proceedings shall be reimbursed in case he shall not become such purchaser. All sales hereunder shall be returned to the court having jurisdiction of the matter in the same manner as in the case of sales, by commissioners, of real estate on foreclosure of mortgages. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to affect the power of the superintendent of banks to require the writing down of the value of real estate held by any bank, at any time, when such writing down shall be proper. Sec. 55. Receiving deposits, issuing certificates of deposit, Certificates of checks and bills of exchange, and the like, in the transaction of the deposit, checks, ordinary business of a bank, must not be construed to be the bills of creation of debt within the meaning of the phrase "create debt" in exchange, etc. section three hundred nine of the Civil Code, nor of indebtedness within the meaning of the phrase "the capital stock cannot be diminished to an amount less than the indebtedness of the corpora- tion" in section three hundred fifty-nine of the Civil Code, except that no bank shall reduce its capital stock to an amount less than is required by this act to be maintained by such bank, or less than any indebtedness of such bank other than such deposits. The terms "real estate," or "real property," or "personal property," when used in this act shall have the meaning defined in, and shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of Title I of Part I of Division Second of the Civil Code. Sec. 56. Any bank organized and existing under the laws "National of this state is hereby authorized and empowered to join or Reserve associate itself with any "National Reserve Association of the Association United States" or branch thereof, or any plan now or hereafter of the U. S." created or established by act of Congress whether such banking or currency association or plan be created by Congress under the above or any other name. Nothing in this act shall prohibit any such bank from joining or associating itself with any such association or plan or branch thereof nor from investing any part of its capital or surplus in the stock of such association, plan or branch thereof in accordance with the terms and provisions of such act of Congress; provided, however, that such investment shall in no case exceed the minimum amount required to join or associate itself with such 44 N. W. HALSEY & CO. association, plan or branch thereof. Any bank joining or associating itself with such association, plan or branch thereof, shall be permitted to conform to and transact its business in accordance with the terms and provisions of such act of Congress creating the same and the rules and regulations of such association, plan or branch thereof, anything in this act to the contrary notwithstanding. Article II. SAVINGS BANKS. Capital Sec. 60. Every savings bank hereafter organized must have siocf(. p^d U p m casft a capital stock of not less than (a) Twenty-five thousand dollars if its principal place of business is located in any locality the population of which does not exceed five thousand persons; (b) Fifty thousand dollars if its principal place of business is located in any city the population of which is more than five thousand persons, but does not exceed twenty-five thousand persons; (c) One hundred thousand dollars if its principal place of business is located in any city the population of which is more than twenty-five thousand persons but does not exceed one hundred thousand persons; (J) Two hundred thousand dollars if its principal place of business is located in any city the population of which is more than one hundred thousand persons but does not exceed two hundred thousand persons; (e) Three hundred thousand dollars if its principal place of business is located in any city the population of which is more than two hundred thousand persons. Excepting that any savings bank organized without capital stock must have a reserve fund of at least one million dollars. Until the capital stock or reserve fund hereinbefore required shall be actually paid in, the superintendent of banks shall refuse to issue the certificate required by this act. The foregoing classification shall not apply to any savings bank already in existence which has received its certificate to do a banking business from the superin- tendent of banks; nor to any bank the location of which shall have been included by annexation or consolidation within the limits BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 45 of a city of a class requiring a larger capitalization, but no bank thus excepted shall be permitted to establish any new branch office as provided in section nine of this act or to remove its place of business from the original limits of the city or township wherein it was located prior to such annexation or consolidation until it shall have the capital required of banks in such city not within said exception. Such excepted banks may not in any case decrease their capital stock but may increase the same in the manner provided by law to an amount either greater or less than that required of banks in such city not within said exception; provided, that nothing herein shall be construed to affect the provisions of section nineteen of this act relative to the proportion of capital and surplus to deposits or of section twenty-three of this act relative to the capital stock required of banks doing a departmental business. The provisions of section twenty-three of this act, as to population, shall apply to any bank organized under the provisions of this section. Sec. 61. Any savings bank may purchase, hold and convey Real and real or personal property as follows: personal 1 . The lot and building in which the business of the bank is property which carried on; furniture and fixtures, vaults and safe deposit vaults ^al? he and boxes necessary or proper to carry on its banking business; purchased, held such lot and building, furniture and fixtures, vaults and safe deposit or convened. vaults and boxes shall not, in the aggregate, be carried on the books of such bank as an asset to an amount exceeding its paid-up £ / an j capital and surplus; and hereafter, the authority of a two-thirds building. vote of all of the directors shall be necessary to authorize the purchase of such lot and building, or the construction of such building. 2. Such as may have been mortgaged, pledged or conveyed to Purchased under it in trust for its benefit in good faith, for money loaned in pursuance pledges. of the regular business of the corporation. 3. Such as may have been purchased at any sales under pledge, Restrictions. mortgage or deed of trust made for its benefit for money so loaned and such as may be conveyed to it by borrowers in satisfaction and discharge of loans made thereon. No savings bank shall purchase, own, or sell personal property, except such as may be requisite for its immediate accommodation for the convenient 46 N. W. HALSEY & CO. transaction of its business, notes or bonds secured by trust deeds or mortgages on real estate, bonds, securities or evidences of indebted- ness, public or private, gold or silver bullion and United States mint certificates of ascertained value, and evidences of debt issued by the United States. No savings bank shall purchase, own, hold or convey bonds, securities or evidences of indebtedness, public or private, except as follows: U. o. Bonds. ( a ) Bonds or interest-bearing notes or obligations of the United States, or those for which the faith and credit of the United States are pledged for the payment of principal and interest; State of (b) Bonds of this state, or those for which the faith and California Bonds, credit of the State of California are pledged for the pay- ment of principal and interest; State Bonds. (c) Bonds of any state in the United States that has not, within five years previous to making such investment by such bank, defaulted in the payment of any part of either principal or interest; County, city and (d) Bonds of any county, city and county, city or school county, and district of this state ; bonds of any permanent road division school districts in any county issued in pursuance of the provisions of of California, article IX, chapter II, title VI, part III of the Political Code; bonds of any sewer district, drainage district, reclamation district, protection district, or sanitary district organized under the laws of this state; and any irrigation district bonds which the law may now or hereafter authorize to be used as security for the deposit of public moneys; provided, that the total amount of bonds so issued by any such sewer district, drainage district, protection district, or sanitary district, does not exceed fifteen per centum of the value of the taxable property in said district as shown by the last equalized assessment roll of the county in which said district is located; and provided, further, that the total amount of bonds issued by any such irrigation district does not exceed sixty per centum of the aggregate market value of the lands within such district, and of the water, water rights, canals, reservoirs, reservoir BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 47 sites and irrigation works owned or to be acquired or constructed with the proceeds of any of such bonds, by said district, such facts in reference to bonds of irrigation districts to be determined by a commission now or here- after authorized by law to ascertain and report upon such facts. (e) Bonds of any county, city and county, city or town, County, city and in any state of the United States other than the State of county, city or California, issued under authority of any law of such state, town in any state which county, city and county, city or town, had, as shown of the U. S. by the federal or state census next preceding such invest- other than ment, a population of more than twenty thousand inhab- California. itants; provided, however, that the entire bonded indebted- ness of such county, city and county, city or town, including such issue of bonds does not exceed fifteen per centum of the value of the taxable property therein as shown by its last equalized assessment roll, and provided, further, that such county, city and county, city or town, or the state in which it is located has not defaulted in pay- ment of either principal or interest due upon any legally authorized bond issue within five years next preceding such investment. (f) (1) Bonds of any railroad corporation incorporated Bonds of R. R.'s under the laws of the State of California and operating operating exclusively therein, provided said corporation has had, for exclusively in its fiscal year next preceding such investment, net earnings, California. after payment of all maintenance charges, operating expenses and taxes sufficient to pay the interest on all of its outstanding mortgage indebtedness; or (2) Bonds of any railroad corporation incorporated under Bonds of R. R.'s the laws of any other state in the United States, operating operating in at least five hundred miles of standard gauge track other states. exclusive of sidings; provided, said corporation has had for its fiscal year next preceding such investment, net earnings, after the payment of all maintenance charges, operating expenses and taxes, amounting to at least one and one half times the interest on all its outstanding mortgage indebtedness; or 48 N. W. HALSEY & CO. (3) Bonds of any railroad corporation, the payment of which has been guaranteed, both as to principal and interest, by a railroad corporation meeting the require- ments of either subdivision (1) or (2) of paragraph (f) of this section; the income of which latter corporation, together with the income of any corporation whose bonds it has guaranteed, shall have been sufficient to pay all its maintenance charges, operating expenses, taxes and interest on all its outstanding mortgage indebtedness and, in addition thereto, interest on the total outstanding mortgage indebtedness of any other corporation the payment of which it has guaranteed, for the periods specified in the respective subdivisions of this paragraph relating thereto; provided, that the excess of income of any corporation whose bonds have been so guaranteed, over its maintenance charges, operating expenses, taxes and interest on its outstanding mortgage indebtedness, shall not apply to or be included in determining the income so required. In determining the income of any corporation specified in paragraph (f) of subdivision three of this section, there shall be included the income of any corpora- tion or corporations out of which it shall have been formed through consolidation or merger, and of any corporation or corporations, the entire business and income producing property of which the corporation issuing such bonds has wholly acquired. All bonds authorized for investment by paragraph (f) of subdivision three of this section must be secured by a mortgage or trust deed which is at the time of making such investment either a first mortgage or deed of trust, a refunding mortgage or deed of trust providing for the retirement of all prior lien mortgage debts of said corporation, or an underlying or divisional closed mortgage or trust deed of property which forms a part of the operating system of the corporation then owning said property. No savings bank shall purchase the bonds of any railroad corporation deriving less than twenty per centum of its gross receipts from passenger revenues. The term "railroad corporation," when used in BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 49 paragraph (f) of subdivision three of this section, shall have the meaning defined in the "Public Utilities Act" approved December 23, 1911. (g) Bonds of any street railroad corporation ; or of any Public service gas; water; pipe line; light; power; light and power; corporation gas, light and power; electrical; telephone; telegraph; or and industrial telephone and telegraph corporation or of any other bonds. "public utility" incorporated under the laws of the State of California; and (1) Operating exclusively in the State of California; Corporations provided, said corporation has had, for its fiscal year next operating preceding such investment, net earnings, after the payment exclusively in of all maintenance charges, operating expenses and taxes, California. amounting to one and one-half times the interest on all its outstanding mortgage indebtedness; or (2) Operating its property in part within the State of Corporations California; provided, said corporation has had, for each of operating partly its two fiscal years next preceding such investment, net in California. earnings, after the payment of all maintenance charges, operating expenses and taxes, amounting to one and one- half times the interest on all of its outstanding mortgage indebtedness ; or (3) The payment of which is guaranteed, both as to Public service principal and interest, by a public utility corporation corporation meeting the requirements of either subdivision (1) or (2) whose principal of paragraph (g) of this section, the income of which latter and interest are corporation, together with the income of any corporation guaranteed by whose bonds it has guaranteed, shall have been sufficient another to pay all its maintenance charges, operating expenses, corporation. taxes and interest on all its total outstanding mortgage indebtedness, and in addition thereto, interest on the total outstanding mortgage indebtedness of any other corpora- tion the payment of which it has guaranteed, for the period specified in the respective subdivisions of this paragraph relating thereto; provided, that the excess of income of any corporation whose bonds have been so guaranteed, over its maintenance charges, operating expenses, taxes and interest on its outstanding mortgage indebtedness shall not 50 N. W. HALSEY & CO. apply to or be included in determining the income so required. In determining the income of any corporation specified in paragraph (g) of subdivision three of this section, there shall be included the income of any corpora- tion or corporations out of which it shall have been formed through consolidation or merger, and of any corporation the entire business and income producing property of which the corporation issuing such bonds has wholly acquired. All bonds authorized for investment by para- graph (g) of subdivision three of this section must be secured by a mortgage or trust deed which is at the time of making such investment; either A closed first I. A closed first mortgage or deed of trust ; or mortgage. II. A first mortgage or deed of trust containing pro- visions restricting the issuance of further bonds until such time as the income of said corporation shall have been at least sufficient, during the twelve months next preceding the issuance of any additional bonds, to pay all maintenance charges, operating expenses, taxes and one and one-half times the interest on all its mortgage indebtedness then outstanding and on the additional bonds then proposed to be issued; or A refunding HI* A refunding mortgage or deed of trust providing mortgage. f° r the retirement of all prior lien mortgage debts of said corporation, and restricting the issuance of further bonds until such time as the income of said corporation shall have been at least sufficient, during the twelve months next preceding the issuance of any additional bonds, to pay all maintenance charges, operating expenses, taxes and one and one-half times the interest on all its mortgage indebt- edness then outstanding, and on the additional bonds then proposed to be issued; or Underlying IV. An underlying or divisional closed mortgage or or divisional trust deed of property which forms a part of the operating closed mortgage system of the corporation then owning said property. In or trust deed, the case of bonds secured by an underlying or divisional closed mortgage or trust deed, the net income required by BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 51 this section shall be based exclusively upon the income, maintenance charges, operating expenses, taxes and mortgage indebtedness of or against the property covered by such underlying or divisional closed mortgage or trust deed, or on the proper proportionate share of such property in the general income, maintenance charges, operating expenses, taxes and mortgage indebtedness of the cor- poration then owning such property; provided, however, that if the payment of the bonds secured by such under- lying or divisional closed mortgage or trust deed shall be guaranteed or assumed by the corporation then owning the property securing the same, such bonds shall be legal investments for savings banks, if the net income of such corporation from all sources after paying all of its maintenance charges, operating expenses, taxes and mort- gage indebtedness shall equal the amount herein required, notwithstanding any insufficiency of the income derived from the property covered by such underlying or divisional closed mortgage or trust deed to meet the requirements of this section. The term "street railroad corporation," "pipe line cor- poration," "gas corporation," "electrical corporation," "telephone corporation," "telegraph corporation," "water corporation," and "public utility," when used in paragraph (g) of subdivision three of this section, shall each have the meaning defined in the "Public Utilities Act" approved December 23, 1911. (h) Notes or bonds secured by first mortgage or deed Secured notes of trust or other first lien upon real estate, improved or or bonds. unimproved; provided, that the entire note or bond issue shall not exceed sixty per centum of the market value of such real estate, or such real estate with improvements, taken as security ; and provided, further, in case the said note or bond issue is created for a building loan on real estate, that at no time shall the entire outstanding note or bond issue exceed sixty per centum of the market value of the real estate and the actual cost of the improvements thereon taken as security. 52 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Collateral trust (i) Collateral trust bonds or notes when secured by bonds or notes, either: (1) Deposit of bonds authorized for investment by this section, of a market value at least fifteen per centum in excess of the par value of the collateral trust bonds or notes issued; or (2) Deposit of bonds authorized for investment by this section, and other securities, of a combined market value at least twenty per centum in excess of the par value of the collateral trust bonds or notes issued; provided, that the par value of said collateral trust bonds or notes shall in no case exceed the market value of that portion of the security represented by bonds authorized for investment by this section. Bonds legal in (j) Bonds legal for investment by savings banks in the New York or states of New York or Massachusetts ; provided, however, Massachusetts, that as to bonds of the character specified in paragraph (c) or (e) of subdivision three of this section, such bonds shall also conform to the requirements of either of such paragraphs. (k) Certificates issued by a corporation organized under the laws of this state with a paid-up capital stock of not less than one hundred thousand dollars, evidencing and conferring participation to an indicated amount in a first mortgage on real estate and the debt secured thereby, and guaranteeing the payment of the principal of the mortgage debt at its maturity or within some specified time there- after and agreeing to pay interest on the amount of the participation at some specified rate, the mortgage however and debt thereby secured to be assigned to a trust company and held by it as security for the payment of said mortgage certificates and for the performance of all conditions imposed thereby upon the corporation issuing the same, provided the said first mortgage indebtedness shall not exceed sixty per centum of the market value of the real estate taken as security and provided further that the trust company shall certify on each certificate that the BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 53 aggregate amount of the certificates issued evidencing and conferring participation in any one such mortgage and mortgage debt does not exceed the principal of the said mortgage debt; but provided, nevertheless, that, unless such certificates are made legal investment for savings banks by other law of this state, no savings bank shall purchase any such certificates until the corporation issuing the same has first obtained the written approval of the superintendent of banks to such certificates as an investment for savings banks. The actual expense of investigating any issue of such certificates presented to the superintendent of banks for approval shall be paid by the corporation presenting the same, and the superintendent of banks, before making such investigation may require a cash deposit of such amount as he may deem necessary to cover such expense. The superintendent of banks may accept and act upon the opinions and appraisements of any title insurance or abstract company, attorneys or appraisers which may be presented by such corporation so applying, and the reports of any of the executive officers of the corporation issuing such certificates, on any question of fact concerning or affecting such certificates, the security thereof, or the financial condition of the corporation issuing the same. In lieu of or in addition to such opinions, appraisements and reports, the superintendent of banks may, if he deems proper, have any or all such matters passed upon and certified to him by attorneys, appraisers or accountants of his own selection at the expense of the applicant. The superintendent of banks shall keep an official list of all issues of such certificates approved by him. No notes, bonds, or other securities, the payment of which is secured by any mortgage or deed of trust executed after September 1, 1913, shall be deemed to come within or conform to the requirements of either of paragraphs (f), (g) or (i) of subdivision three of this section, unless such notes, bonds or other securities shall, in the manner provided in this act, have been certified by 54 N. W. HALSEY & CO. the superintendent of banks, to come within and fully conform to the requirements of one or the other of said paragraphs. The legality of investments heretofore lawfully made pursuant to the provisions of this section, or of any law of this state, as it existed on and subsequent to July 1 , 1 909, shall not be affected by any amendments to this section or this act; nor shall any such amendments require the changing of investments once lawfully made under this act. Any bonds authorized by this section as a legal invest- ment for savings banks may be carried on the books of said bank at their investment value based on their market value at the time they were originally bought, unless the superintendent of banks shall require any or all of the bonds which may thereafter have a market value less than the original investment value to be written down to such new market value which shall be done gradually if practicable and in such manner as he may determine; or he may, by a plan of amortization to be determined by him, require such gradual extinction of premium as will bring such bonds to par at maturity. No savings bank shall hereafter purchase or loan money upon any bond, note or other evidence of indebtedness, issued by any "public utility," subject to the jurisdiction, regulation or control of the railroad commission of this state under the provisions of the "Public Utilities Act," approved December 23, 1911, unless each such bond, note or other evidence of indebtedness was either: (a) Issued prior to the taking effect of the "Public Utilities Act"; or (b) Issued under authority of the railroad commission, in accordance with the provisions of said act; or (c) A note issued for a period not exceeding twelve months, in accordance with the provisions of subdivision (b) of section fifty-two of said act. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 55 No provision of this act, and no act, or deed, done or performed under or in connection therewith, and no finding made or certificate issued under any provision thereof, shall be held or construed to obligate the State of Cali- fornia to pay, or be liable for the payment of, or to guarantee in any manner whatsoever, the regularity or the validity of the issuance of any stock or bond certificate, or bond, note, or other evidence of indebtedness certified under any provision of this act, by the superintendent of banks, as being in conformity with the requirements of any paragraph of subdivision three of this section. Sec. 6 1 a. The superintendent of banks shall have power, Powers of when any issue of bonds or securities is presented to him Superintendent for that purpose, to investigate and ascertain whether such f Banks bonds or securities come within and fully conform to all regarding bonds. the requirements of paragraphs (f), (g), (h) or (i) of subdivision three of section sixty-one of this act, or of either of said paragraphs. He may also investigate and ascertain for what period of time, and upon what con- ditions, any franchise granted to or held by any corporation issuing any such bonds or securities will remain in force. The actual expense of investigating any issue of bonds or securities so presented shall be paid by the person or corporation presenting the same for investigation, and the superintendent of banks, before making such investigation may require a cash deposit of such amount as he may deem necessary to cover such expense. The superintendent of banks may accept and act upon the opinions and appraisements of any attorneys or appraisers which may be presented by such person or corporation so applying, and the reports of any of the executive officers of the corporation issuing such bonds or securities, on any question of fact concerning or affecting such bonds or securities, the security thereof, the franchise conditions herein mentioned, or the financial condition of the cor- poration issuing the same. In lieu of or in addition to such opinions, appraisements and reports, the superin- tendent of banks may, if he deems proper, have any or all 56 N. W. HALSEY & CO. such matters passed upon and certified to him by attorneys, appraisers or accountants of his own selection at the expense of the applicant. If the superintendent of banks shall find from such investigation that the bonds or securities so presented come within and fully conform to all the requirements of any of said paragraphs of sub- division three of section sixty-one of this act, and is satisfied from such investigation as to such franchise conditions, he shall so certify, otherwise a certificate shall be refused. The superintendent of banks shall keep an official list of all bonds and securities certified by him. Sec. 62. No savings bank shall, directly or indirectly, deal or trade in real or personal property in any other case or for any other purpose than is authorized by this act, and shall not contract any debt or liability for any purpose whatever other than for deposits, except as in this section provided. Deposits may Savings banks may pay regular depositors, when requested by be paid by draft, them, by draft upon deposits to the credit with their banks, and charge current rate of exchange for such drafts. Borrowing No savings bank shall borrow money, or pledge or hypothecate money, any of its securities, except to meet the immediate demands of its own depositors, and then only in pursuance of a resolution adopted by a vote of a majority of its board of directors, duly entered upon their minutes, wherein shall be recorded the ayes and nays upon each vote; also with the written approval of the superintendent of banks, and he shall have the authority to fix the amount to be borrowed, and the term and rate of interest thereon; provided, however, that savings banks may, in the manner authorized by law, and without the written approval of the superin- State, county tendent of banks, borrow the public moneys of the state, and municipal counties, cities and counties, and towns and receive such deposits, public moneys on deposit; provided, also, that savings banks may in the manner authorized by law, and without the written approval of the superintendent of banks, borrow postal savings moneys of the United States, and receive such postal savings moneys on deposit. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 57 Sec. 63. Savings banks may issue general certificates of Certificates deposit, which are transferable, as in other cases, by indorsement °f deposit. and delivery; may issue, when requested by the depositor, special certificates, acknowledging the deposit by the person therein named of a specified sum of money, and expressly providing on the face of such certificate that the sum so deposited and therein named may be transferred only on the books of the bank; payment thereafter made by the bank to the depositor named in such certificate, or to his assignee named upon the books of the bank, or in case of death, to the legal representative of such person, of the sum for which such special certificate was issued, shall discharge the bank from all further liability on account of the money so paid. All time certificates of deposit, issued by a savings bank, shall be Time certificates. subject to the same limitations and conditions as applied to other deposits, and notice thereof shall be given by the words "Subject to conditions of agreement with depositors" printed on the face of the certificate issued. Sec. 64. Each savings bank must prescribe by its by- Withdrawal laws, or by contract with its depositors, the time and conditions °f deposits. on which repayment is to be made to depositors, except as in this act otherwise provided. In all cases the by-laws or contracts shall provide that notice of at least thirty days may, at the option of any such bank, be required to be given of intention to withdraw any deposit or part thereof, but whenever there is any call by depositors for repayment of a greater amount than the bank may have disposable for that purpose, the directors or officers thereof must not make any new loan or investment of the funds of the depositors or of earnings thereof until such excess of call has ceased. The directors of any such bank having no capital stock shall, before the declaration of any dividend, carry at least one-tenth part of the net profits of such bank, for the preceding half year, or for the period covered by said dividend, to its reserve fund. Subject to the provisions of section nineteen of this act, any losses sustained by any such bank may be charged to and paid out of its reserve fund. A larger reserve fund may be created and nothing herein contained shall be construed as prohibitory thereof. The assets of any such bank are a security to its depositors. Any such bank 58 N. W. HALSEY & CO. organized without capital stock, may provide by its by-laws for the disposal of any amount in its reserve fund in excess of the amount required by section nineteen of this act and may also provide for final disposal upon the dissolution of the bank of its reserve fund or the balance thereof remaining after payment of any losses of such bank. No director or Sec. 65. No loan shall be made, directly or indirectly, to officer may anv director or officer of any savings bank by such bank or on borronf from t ne endorsement, surety or guaranty of any such officer or director, bant?, except that loans may be made to any corporation in which any director or officer of such savings bank may own or hold a minority number of shares of stock, upon authorization of a majority of all the directors of such savings bank and the affirmative vote of all directors of such savings bank present at the meeting authorizing such loan; provided, however, that such loan shall in all other respects conform to and comply with all other provisions of this act. Such interested director or officer shall not vote or participate in any manner in the action of the board on such loan. Such authorization shall be entered upon the records or minutes of such savings bank. The fact of making such loan, the names of the directors authorizing such loan, the corporate name of the borrower, the name of each director or officer of such bank who is a member, stockholder, or director of the corporation to which such loan is made, the amount of such loan, the rate of interest thereon, the time when the loan will become due, the amount, character and value of security given therefor and the fact of payment, when made, shall be forthwith reported in writing by the cashier or secretary of such savings bank to the superintendent of banks. A loan may be made to any agent or employee, other than an officer or director, of any savings bank by such bank upon authorization of a majority of all the directors of such savings bank and an affirmative vote of all directors of such savings bank present at the meeting authorizing such loan; provided, hotvever, that such loan shall in all respects conform to and comply with all other provisions of this act. Such authorization shall be entered upon the records or minutes of such savings bank. The fact of making such loan, the names of the directors authorizing such loan, the name of the BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 59 borrower, the nature of his employment, the amount of such loan, the rate of interest thereon, the time when the loan will become due, the amount, character and value of the security given therefor, and the fact of payment, when made, shall be forthwith reported in writing by the cashier or secretary of such savings bank to the superintendent of banks. Any officer or director of any savings bank, who knowingly procures a loan from such savings bank, contrary to the provisions of this section, shall be guilty of a felony. In case of the neglect or failure of the secretary or cashier of any such bank, to report to the superintendent of banks, as herein provided, any of the facts so required to be reported, the bank shall be liable therefor and shall forfeit to the people of the State of California twenty-five dollars per day for each day, or part thereof, during which such neglect or failure continues. Sec. 66. No savings bank shall hereafter make any loans Limitation to any person, firm, co-partnership or corporation to an amount of loans. exceeding fifty per centum of the actual paid-up capital stock and surplus of such bank, or in the case of a bank organized without capital stock, to an amount exceeding fifty per centum of the reserve fund of such bank; provided, however, that any savings bank having a paid-up capital and surplus of less than fifty thousand dollars, but not less than twenty-five thousand dollars, may make any such loan on real estate security to an amount not exceeding twenty-five thousand dollars; and provided further, that any savings bank having a paid-up capital and surplus of less than twenty-five thousand dollars may make any such loan on real estate security to an amount not exceeding its paid-up capital and surplus, if each such loan in all other respects conforms to the provisions of this act. The renewal or extension of any loan heretofore legally made by any savings bank shall not be construed to be a "loan hereafter made" within the meaning of the provisions of this section. The legality of investments heretofore lawfully made pursuant to the provisions of this act as it existed on and subsequent to July 1, 1909, shall not be affected by the provisions of this section. For the purposes of this section an endorser or guarantor shall be deemed to be a borrower. 60 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Loans. Sec. 67. 1. No savings bank shall loan money except on adequate security of real or personal property, and no such loan shall be made for a period longer than ten years; provided, that no such loan shall be made on unsecured notes. Limitation 2. No savings bank shall invest or loan more than five of investment p er centum of its assets on any one bond issue, except in bonds, bonds of the United States, of the State of California, bonds for which the faith and credit of the United States or of the State of California are pledged, or bonds of any county, city and county, city or school district in this state, or bonds of any irrigation district such as are legal for investment by savings banks. 3. No savings bank shall loan money: (a) On bonds of the character specified in paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) of subdivision three of section sixty- one of this act, unless such bonds shall have a market value at least ten per centum in excess of the amount loaned thereon; or, (b) On bonds of the character specified in paragraphs (e). (f) and (g) or on bonds or notes of the character specified in paragraph (i) of subdivision three of section sixty-one of this act, unless such bonds or notes shall have a market value at least fifteen per centum in excess of the amount loaned thereon; or, (c) On bonds legal for investment by savings banks in the states of New York or Massachusetts, unless such bonds shall have a market value at least fifteen per centum in excess of the amount loaned thereon; or, Loans on (d) On personal property unless such personal property personal property, shall have a market value at least fifty per centum in excess of the amount loaned thereon; or, Other bonds (e) On other bonds, or on the capital stock of any or stocks, corporation, unless such bonds or stock shall have a market value at least fifty per centum in excess of the amount loaned thereon; provided, however, that no loan shall be made upon the capital stock of any bank unless such bank has been in existence at least two years and has earned and paid a dividend on its capital stock. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 61 4. No savings bank shall make any loan on the security of Percentage of real estate, except it be a first lien, and in no event to exceed sixty market value per centum of the market value of any real estate taken as security 'which may be except for the purpose of facilitating the sale of property owned loaned on by such savings bank ; provided, that a second lien may be accepted rea ' es ' Q te. to secure the repayment of a debt previously contracted in good faith; and, provided, also, that any savings bank holding a first mortgage or deed of trust on real estate may take or purchase and hold another and immediately subsequent mortgage or deed of trust thereon, but all such loans shall not exceed in the aggregate sixty per centum of the market value of the real estate securing the same; provided, further, that a savings bank may loan not to exceed ninety per centum of the face value of a note or bond secured by a first mortgage or deed of trust on real estate, but in no event shall any such loan exceed ninety per centum of sixty per centum of the market value of the real estate covered by said mortgage or deed of trust. 5. No savings bank shall purchase, invest or loan its capital, Mining stocks surplus or the money of its depositors, or any part of either, in cannot be mining shares or stock. Any president or managing officer who purchased or knowingly consents to a violation of any provision of this section accepted as shall be guilty of a felony. collateral. Sec. 68. Every savings bank or savings department of a bank, Lawful money) shall at all times maintain a lawful money reserve equivalent to reserve. four per centum of the aggregate amount of its deposits; one-half of such lawful money reserve shall be kept on hand in lawful money of the United States or gold certificates or silver certificates of the United States, and one half may consist of bonds of the United States or of lawful money of the United States or gold certificates or silver certificates of the United States, on hand or on deposit subject to call with any reserve bank provided for in section twenty of this act; provided, however, that no savings bank or savings department shall be required to maintain in its own keeping a lawful money reserve in excess of four hundred thousand dollars, and when such lawful money reserve in its own keeping reaches that amount, the balance of cash necessary to make up the four per centum may be kept on deposit subject to call with any reserve bank provided for in section twenty of this act. No new loan shall be made during any deficiency in the lawful money reserve. 62 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Deposits with any commercial bank, or commercial department of a bank, on open account, to facilitate business transactions, as provided in this section, shall be permitted, and shall not be construed as loans. Not more than five per centum of the deposits of any savings bank shall be deposited with any one bank, except with the consent of the superintendent of banks. Not more than fifteen per centum of the deposits of any savings bank shall be deposited with all other banks, except with the consent of the superintendent of banks. No savings bank or savings department shall receive deposits of other banks other than savings deposits and such deposits shall not be treated or considered as a part of the lawful money reserve of such depositing bank; provided, that the sum so deposited shall not exceed ten thousand dollars. Funds of Sec. 68J/2. Where a decedent, at the time of his or her death, a decedent, left moneys on deposit with a savings bank, it shall be lawful for any public administrator, who shall become the administrator of the estate, to allow such deposit to remain in said savings bank, and also, it shall be lawful for him to deposit therein to the account of said decedent, any and all moneys of said estate not required for the current expenses of administration. Such deposit, whether made by the decedent or a public administrator, shall relieve the public admin- istrator from depositing the same with the county treasurer. Moneys so deposited, whether by the decedent or by a public administrator, may be drawn upon demand without notice, upon the order of said administrator, countersigned by a judge of a superior court, when required for the purpose of administration or otherwise. Sec. 69. Every savings bank, and the business of every savings department of every other bank, must be conducted under and in accordance with the provisions of this act. Article III. COMMERCIAL BANKS. t Sec. 80. No commercial bank shall make any loans to any Loans. ... ,. person, firm, copartnership or corporation, to an amount exceeding the following percentages of its capital stock actually paid in and surplus : Limitations, \ . Ten per centum without security, except where such capital of loans stock and surplus is less than twenty-five thousand dollars, in which without security, event an amount not to exceed twenty per centum of such capital BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA . 63 stock and surplus may be loaned without security, and where such capital stock and surplus is greater than twenty-five thousand dollars and does not exceed fifty thousand dollars, a sum not exceeding five thousand dollars may be loaned without security. Nothing herein shall prohibit any commercial bank from taking or receiving any kind, character or amount of security whatsoever, either real or personal, for the protection of any loan made under the provisions of this subdivision, but no such loan or any part thereof shall be considered or construed as a secured loan unless the whole thereof is loaned upon security worth at least fifteen per centum more than the amount of such loan; or, 2. Fifteen per centum, in addition to the amount that may be Secured loans. loaned under the provisions of subdivision one of this section, upon security worth at least fifteen per centum more than the amount of such loan so secured; provided, however, that a separate note or notes shall be taken for the unsecured loans and a separate note or notes shall be taken for the secured loans, and the secured and unsecured loans shall not be combined in any way within one note, or notes; or, 3. Twenty-five per centum upon security worth at least fifteen per centum more than the amount of its loans so secured; provided, however, that when secured loans to this amount or any amount in excess of fifteen per centum are made, then no unsecured loans shall be permitted in addition to such secured loans. A commercial bank may buy from, or discount for, any person, Discounts firm, co-partnership or corporation, or loan upon bills of lading or HU S f lading bills of exchange drawn in good faith against actual existing value HH S t an amount not exceeding seventy-five per centum of the paid-up exchange, etc. capital and surplus of such bank; and may also buy from or discount for any person, firm, co-partnership or corporation, com- mercial or business paper actually owned by the person, firm, co-partnership or corporation negotiating the same, an amount not exceeding twenty-five per centum of the paid-up capital and surplus of such bank; but the discount of bills of lading or bills of exchange drawn in good faith against actual existing value, and the discount of commercial or business paper actually owned by the person, firm, co-partnership or corporation negotiating the same, shall not be considered as money borrowed by the person, firm, co-partnership or corporation selling or discounting the same. 64 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Sec. 81. No loan shall be made by any commercial bank upon the securities of one or more corporations, the payment of which is undertaken, in whole or in part, severally, but not jointly, by two or more individuals, firms, or corporations: (a) If the borrowers or underwriters be obligated absolutely or contingently to purchase the securities, or any of them, collateral to such loan, unless the borrowers or underwriters shall have paid on account of the purchase of such securities an amount in cash, or its equivalent, equal to at least twenty-five per centum of the several amounts for which they remain obligated in completing the purchase of such securities; (b) If the commercial bank making such loan be liable, directly or indirectly, or contingently, for the repayment of such loan or any part thereof; (c) If its term, including any renewal thereof by agreement, express or implied, exceed the period of one year; (J) Or to an amount under any circumstances in excess of twenty-five per centum of the capital and surplus of the commercial bank making such loan. Capital Sec. 82. Every commercial bank hereafter organized must required, have paid up in cash a capital stock of not less than, (a) Twenty-five thousand dollars if its principal place of business is located in any locality the population of which does not exceed five thousand persons; (b) Fifty thousand dollars if its principal place of business is located in any city the population of which is more than five thousand persons but does not exceed twenty-five thousand persons; (c) One hundred thousand dollars if its principal place of business is located in any city the population of which is more than twenty-five thousand persons but does not exceed one hundred thousand persons; (J) Two hundred thousand dollars if its principal place of business is located in any city the population of which is more than one hundred thousand persons but does not exceed two hundred thousand persons; (e) Three hundred thousand dollars if its principal place of business is located in any city the population of which is more than two hundred thousand persons. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 65 The foregoing classification shall not apply to any commercial bank already in existence which has received its certificate to do a banking business from the superintendent of banks; nor to any bank the location of which shall have been included by annexation or consolidation within the limits of a city of a class requiring a larger capitalization, but no bank thus excepted shall be permitted to establish any new branch office as provided in section nine of this act or to remove its place of business from the original limits of the city or township wherein it was located prior to such annexa- tion or consolidation until it shall have the capital required of banks in such city not within said exception. Such excepted banks may not in any case decrease their capital stock but may increase the same in the manner provided by law to an amount either greater or less than that required of banks in such city not within said exception; provided, that nothing herein shall be construed to affect the provisions of section nineteen of this act relative to the proportion of capital and surplus to deposits or of section twenty- three of this act relative to the capital stock required of banks doing a departmental business. The provisions of section twenty-three of this act, as to population, shall apply to any bank organized under the provisions of this section. Sec. 83. No loan shall be made, directly or indirectly, to Loans to any officer of any commercial bank by such bank, or on the endorse- directors. ment, surety, or guaranty of any such officer, except as hereinafter provided in this section. Loans to any director, agent, or other employee, or to any firm, co-partnership, or corporation of which any director, officer, agent or other employee is a member, stockholder, director, agent or other employee, or to any person, firm, co-partner- ship or corporation on the endorsement, surety, or guaranty of any such director other than an officer, agent or other employee, can be made by any commercial bank only on authorization of, or confirmation within thirty days after making such loan, by a majority of all the directors of such bank and the affirmative vote of all directors of such bank present at the meeting authorizing or confirming such loan. Such interested director shall not vote or participate in any manner in the action of the board on such loan. The board of directors of any such bank may fix the total amount of credit that may at any one time during the twelve months next 66 N. W. HALSEY & CO. succeeding be given to any director, agent, or other employee, or to any firm, co-partnership or corporation in which any director, officer, agent, or other employee is a member, stockholder, director, agent or other employee, and any or all loans made within or up to the total amount of such authorized credit may at any time during said twelve months, be renewed from time to time, in whole or in part, by the officers of the bank without any further vote or action on the part of the board of directors. Each such authoriza- tion shall be entered upon the records or minutes of said bank. No director shall vote or participate in any manner in such action of the board fixing the total amount of credit that may at any one time be given to himself or to any firm, co-partnership or corpora- tion in which he is a member, stockholder, director, agent or other employee. The fact of making such loan, the names of the directors authorizing such loan, the name of the director, agent, or employee, obtaining such loan, or the name of the firm, co-partner- ship or corporation in which such director, officer, agent, or employee is interested, obtaining such loan, the amount of such loan, the rate of interest thereon, the time when the loan will become due, the amount, character and value of security given therefor, if any, and the fact of payment when made, shall be forthwith reported in writing by the cashier or secretary of such bank to the superintendent of banks. In case of a loan so made without the previous authorization of the directors, the action of the board of directors, in confirming or refusing to confirm such loan within thirty days thereafter, shall be reported in the same manner. Any officer, director, agent, or employee of a commercial bank, who knowingly procures a loan from such commercial bank contrary to the provisions of this section, shall be guilty of a felony. In case of the neglect or failure of the secretary or cashier of any such bank, to report to the superintendent of banks, as herein provided, any of the facts so required to be reported, the bank shall be liable therefor and shall forfeit to the people of the State of California twenty-five dollars per day for each day, or part thereof, during which such neglect or failure continues. Bank Sec. 84. No commercial bank shall invest an amount exceed- premises. ing its paid-up capital and surplus in the lot and building in which the business of the bank is carried on, furniture and fixtures, vaults and safe deposit vaults and boxes necessary or proper to carry on BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 67 its banking business; and hereafter the authority of a two-thirds vote of all the directors shall be necessary to authorize the purchase of such lot and building or the construction of such building. Article IV. TRUST COMPANIES. Sec. 90. Any corporation which has been or shall be incor- Capital porated under the general corporation laws of this state which is required. authorized by its articles of incorporation to act as executor, administrator, guardian of estates, assignee, receiver, depositary or trustee, under appointment of any court or by authority of any law of this state, or as trustee for any purpose permitted by law, which has its principal place of business in a city in which the population does not exceed one hundred thousand persons and which has a capital of not less than one hundred thousand dollars actually paid in, in cash, assigned to or available for the purpose of conducting business in any such capacity, or trust business of any character permitted by law, and which has made with the state treasurer the deposit of money or securities of the character and in the amount required by the terms of section ninety-six of this act, and which has received from the superintendent of banks the certificate of authority required by the terms of section one hundred and twenty- seven of this act, to transact such business, and any corporation which has been or shall be incorporated under the general corpora- tion laws of this state, which is authorized by its articles of incorporation to act as executor, administrator, guardian of estates, assignee, receiver, depositary or trustee, under appointment of any court or by authority of any law of this state, or as trustee for any purpose permitted by law, which has its principal place of business in a city in which the population exceeds one hundred thousand persons and which has a capital of at least two hundred thousand dollars actually paid in, in cash, assigned to or available for the purpose of conducting business in any such capacity, or trust business of any character permitted by law, and which has made with the state treasurer the deposit of money or securities of the character and in the amount required by the terms of section ninety-six of this act, and which has received from the superintendent of banks the certificate of authority required by the terms of section one hundred twenty-seven of this act, to transact such business, may 68 N. W. HALSEY & CO. act, or may be appointed by any court to act, in any such capacity in like manner as an individual and when so qualified shall be known as a trust company. Any such trust company may, as provided in this act, accept or receive any deposit of money or personal property authorized, directed or permitted to be made with any such corporation by any court or law of this state, and may accept and execute any trust provided for in this act, or permitted by any law of this state, to be taken, accepted or executed by an individual. Any such trust company, if located in a city the population of which does not exceed one hundred thousand persons must segregate that portion of its capital and surplus assigned to or available for its trust business and must apportion and set aside at least fifty thousand dollars of such paid-up capital as security for the faithful performance and execution of all private trusts accepted by it and must also apportion and set aside at least fifty thousand dollars of such paid-up capital as security for the faithful perform- ance and execution of all court trusts accepted by it and whenever such trust company shall, under the provisions of sections 96 and Additional 98 of this act, be required to make the first additional deposit deposit of f securities with the state treasurer, such trust company must securities. a l so apportion and set aside an additional fifty thousand dollars of paid-up capital as security for the faithful performance and execution of all private trusts accepted by it and must also apportion and set aside an additional fifty thousand dollars of paid-up capital as security for the faithful performance and execution of all court trusts accepted by it, and any trust company, if located in a city, the population of which exceeds one hundred thousand persons, must segregate that portion of its capital and surplus assigned to or available for its trust business and must apportion and set aside at least one hundred thousand dollars of such paid-up capital as security for the faithful performance and execution of all private trusts accepted by it and must also apportion and set aside at least one hundred thousand dollars of such paid-up capital as security for the faithful performance and execution of all court trusts accepted by it; provided, that no such trust company shall at any time be required to apportion and set aside any portion of its surplus as security for the faithful performance of such private trusts, nor shall it be prohibited from so doing; and provided. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 69 further, that the respective amounts of capital or capital and surplus so apportioned and set aside shall be treated in all respects as the separate capital or capital and surplus of each respective kind or class of business, as though the same were conducted by separate and distinct corporations, and each shall be kept, held, used and disposed of wholly for the exclusive benefit, protection and security of the respective classes of trust business to which the same were respectively so apportioned and set aside. In all cases in which it is required that an executor, administrator, guardian of estates, assignee, receiver, depositary or trustee, shall qualify by taking and subscribing an oath, or in which an affidavit is required, it shall be a sufficient qualification by such corporation if such oath be taken and subscribed or such affidavit made by the president, vice president, secretary, manager, trust officer, assistant trust officer or regularly employed attorney thereof, and such officer or employee shall be liable for the failure of such trust company to perform any of the duties required by law to be performed by an individual acting in like capacity and subject to like penalties; provided, any such appointment as guardian shall apply to the estate only, and not to the person. No foreign corporation shall have or exercise in this state the power to act as trustee under any mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument securing notes or bonds issued by any corporation, excepting that a foreign corporation may be authorized to act, outside of the State of California, as co-trustee with any qualified trust company organized and doing business under the laws of this state, for the following purposes with reference to bonds secured by mortgage or deed of trust of property in this state, and none other: ( 1 ) To deliver bonds, and receive payment therefor. (2) To deliver permanent bonds in exchange for temporary bonds of the same issue. (3) To deliver refunding bonds in exchange for those of a prior issue or issues. (4) To register bonds, or to exchange registered bonds for coupon bonds, or coupon bonds for registered bonds. 70 N. W. HALSEY & CO. (5) To pay interest on such bonds, and to take up and cancel coupons representing such interest payments. (6) To redeem and cancel bonds when called for redemption, or to pay and cancel bonds when due. (7) The certification of registered bonds for the purpose of exchanging registered bonds for coupon bonds. Deposits by Sec. 9 1 . Any court having jurisdiction of any executor, authority of administrator, guardian, assignee, receiver, depositary or trustee, court, upon the application of any such officer or trustee, or upon the application of any person having an interest in the estate or property administered by such officer or trustee, after such notice to the other parties in interest as the court may direct, and after a hearing upon such application, may authorize such officer or trustee to deposit any moneys then in his hands, or which may come into his hands thereafter, until the further order of said court, with any such trust company, and upon deposit of such money, and its receipt and acceptance by such trust company, the said officer or trustee shall be discharged from further care or responsibility therefor. Such deposit shall be paid out only upon the order of said court. Deposits by Sec. 92. Any public administrator may deposit any or all public moneys of any estate upon which he is administering, not required administrator, for the current expenses of such administration, with any such trust company having its principal place of business in the county, or city and county in which he is acting as such administrator. Any court having jurisdiction of an estate being administered by a public administrator, may direct such administrator to deposit all or any part of the moneys of said estate with any such trust company. Such deposit shall relieve the public administrator from depositing with the county treasurer the moneys so deposited with such trust company. Moneys so deposited by a public administrator may be drawn, upon the order of such administrator, countersigned by a judge of the superior court, when required for the purposes of administration, or otherwise. Deposits by Sec. 93. Any court having jurisdiction of any estate in order of court, process of administration, or any other proceeding, may, on application of any person interested therein, or the person who has BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 71 been selected by said court, or a judge thereof, as executor, admin- istrator, guardian, assignee, receiver, depositary or trustee, after such notice to the parties in interest as the court shall direct, or without notice if all parties in interest consent thereto, and a hearing on such application, order any executor, administrator, guardian, assignee, receiver, depositary or trustee so selected or appointed, whether such person has duly qualified or not, to deposit with any such trust company, for safe-keeping, such portion or all of the personal assets of said estate as the court shall deem proper, and upon such deposit being made, the court shall by an order of record reduce the bond to be given or theretofore given by such officer or trustee, so as to cover only the estate remaining in the hands of said officer or trustee; and the property so deposited shall thereupon be held by such trust company, under the order and direction of said court. Sec. 94. Such trust company shall not be required to give Responsibility) any bond or security in case of any appointment or deposit of for investments. moneys or other personal assets hereinbefore provided for, except as provided in this act, but shall be responsible for all investments which shall be made by it of the funds which may be entrusted to it for investment by such court, and shall be liable to the same extent as an individual, and as hereinafter provided. Sec. 95. Such trust company shall pay interest upon Payment of all moneys so deposited with it at such rate as may be agreed interest. upon at the time of its acceptance of any such deposit, or as shall be provided by the order of court and agreed to by such trust company. Sec. 96. Any such trust company, if its principal place Bonds or of business is situated in a city the population of which securities to be does not exceed one hundred thousand persons, before deposited with accepting any such appointment or deposit, shall deposit s t a t e treasurer. with the state treasurer, as herein provided, at least fifty thousand dollars as security for the faithful performance and execution of all court trusts accepted by it, and shall also deposit with the state treasurer at least fifty thousand dollars as security for the faithful performance and execu- tion of all private trusts accepted by it; and whenever any 72 N. W. HALSEY & CO. such trust company shall under the provisions of section ninety-eight of this act be required to make the first additional deposit of securities with the state treasurer such trust company must also deposit with the state treasurer an additional fifty thousand dollars as security for the faithful performance and execution of all private trusts accepted by it; and any trust company if its principal place of business is situated in a city the popula- tion of which exceeds one hundred thousand persons,, before accepting any such appointment or deposit, shall deposit with the state treasurer, as herein provided at least one hundred thousand dollars, as security for the faithful performance and execution of all court trusts accepted by it, and shall also deposit with the state treasurer at least one hundred thousand dollars as security for the faithful performance and execution of all private trusts accepted by it. Any such deposit may be made either in lawful money of the United States, or in securities of either or any of the following classes: (a) Bonds issued by the United States or by this state or by any county, city and county, city or school district therein ; (b) Bonds for the payment of which the faith and credit of the United States or of this state are pledged; (c) Notes or bonds secured by mortgage or deed of trust constituting a first lien on improved and productive real estate in the State of California; such improved real estate being worth at least double the amount of such lien. Such money or securities shall be first approved by the superintendent of banks and, upon his written order, deposited with the state treasurer for the respective pur- poses herein specified, and said treasurer shall give his receipt therefor, and thereafter, subject to the provisions of this act, shall hold such deposits of money or securities separately, each for the sole benefit of the beneficiaries of the class of trust business, for the security and protection of which the same was deposited, and said treasurer shall give his receipt therefor and the state shall be responsible BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 73 for the custody and safe return of any money or securities so deposited. Said securities or money so deposited may, Securities with the approval of the superintendent of banks, be with- ma}) be drawn or exchanged from time to time for other like reithdraxvn. securities, or lawful money, receivable as aforesaid, and so long as the trust company so depositing said money or securities shall continue solvent, it shall have the right and shall be permitted by the state treasurer to receive the interest and dividends on any securities so deposited. Said securities and money shall be subject to sale and transfer, and to the disposal of the proceeds by said state treasurer, only on the order of a court of competent jurisdiction and for the benefit respectively of the bene- ficiaries of that class of trust business for the security and protection of which the same were deposited. Sec. 97. Any such trust company, having a capital and surplus Property may of two hundred thousand dollars or more apportioned and set aside be mortgaged. as security for the faithful performance and execution of all court trusts accepted by it, as provided in this act, and which is wholly or in part invested in the lot and building in which its business is carried on, may be permitted by the superintendent of banks to mortgage such lot and building to the state treasurer for such sum, up to its full market value, as the superintendent of banks may determine, and such mortgage may be deposited with said treasurer, and when so deposited it shall be included in the amount of securities herein required to be deposited with said treasurer as security for the faithful performance of all such court trusts. Sec. 98. Whenever any trust company, the principal place of Amount of business of which is located in a city the population of which does deposit required not exceed one hundred thousand persons, receives from court <** security for trusts accepted by it, trust funds, as herein defined, to the amount ' rus ' funds. of five hundred thousand dollars, it shall forthwith notify in writing the superintendent of banks of such fact, and within thirty days thereafter shall deposit with the state treasurer additional money or securities of the character mentioned and defined in section ninety-six of this act, approved as therein provided, in the amount of fifty thousand dollars; and whenever any trust company receives from court trusts such funds to the amount of one million 74 N. W. HALSEY & CO. dollars it shall further notify in writing the superintendent of banks of such fact and within thirty days thereafter shall deposit with the state treasurer additional money or securities of the character mentioned and defined in section ninety-six of this act, approved as therein provided, in the amount of fifty thousand dollars; and for each additional five hundred thousand dollars of such trust funds thereafter received by any trust company from court trusts a similar notification in writing shall forthwith be given to the superintendent of banks, and a further deposit in the amount of twenty-five thousand dollars of such money or securities, or of securities provided for in section ninety-seven of this act likewise approved, shall be made, within thirty days thereafter, by such trust company with said state treasurer. The treasurer shall give his receipt for any money or securities so deposited and each and all of said deposits of money or securities, shall be held by said state treasurer for the sole benefit of the beneficiaries of the class of business for the security and protection of which same were deposited. The state shall be responsible for the custody and safe return of any money or securities so deposited with said state treasurer. The term Term " trust funds" when used in this section shall be deemed to mean "Trust Fund." ant ^ sna ^ mean personal property and cash, whether received with the original trust property or as rent, income or proceeds thereof, or otherwise, in connection with the trust, and shall not be deemed to include and shall not include real property. Any trust company failing to comply with the provisions of this section shall forfeit to the State of California one hundred dollars a day for each day during which such failure or default shall continue. Upon making a request in writing to the superintendent of banks, any such trust Trust company) company shall be entitled to withdraw from the state treasurer, ma)) withdraw from time to time, a sufficient amount of such securities so that at securities, all times the amount of such securities so deposited shall conform to the requirements of this act, and so that at no time shall such trust company be required to have on deposit with the state treasurer an amount of securities in excess of the requirements of this act. Upon receiving such request in writing, and satisfactory proof of the facts warranting such withdrawal, it shall be the duty of the superintendent of banks to forthwith deliver to the state treasurer a written order directing the withdrawal of said securities so as to BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 75 conform with the provisions of this section, and it shall be the duty of the state treasurer to comply with such written order. The validity or legality of any act or proceeding done or taken by any such trust company, relating to or in connection with the administration of any such trusts, shall not be affected or impaired by the neglect or failure of such trust company, or of any officer or employee thereof, to comply with any of the provisions of this act, but all such acts and proceedings done or taken prior to the revocation of its certificate of authority to do such business by the superintendent of banks, under the provisions of this act, or the revocation by any court or judge thereof of the appointment, order or decree theretofore entered in such trust matter shall be as valid and effective for all purposes as if any such neglect or failure had not occurred. Sec. 99. When any part of the securities so deposited with Certificates of the state treasurer consists of notes or bonds secured by mortgage title required or deed of trust, it shall be accompanied by a complete abstract with mortgages of title or an unlimited certificate of title or a policy of title deposited. insurance prepared or issued by a person, company or corporation designated or approved by the superintendent of banks and authorized by law or otherwise found by the superintendent of banks to be competent to issue such evidence of title, which shall be examined and approved by or under the direction of said superintendent of banks. The fees for an examination of such Fees of evidence of title by counsel to be paid by the trust company making counsel and the deposit shall not exceed twenty dollars for each title examined, appraisers and the fee for each appraiser not exceeding two, shall not exceed making five dollars for each mortgage or deed of trust. examination. Section one hundred repealed 1913. Sec. 101. For the purposes of this act, all trusts permitted to Lists of trusts. be accepted or executed by any such trust company, under any provision of this act are hereby classified and defined as either: (a) Court trusts; or (b) Private trusts. A court trust is one in which any such trust company acts under appointment, order or decree of any court, as executor, adminis- trator, guardian, assignee, receiver, depositary or trustee, or in 76 N. W. HALSEY & CO. which it receives on deposit from a public administrator, under any provision of this act, or from any executor, administrator, guardian, assignee, receiver, depositary or trustee, under any order or decree of any court, money or property. Any other trust is a private trust. The inspection and supervision of the superintendent of banks shall extend only to court trusts as herein denned. Private trusts shall not be subject to the inspection or supervision of the superintendent of banks, his attorneys, examiners or other assist- ants. In making the reports to the superintendent of banks required by this act, every trust company shall, in addition to the other facts to be reported by it, furnish only a list and brief description of the court trusts held by it, the source of appointment thereto, the authority by which the appointment or deposit was made, and the amount of real or personal property held by such trust company by virtue thereof. Retiring from business. Sec. 102. Any corporation which desires to withdraw from and discontinue doing a trust business shall furnish to the superin- tendent of banks satisfactory evidence of its release and discharge from all the obligations and trusts hereinbefore provided for, and thereupon the superintendent of banks shall revoke his certificate of authority to do a trust business theretofore issued to such corpora- tion, and the state treasurer shall return to said corporation all the securities deposited by such corporation and shall cancel any mortgage made by such corporation to said state treasurer as a part of such securities, and thereafter such corporation shall not be permitted to use and shall not use the word "trust" in its corporate name or in connection with its business. Confidential Sec. 103. Any trust company exercising the powers and relations of performing the duties provided for in this act, shall, except as trust company herein otherwise provided, keep inviolate all communications and to clients, writings made to or by said trustee touching the existence, condition, management and administration of any private trust confided to it; and no creditor or stockholder of any such trust company shall be entitled to disclosure or knowledge of any such communication or writing; provided, however, that the president, vice-president, manager, trust officer, secretary or regularly employed attorney of any such trust company shall be entitled to knowledge of any such BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 77 communication or writing; and provided further, that in any suit or proceeding touching the existence, condition, management or administration of any such trust, the court wherein the same is pending may require disclosure of any such communication or writing. Section one hundred four repealed 1913. Sec. 105. Every trust company shall, except as other- Investment of wise provided by law, invest its capital and surplus and trust funds. any trust funds received by it in connection with its trust business, in accordance with the laws relative to the investment or loan of funds deposited with savings banks, unless a specific agreement to the contrary is made between the trust company and the party creating the trust, or unless it is otherwise ordered by the court, in connection with any court trust. Sec. 106. Any such trust company desiring to do, or doing, Department a commercial banking business or a savings bank business, or both, business. in addition to its trust business shall have actually paid up, in cash, the amount of capital provided in section twenty-three of this act. Any title insurance company authorized by its articles of incorporation to do, or doing a trust business, in addition to its title insurance business, shall comply with all the requirements of any law governing trust companies, and shall have a capital stock actually paid in, in cash, of not less than two hundred thousand dollars, and in addition thereto, the capital stock required by law for doing a title insurance business. Such capital for each such department or class of business shall be increased from time to time in the same manner and to the same extent as though each such department or class of business was conducted by a separate bank, trust company or title insurance company, instead of as separate departments or classes of business. Any trust company and any title insurance company doing a departmental business as above provided shall comply with the provisions of this act governing each of such departments and with the provisions of any law governing each such class of business as to its deposits, reserve, surplus, investments and loans. 78 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Sec. 107. Any corporation doing a departmental business as a title insurance company and as a trust company, shall, as to its trust department, be subject to the supervision and inspection of the superintendent of banks, and as to its trust department must make all reports to the superintendent of banks required to be made by trust companies by the provisions of this act, and as to its trust department such corporation shall also be subject to, and shall have the benefit of all other provisions and requirements of this act applicable to trust companies, and shall also be subject to and shall have the benefit of all of the banking laws and rules and regulations of the banking department of this state applicable to trust companies. The proportionate part of the state banking fund provided for by section one hundred twenty-three of this act, that shall be payable by such corporation, shall be based on the amount of capital and surplus of such corporation apportioned to its trust department. Article V. STATE BANKING DEPARTMENT. Superintendent Sec. 120. There is hereby created a state banking department. of banks. The chief officer of such department shall be the superintendent thereof, and be known as the superintendent of banks. He shall be appointed by the governor, and shall hold office at the pleasure of the governor. He shall not, either directly or indirectly, be inter- ested in any commercial bank, savings bank or trust company, or as an individual banker. He shall receive an annual salary of ten thousand dollars, to be paid monthly out of the state treasury on a warrant of the controller. He shall, within fifteen days from the time of notice of his appointment, take and subscribe to the consti- tutional oath of office, and file the same in the office of the secretary of state, and execute to the people of the state a bond in the penal sum of fifty thousand dollars, with corporate surety or two or more sureties to be approved by the governor of the state, conditioned for the faithful discharge of the duties of his office. Sec. 121. The superintendent of banks shall employ a chief deputy, attorney and such examiners and other assistants as he may need to discharge in a proper manner the duties imposed upon him by law, none of which examiners or assistants or attorney shall be interested in any bank in this state as director, stockholder, BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 79 officer or employee, and they shall perform such duties as he shall assign to them. He shall fix the compensation of the chief deputy, attorney, examiners and other assistants, which compensation shall be paid monthly on his certificate and on the warrant of the controller out of the state treasury. The chief deputy shall within Chief deputy fifteen days from the time of his appointment take and subscribe to superintendent. the constitutional oath of office and file the same in the office of the secretary of state. No person shall be appointed a chief deputy who has not had at least three years' active banking experience, either as an executive officer or employee of some bank in this state. In case of the absence or inability to act, or vacancy in the office of the superintendent of banks for thirty consecutive days, the chief deputy shall execute to the people of the state a bond in the penal sum of fifty thousand dollars, with corporate surety or two sureties to be approved by the controller and treasurer of the state, conditioned for the faithful discharge of the duties of the superintendent while such deputy acts as superintendent, and upon filing such bond such deputy shall have all the power and duties of superintendent of banks, until the inability of the superin- tendent shall be removed, or until a new superintendent of banks shall have been appointed by the governor. No superintendent of banks, chief deputy, or bank examiner, shall be or shall become indebted, directly or indirectly, either as borrower, endorser, surety, or guarantor, to any bank under his supervision or subject to his examination. Sec. 122. The superintendent of banks shall have his principal Location of office in the city of San Francisco, and may also have suitable offices. rooms in the city of Los Angeles, wherein to conduct the business of the state banking department. The superintendent shall, from time to time, obtain the necessary furniture, stationery, fuel, lights, and other proper conveniences for the transaction of such business; the expense of which shall be paid out of the state treasury on the certificate of the superintendent and the warrant of the controller. Sec. 1 23. A fund is hereby created to be known as the state State banking banking fund, and out of said fund shall be paid all the expenses fund. incurred in and about the conduct of the business of the banking department, including the salary of the superintendent, chief deputy, attorney, examiners and other assistants, traveling expenses, fur- 80 N. W. HALSEY & CO. nishing of rooms and rent. Each bank shall pay annually its share of eighty-seven thousand five hundred dollars, to be deter- mined by the proportion which the capital and surplus which shall include all reserve and contingent funds, of any incorporated bank or the surplus, reserve and contingent funds of any bank organized without a capital stock bear to the capital, surplus, reserve and contingent funds in the aggregate of all such banks receiving certificates of authorization from the superintendent of banks, as shown by the last report of such bank to the superintendent of banks. All moneys collected or received by the superintendent of banks, under and by virtue of the provisions of this act, shall be by him delivered to the treasurer of the state, who shall deposit the same to the credit of said banking fund, and the unexpended balances of all moneys heretofore paid into the state treasury by any of the bank commissioners or the superintendent of banks, shall be retained and become a part of said fund; provided, however, that the superintendent shall have authority to retain in his possession and under his control the sum of five hundred dollars to be used by him as a revolving fund for the benefit of the state banking department until the end of the fiscal year at which time he shall make full settlement with the treasurer of the state. If any such bank shall fail to pay such charges as are herein required, the superintendent shall forthwith cancel the certificate of said bank. Inspection Sec. 124. Every bank and the trust department of every title of banks, insurance company doing a trust business, shall be subject to the inspection of the superintendent of banks. The superintendent of banks, the chief deputy, or some competent person or persons to be appointed by the superintendent of banks, to be known as examiners, shall visit and examine every bank at least once each fiscal year. On every such examination inquiries shall be made by him as to the condition and resources of the bank, the mode of conducting and managing its affairs, the action of its directors, the investment and disposition of its funds, the safety and prudence of its manage- ment, the security afforded to those by whom its engagements are held and whether the requirements of its articles of incorporation and the law have been complied with in the administration of its affairs, and as to such other matters as the superintendent may prescribe. Whenever, in the judgment of the superintendent of banks, the condition of any bank renders it necessary or expedient BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 81 to make an extra examination or to devote any extraordinary attention to its affairs, the superintendent of banks shall have authority to make any and all necessary extra examinations and to devote any necessary extra attention to the conduct of its affairs ; and such bank shall pay for all such extra services rendered by the super- intendent of banks at a price to be fixed by the superintendent of banks but not to exceed twenty dollars per day. The superintendent Branches of of banks shall also have power to examine, or cause to be examined, foreign banks. every agency located in this state of any foreign bank or banking corporation, for the purpose of ascertaining whether it has complied with the laws of this state, and for such other purposes and as to such other matters as the superintendent may prescribe. The super- intendent, chief deputy, and every such examiner shall have the power to administer an oath to any person whose testimony he may require on the examination of any bank, or on the examination of any agency of any foreign bank or banking corporation, and to compel appearance and attendance of any such person for the pur- pose of any such examination. When a bank shall have been ex- amined by any examiner, and he finds securities therein which are, in his judgment, of doubtful value, he shall report the same to the superintendent of banks, who thereupon shall be authorized to employ appraisers at the expense of such bank to appraise said securities, at a compensation to be fixed by the superintendent of banks. The superintendent of banks shall, whenever requested to do so by any bank, provide an auditor to make an audit of the affairs of such bank. The compensation for making such audit shall be paid by the bank* direct to the person making the audit. Nothing herein shall be deemed to authorize or require the super- intendent of banks to inspect or supervise the private trust business or title insurance business of any corporation doing a trust business. Sec. 125. Every examiner appointed by the superintendent of Examiners. banks shall, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, take the constitutional oath of office and cause the same to be filed in the office of the secretary of state. No such examiner shall be appointed receiver of any bank whose books, papers and affairs he shall have examined pursuant to his appointment. 82 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Neglect to Sec. 126. If the chief deputy or any examiner shall have report unsafe knowledge of the insolvency or unsafe condition of any bank condition. ment ioned in this act, and that it is unsafe or inexpedient to permit said bank to continue business, and shall neglect to forthwith report such fact in writing over his signature to the superintendent of banks, he shall be guilty of felony. Certificate from Sec. 127. No bank shall transact any business in this state superintendent without the written approval of the superintendent of banks, and necessar}) for without his written certificate stating that it has complied with the transaction of provisions of this act, and all the requirements of law, and that it is banking business, authorized to transact, within this state, the business specified therein; which certificate may be withheld by the superintendent of banks whenever he has reason to believe that the bank is being formed for any other than the legitimate objects contemplated by this act or whenever he has reason to believe that the public con- venience and advantage will not be promoted by the opening of such bank, or whenever he has reason to believe that the corporate name assumed by such bank, by reason of the use by it of any one or more of the words "commercial," "trust," or "savings," in con- junction with any other word or words, resembles so closely as to be likely to cause confusion, the name of any other bank previously formed under the laws of this state. Before issuing such certificate the superintendent of banks shall examine, or cause an examina- tion to be made, in order to ascertain whether the requisite capital of such bank has been paid up in cash or the requisite reserve or surplus fund has been accumulated. The superintendent of banks shall not authorize such banks to commence business until it appears from such examination, or other evidence satisfactory to him, that the requisite capital has been, in good faith, subscribed and paid in, in cash, or that the requisite surplus or reserve fund has been accu- mulated or paid in, in cash, and until said bank shall have paid a fee of fifty dollars for each department to be operated by said bank. Investigation of applications for certificate. Sec. 128. When the certified copy of articles of incorporation of any bank shall have been filed with the secretary of state, and application made for the issuance of a certificate to do business as a bank, the superintendent of banks, provided he has not withheld granting his certificate for any of the reasons set forth in section one BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 83 hundred twenty-seven hereof, shall ascertain, from the best sources of information at his command, whether the character and general fitness of the persons named as stockholders are such as to command the confidence of the community in which such bank is proposed to be located, and, if so satisfied, he shall, within sixty days after such application has been made to him, issue, under his hand and official seal, the certificate of authorization required by this act. The superintendent of banks shall transmit a duplicate of such certificate of authorization to the county clerk of the county in which the principal place of business of such bank is located, and he shall file the same in his office. The superintendent of banks shall also file a duplicate of such certificate in his own office. Sec. 1 29. Every bank doing a departmental business shall Reports fcp render to the superintendent of banks for each department conducted departmental by it, a separate report showing in detail as required by section one banks. hundred thirty of this act, the actual financial condition of such department and shall at the time of furnishing said report separately publish the statement for each department as provided in section one hundred thirty-two of this act. Sec. 1 30. Every bank, organized under the laws of this state, Character of shall, whenever required by the superintendent of banks, make a report required report in writing to him, verified by the oath of its president and its upon demand of secretary or cashier, or two principal officers. Such reports shall superintendent. show the actual financial condition of the bank making the report, at the close of any past day designated by the superintendent, and shall specify the following: 1. The amount of its capital stock and the number of shares Capital. into which it is divided. 2. The names of the directors and the number of shares of Names of stock held by each. directors. 3. The total amount of capital actually paid in, in cash, and Reserve funds, the total amount of surplus, reserve and any other funds. etc. 4. The total amount due the depositors. 5. The total amount and character of any other liabilities it Liabilities. may have. 84 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Real estate. 6. The amount at which the lot and building occupied by the bank for the transaction of its regular business stands debited on its books; also the market value of all other real estate held, whether acquired in settlement of loans or otherwise, the original cost to the bank, the date when acquired, the amount at which it stands debited on the bank books, in what counties situated, and in what name the title is vested, if not in the name of the bank itself. Loans on 7 # Yhe amount loaned on real estate, specifying the amount real estate, secured on real estate in each county separately; also specifying the name of the person in whose name the property is held in trust or as security, in case it is held in any name other than that of the bank and the instrument creating the security does not itself disclose the name of the bank. Invested in 8. The amount invested in bonds, designating the name bonds and stocks, and amount of each particular kind. 9. The amount loaned on stocks and bonds, designating each particular class and the amount thereof. Other securities. ] 0. The amount of money loaned on other securities, with a particular designation of each class and the amount loaned on each. Money on hand. \ \ t "Yhe amount and kind of money on hand or deposited in any other bank or place, with the name of the place where deposited and the amount in each place. Other items. \2. Any other property held, or any amount of money loaned, deposited, invested or placed, not otherwise herein enumerated, and the place where situate and the value of said property, and the amount so loaned, deposited or placed. Date of reports. \ 3. The date on which examination of the bank was last made by its board of directors and the date on which report of such examination was filed, as required by section one hundred thirty- nine of this act. Loans made \ 4. The outstanding and unpaid amounts of any loans made by banks, by the bank, which under the provisions of either section sixty-five or eighty-three of this act are required to be reported to the superintendent of banks. Overdrafts. |5 # Any overdrafts and any loans, investments, acts or omissions violative of or not in conformity with any provision of this act which may be specifically called for. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 85 Every foreign corporation transacting the business of banking Publication of in this state shall make the report herein required as far as such financial report may relate to the affairs of such corporation in this state, condition. and every foreign corporation must particularly render the report required by subdivisions three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen and fifteen of this section. Such report shall be made in writing and verified by the oath of one of its duly authorized officers or managers residing in this state. The oaths of the officers and the statements above required shall state that they and each of them have a personal knowledge of the matters therein contained, and that they believe every allegation, statement, matter, and thing therein contained is true. Any wilful false statement in the premises shall be perjury and shall be punished as such. Sec. 1 30a. In addition to the information obtained from the Special report required by the provisions of section one hundred thirty of reports. this act, the superintendent of banks shall also have the power to require any bank to furnish a special report in writing verified as required by section one hundred thirty of this act, whenever in his judgment such special report is necessary to inform him fully of the actual financial condition and affairs of such bank. Any wilful false statement in the premises shall be perjury and shall be punished as such. Sec. 131. The superintendent of banks shall call for the Three reports reports specified by section one hundred thirty of this act at least a year. three times each year. The "past day designated by the super- intendent" of banks, under the provisions of section one hundred thirty of this act, shall be as nearly as possible the day designated by the comptroller of currency of the United States for reports of national banking associations. Sec. 1 32. At the time of furnishing such report to the super- Publication intendent of banks, every bank shall also publish a condensed state- of financial ment of its financial condition, at least once, in some newspaper of condition. general circulation, published in the city or town where its principal place of business is located, and, if no paper is published in such town, then in some newspaper of general circulation in the county where its principal place of business is located. Such published 86 N. W. HALSEY & CO. statement shall show the total amount of loans, the total amount of overdrafts, the total amount invested in bonds and other securi- ties, the total amount due from banks, the total amount of checks and other cash items, the total amount of cash on hand, capital paid in, surplus funds; undivided profits, less expenses and taxes paid; due to other banks and bankers, due to trust companies and savings banks; individual deposits subject to checks; demand certificates of deposit; time deposits; certified checks; cashier's checks outstanding; and such other items as will show the actual financial condition of the bank making the report. Reduction of Sec. 1 33. Whenever it shall appear from the report of any capital by bank, or the superintendent of banks shall have reason to believe impairments, that the capital of any bank is impaired or reduced below the amount required by law, it shall be the duty of the superintendent of banks and he shall have the power to examine said bank and ascertain the facts, and in case he finds such impairment or reduc- tion of capital, he shall require such bank to make good the deficiency so appearing within sixty days after the date of such requisition. The directors of every such bank, upon which such requisition shall have been made, shall levy an assessment upon the stock thereof to repair such deficiency, and shall cause notice of such requisition to be given to each stockholder of the bank and of the amount of the assessment which he must pay for the purpose of making good such deficiency, by a written or printed notice mailed to such stockholder at his last known address or served personally upon him. If any stockholder shall refuse or neglect to pay the assessment specified in such notice within thirty days from the date of mailing or serving such notice as aforesaid, the directors of such bank shall have the right to sell to the highest bidder at public auction the stock of such stockholder, after giving a previous notice of such sale for ten days in a newspaper of general circulation published in the county where the principal place of business of such bank is located, and a copy of such notice of sale shall also be served on the owner of such stock by being served personally on him or by mailing to his last known address ten days before the day fixed for such sale; or such stock may be sold at private sdle and without such public notice; provided, however, that before BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 87 making such private sale thereof an offer in writing shall first be obtained and a copy thereof served upon the owner of record of the stock sought to be sold, either personally or by mailing a copy of such offer to his last known address; and if, after service of such offer, such owner shall still refuse or neglect to pay such assessment within two weeks from the time of the service of such offer, the said directors may accept such offer and sell such stock to the person making such offer, or to any other person or persons making a larger offer than the amount named in the offer sub- mitted to the stockholder; but such stock shall in no event be sold for a smaller sum than the valuation put on it by the superintendent of banks in his determination and requisition as to said assessment, nor for less than the amount of said assessment so called for and the expense of sale. Out of the avails of the stock so sold, the directors shall pay the amount of assessment levied thereon, and the necessary costs of sale, and the balance, if any, shall be paid to the person or persons whose stock has thus been sold. A sale of stock as herein provided shall effect an absolute cancellation of the outstanding certificate or certificates evidencing the stock so sold, and shall make the same null and void, and a new certificate shall be issued by the bank to the purchaser thereof. Sec. 134. If it shall appear to the superintendent of banks Violations that any bank has violated or failed to comply with the provisions f articles of its articles of incorporation, or any law of this state, he may, f incorporation. by an order under his hand and official seal, which seal must be adopted by him, addressed to such bank, direct such bank to discontinue such violation and to comply with the law; or, if it shall appear to the superintendent of banks that such bank is conducting business in an unsafe or injurious manner, he may, in like manner direct the discontinuance of any such unsafe or injurious practices. Such order shall require such bank to show cause, before the superintendent of banks, at a time and place to be fixed by him, why said order should not be observed. If upon such hearing it shall appear to the superintendent of banks that such bank is conducting business in an unsafe or injurious manner, or is violating or failing to comply with the provisions of its articles of incorporation, or any law of this state, then the superintendent of 88 N. W. HALSEY & CO. banks shall make such order final, and such bank shall immediately comply with such order made by the superintendent of banks. Such bank shall have ten days after any such order is made final in which suit may be commenced to restrain enforcement of such order, and unless such action be so commenced and enforcement of said order be enjoined within ten days, by the court in which such suit is brought, then such bank shall comply with such order. Superintendent Sec. 135. Whenever the superintendent of banks shall deem may call it expedient he may call a meeting of the stockholders of any bank stockholders' organized under the laws of this state, by a personal notice of such meeting, meeting for fifteen days previous thereto. All necessary expense incurred in the serving of such notice shall be borne by the bank whose stockholders are required to convene. Superintendent ^ EC * ' ^ a * ^ t ^ ie ca P' ta ^ or " an y bank shall be impaired, or of banks mav ^ an ^ bank shall refuse to submit its books, papers and concerns procure *° the inspection of any examiner, or if any officer thereof shall judgment re f use t° be examined upon oath touching the concerns of such dissolving bank, or if such bank shall violate the provisions of its articles of banks, incorporation, or any law of this state, or if such bank shall suspend payment of its obligations, or if such bank shall conduct its business in an unsafe or unauthorized manner, or if from any examination or report provided for by this act the superintendent of banks shall conclude that such bank is in an unsound or unsafe condition to transact the business for which it is organized, or that it is unsafe and inexpedient for it to continue business, an action to procure a judgment dissolving such corporation may be maintained by the superintendent of banks. Sec. 136. Whenever it shall appear to the superintendent of banks that any bank has violated the provisions of its articles of incorporation or any law of this state, or is conducting its business in an unsafe or unauthorized manner, or if the capital of any bank is impaired, or if any bank shall refuse to submit its books, papers and concerns to the inspection of any examiner, or if any officer thereof shall refuse to be examined upon oath touching the concerns of any such bank, or if any bank shall suspend payment of its obligations, or if from any examination or report provided for by BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 89 this act the superintendent of banks shall have reason to conclude that such bank is in an unsound or unsafe condition to transact the business for which it is organized, or that it is unsafe and inexpedient for it to continue business, or if any bank shall neglect or refuse to observe any order of the superintendent of banks specified in sections one hundred thirty-three or one hundred thirty- four of this act, the superintendent of banks may forthwith take possession of the property and business of such bank and retain such possession until such bank shall resume business, or its affairs be finally liquidated as herein provided. On taking possession of Superintendent the property and business of any such bank the superintendent of ma}) take banks shall forthwith give notice of such fact to any and all charge of banks. banks, trust companies, associations and individuals, holding or in possession of any assets of such bank. No bank, trust company, association or individual knowing of such taking possession by the superintendent of banks, or notified as aforesaid, shall have a lien or charge for any payment, advance or clearance thereafter made, or liability thereafter incurred against any of the assets of the bank of whose property and business the superintendent of banks shall have taken possession as aforesaid. Such bank may, with the consent of the superintendent of banks, resume business upon such conditions as may be approved by him. Upon taking possession of the property and business of any such bank the superintendent of banks shall have authority to collect moneys due to such bank and do such other acts as are necessary to conserve its assets and business, and shall proceed to liquidate the affairs thereof as here- inafter provided. The superintendent of banks shall collect all Superintendent debts due and claims belonging to it, and upon the order of the may collect superior court may sell or compound any bad or doubtful debts, debts. If a purchaser for any bad or doubtful debts cannot be obtained and it appears improbable that recovery thereon can be had and that the costs of actions to enforce collection of the same would probably be lost, the court may direct that suits thereon need not be brought. On like order he may sell any real or personal property of such bank on such terms as the court shall direct; and may, if necessary to pay the debts of such bank, enforce the consti- tutional individual liability of stockholders by action to be brought within three years after the date of his taking possession of the 90 N. W. HALSEY & CO. affairs of such bank. The superintendent of banks shall determine the necessity of such action and the amount necessary to recover Recovery from from the stockholders to fully pay all liabilities of such bank. Such stockholders action may be in equity and against all stockholders upon whom to pay banc's service of process in the State of California can be had, and the liabilities, court may therein determine and provide for any equities as between the stockholders including the proportions of each stockholder to any surplus of money or assets that may remain after the payment of all liabilities and the expenses of liquidation. The superintendent of banks may also maintain an action against any stockholder residing out of the state or upon whom service of process cannot be had within the state, in any court of the United States or of any state or country. Any judgment so obtained by the superintendent of banks against such or any of such stockholders which is of doubtful value may be compromised and compounded by the super- intendent of banks on such terms and conditions as the superior court may direct or authorize. The superintendent of banks shall file a notice of pendency of action in the county recorder's office of the county where such action is brought. At any time prior to the trial of any such action, any creditor may serve upon the super- intendent of banks and file with the court wherein such action is pending, notice that he elects to maintain an action against the stockholders or any of them, in his individual capacity and there- upon the amount sued for in such action shall be reduced accord- ingly and such creditor shall not be entitled to share in the proceeds resulting from such action brought by the superintendent of banks. For the purpose of executing and performing any of the powers and duties hereby conferred upon him, the superintendent of banks may, in the name of the delinquent bank or in his own name, prosecute and defend any and all suits and other legal proceedings and may, in the name of the delinquent bank or in his own name as trustee execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all deeds, assignments, releases and other instruments necessary and proper to effectuate any sale of real or personal property or sale or compromise or compound authorized by order of the court as herein provided; and any deed or other instrument, executed pursuant to the authority hereby given, shall be valid and effectual for all purposes, as though the same had been executed by the officers of the delinquent BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 91 bank by authority of its board of directors. In case any of the real property so sold is located in a county other than the county in which the application to the court for leave to sell the same is made, the superintendent of banks shall cause a certified copy of the order authorizing or ratifying such sale to be filed in the office of the recorder of the county in which the said real property is located. The superintendent of banks may, under his hand and Special official seal, appoint one or more special deputy superintendents of Deputy banks, as agent or agents, with the powers specified in the certificate Superintendents. of appointment hereinafter mentioned, to assist him in the duty of liquidation and distribution, the certificate of appointment to be filed in the office of the superintendent of banks, and a certified copy in the office of the clerk of the county in which the principal office of such bank is located. The superintendent of banks may from time to time, by a cer- tificate of appointment under his hand and official seal, specifying the powers conferred, authorize a special deputy superintendent to perform such duties connected with such liquidation and distribution as the superintendent of banks may deem proper. Such certificate of appointment shall be filed in the office of the superintendent of banks and a certified copy in the office of the clerk of the county in which the principal office of such bank is located. The superintendent Liquidation and of banks may employ such counsel and procure such expert assist- distribution of ance and advice as may be necessary in the liquidation and bank's assets. distribution of the assets of such bank, and for that purpose may retain such of the officers or employees of such bank as he may deem necessary. The superintendent of banks shall require from a special deputy superintendent and from such assistants such security for the faithful discharge of their duties as he may deem proper. The superintendent of banks shall cause notice to be given by adver- tisement, in such newspapers as he may direct, weekly for three consecutive months, calling on all persons who may have claims against such bank to present the same to the superintendent of banks, and make legal proof thereof at a place and within a time, not earlier than the last day of publication, to be therein specified. The superintendent of banks shall mail a similar notice to all persons whose names appear as creditors upon the books of the bank. If the superintendent of banks doubts the justice and validity of any 92 N. W. HALSEY & CO. claim, he may reject the same, and serve notice of such rejection upon the claimant, either by mail or personally. An affidavit of the service of such notice, which shall be prima facie evidence thereof shall be filed with the superintendent of banks. Any action upon a claim so rejected must be brought within six months after such service. Claims presented after the expiration of the time fixed in the notice to creditors shall be entitled to share in the distribution only to the extent of the assets in the hands of the superintendent of banks equitably applicable thereto. Upon taking possession of the property and assets of any bank, the superintendent of banks shall make an inventory of the assets of such bank in duplicate, one to be filed in the office of the superintendent of banks, and one with the papers in said proceeding in the office of the clerk of the county in which the principal office of such bank is located; upon the expiration of the time fixed for the presentation of claims the superintendent of banks shall make in duplicate a full and complete list of the claims presented, including and specifying such claims as have been rejected by him, one to be filed in the office of the superintendent of banks, and one with the papers in said proceeding in the office of the clerk of the county in which the principal office of such bank is located. Thereafter he shall make and file in said offices as above provided at least fifteen days before each application to the court for leave to declare a dividend a supplemental list of the claims presented since the last preceding list was filed, including and specifying such claims as have been rejected by him, and in any event he shall make and file as above provided such a list at least once every six months after the filing of the original list, as long as he shall remain in possession of the Inventors P ro P ert y anc ^ business of any such bank. Such inventory and list of assets °^ c ^ a i ms sna ^ be °P en at a ll reasonable times to inspection. The compensation of the special deputy superintendents, counsel and other employees and assistants, and all expenses of supervision and liquidation, shall be fixed by the superintendent of banks and shall upon the certificate of the superintendent of banks be paid out of the funds of such bank in the hands of the superintendent of banks. Fees. All such expenses must be reported by the superintendent of banks to the superior court of the county where the principal place of business of such bank is located and settled by such court upon BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 93 notice to such bank. The moneys collected by the superintendent Deposit of of banks shall be from time to time deposited in one or more state funds of banks banks of deposit, savings banks or trust companies, and, in case of in liquidation. the suspension or insolvency of the depositary, such deposits shall be preferred before all other deposits. At any time after the expira- tion of the date fixed for the presentation of claims the superior court may by order authorize the superintendent of banks to declare out of the funds remaining in his hands after the payment of ex- penses one or more dividends, and after the expiration of one year from the first pubilcation of notice to creditors he may declare a final dividend, such dividends to be paid to such persons, and in such amounts, and upon such notice, as may be directed by the superior court of the county in which the principal office of such bank is located. Objections to any claim not rejected by the super- Court to rule on intendent of banks may be made by any party interested by filing a Jl st)U i eo ] claims copy of such objections with the superintendent of banks, who shall present the same to the superior court at the time of the next appli- cation to declare a dividend. The court to which such application is made shall thereupon dispose of said objections or may order a reference for that purpose, and should the objections to any claim be sustained by the court or by the referee, such claim shall not be allowed by the superintendent of banks until the claimant shall have established his claim by the judgment of a court of competent juris- diction. The court must make proper provision for unproved or unclaimed deposits. Should any bank at the time the superintendent of banks takes Personal possession of its property and business, have in its possession, as property. bailee for safekeeping and storage, any jewelry, plate, money, specie, bullion, stocks, bonds, securities, valuable papers or other valuable personal property or should it have rented any vaults, safes or safe deposit boxes or any portion thereof for the storage of property of any kind, the superintendent of banks may at any time thereafter cause to be mailed to the person claiming to be or appearing upon its books to be the owner of such property, or the person in whose name the safe, vault or box stands, a notice in writing in a securely closed, postpaid registered letter, directed to such person at his post office address as recorded upon its books, notifying such person to 94 N. W. HALSEY & CO. remove, within a period fixed by said notice and not less than sixty days from the date thereof, all such personal property and upon the date fixed by said notice, the contract, if any, between such person and bank for the storage of said property or for the use of the said safe, vault or box shall cease and determine, and the amount of the unearned rent or charges, if any, paid by such person shall become a debt of the bank to said person. If the property be not removed within the time fixed by the notice, the superintendent of banks may make such disposition of said property as the superior court, upon application thereto, shall direct. And the superintendent of banks may cause any safe, vault or box to be opened in his presence or in the presence of one of the special deputy superintendents of banks, and of a notary public not an officer or in the employ of the bank or of the superintendent of banks, and the contents thereof, if any, to be sealed up by such notary public in a package upon which such notary public shall distinctly mark the name and address of the person in whose name such safe, vault or box stands upon the books of the bank and shall attach thereto a list and description of the property therein; and the package so sealed and addressed, together with the list and description, may be kept by the superintendent of banks in one of the general safes or boxes of the bank until delivered to the person whose name it bears, or until other- Bank ma}) w ' se disposed of as directed by the court. Whenever any such appeal to courts, bank of whose property and business the superintendent of banks has taken possession as aforesaid, deems itself aggrieved thereby, it may, at any time within ten days after such taking possession, apply to the superior court in the county in which the principal office of such bank is located to enjoin further proceedings; and said court, after citing the superintendent of banks to show cause why further pro- ceedings should not be enjoined, and hearing the allegations and proofs of the parties and determining the facts may, upon the merits, dismiss such application or enjoin the superintendent of banks from further proceedings, and direct him to surrender such business and Appeal to property to such bank. An appeal as above provided shall operate supreme court, as a stay of the judgment of the superior court, and no bond need be given if the appeal be taken by the superintendent of banks; but if the appeal be taken by such bank, a bond shall be given, as required by section nine hundred forty-three of the Code of Civil BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 95 Procedure. Whenever the superintendent of banks shall have paid Final to each and every depositor and creditor of such bank whose claim liquidation. or claims as such creditor or depositor shall have been duly proved and allowed, the full amount of such claims, and shall have made proper provision for unclaimed and unpaid deposits or dividends, and shall have paid all the expenses of the liquidation, the super- intendent of banks shall call a meeting of the stockholders of such bank giving notice thereof for thirty days in one or more newspapers published in the county where the principal office of such bank is located. At such meeting the stockholders shall determine whether the superintendent of banks shall be continued as liquidator and shall wind up the affairs of such bank, or whether an agent or agents shall be elected for that purpose, and in so determining the said stockholders shall vote by ballot, in person or by proxy, each share of stock entitling the holder to one vote, and the majority of the stock shall be necessary to a determination. In case it is deter- mined to continue the liquidation under the superintendent of banks, he shall complete the liquidation of the affairs of such bank, and after paying the expenses thereof, shall distribute the proceeds among the stockholders in proportion to the several holdings of stock in such manner and upon such notice as may be directed by the superior court. In case it is determined to appoint an agent or Stockholders agents to liquidate, the stockholders shall thereupon select such agent may elect agent or agents by ballot, a majority of the stock present and voting, in to liquidate. person or by proxy, being necessary to a choice. Such agent or agents shall execute and file with the superintendent of banks a bond to the people of the state in such amount, with such sureties and in such form as shall be approved by the superintendent of banks, conditioned for the faithful performance of all the duties of his or their trust, and thereupon the superintendent of banks shall transfer and deliver to such agent or agents all the undivided and uncollected or other assets of such bank then remaining in his hands; and upon such transfer and delivery, the said superintendent of banks shall be discharged from any and all further liability to such bank and its creditors. Such agent or agents shall convert the assets coming into his or their possession into cash, and shall account for and make distribution of the property of said bank as is herein pro- vided in the case of distribution by the superintendent of banks, 96 N. W. HALSEY & CO. except that the expenses thereof shall be subject to the direction and control of a court of record of competent jurisdiction. In case of the death, removal or refusal to act of any such agent or agents, the stockholders, on the same notice, to be given by the superintendent of banks upon proof of such death, removal or refusal to act being filed with him, and by the same vote hereinbefore provided, may elect a successor, who shall have the same powers and be subject to Dividends the same liabilities and duties as the agent originally elected. Divi- and unclaimed dends and unclaimed deposits remaining unpaid in the hands of the deposits, superintendent of banks for six months after the order for final distribution shall be by him deposited with the state treasurer in the same manner and subject to the same disposition as provided for in section one thousand two hundred thirty-four of the Code of Civil Procedure. The superintendent of banks may pay over the moneys so held by him to the persons respectively entitled thereto upon being furnished satisfactory evidence of their right to the same. In cases of doubt or conflicting claims he may require an order of the superior court authorizing and directing the payment thereof. Sec. 136a. Any bank which has ceased to do a banking busi- ness whether through voluntary action on its part or through expira- tion of its corporate existence, shall immediately liquidate its affairs and any unclaimed deposits or dividends shall be paid into the state treasury in the manner and for the purposes provided in section one hundred thirty-six of this act within six months after the date such bank ceased to conduct a banking business, and in case the super- intendent of banks shall have reason to conclude that the liquidation of such bank is not being safely or expeditiously conducted, he may take possession of the property of such bank and liquidate its affairs in the same manner as provided in section one hundred thirty-six of this act. Whenever any bank of whose property the superintendent of banks has taken possession as aforesaid, deems itself aggrieved thereby, it may within the time and in like manner and effect as provided in section one hundred thirty-six of this act apply to the superior court to enjoin further proceedings. Sec. 1 36fc. In any action or proceeding brought under any provision of this act, exclusive original jurisdiction shall be vested in the superior court of the county in which is located the principal BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 97 place of business of the bank affected thereby, and all proceedings relating to the same matter, under any provision of this act, includ- ing proceedings for liquidation of the affairs of any such bank, shall be filed with and treated as a part of the record in such original proceedings, and all papers relating to any such action or proceeding, including the copy of certificate of appointment of any special deputy and the inventories required to be filed in the matter Inventories. of any such liquidation, shall be filed with and made a part of the record of such original proceeding, without the payment of any additional fees therefor, and in any such action no damage may be awarded, but the action otherwise shall be tried and determined according to the provisions of the Code of Civil Procedure. Sec. 137. 1. Any bank shall have the right, on application Stockholders of the stockholders or members to apply to the superior court of ma}) apply to the county wherein its principal place of business is situated, to court. dissolve said bank in the manner provided for in title six, part three of the Code of Civil Procedure. 2. At the expiration of four months after the settlement of the Unclaimed final account of the receiver of any bank appointed prior to July 1, deposits. 1909, any dividends due depositors, or other creditors, or stock- holders of such bank and remaining unpaid or uncalled for and in the hands of such receiver may be paid by him into the treasury of the county in which such bank is situated which money shall be held in the treasury of said county, and at the same time it shall be the duty of such receiver to furnish to the county treasurer of said county a list of names of all depositors or other persons to whom such money belongs or who are entitled thereto and thereupon such receiver shall be entitled to his discharge. 3. The moneys referred to in subdivision two of this section Hoxo moneys shall be paid out on the order of the court appointing such receiver, may be drawn. 4. All moneys paid under subdivision two of this section, un- When funds called for within five years after being paid in, shall by operation of escheat to state. law, and without action had, escheat to the state. All moneys held by any county treasurer under subdivision two of this section, when such moneys have escheated to the state as hereinbefore provided, shall be paid by the county treasurer into the state treasury, and 98 N. W. HALSEY & CO. thereafter only be drawn out in such manner as may be provided for by law for the estates of deceased persons escheated to this state. Investment. 5. The state board of control must invest such moneys in the same manner that the state school land fund is invested as provided by law. But any claimant shall be entitled to recover as herein provided only the principal so paid into the state treasury. Penalty for Sec. 1 38. If any bank shall fail to make any report required delaying or by the provisions of section one hundred thirty or one hundred ■withholding thirty a of this act, within ten days from the day designated for the reports, making thereof by the superintendent of banks, or to include therein any matter required by the provisions of either of said sections, it shall forfeit to the people of the state the sum of one hundred dollars for each day that any such report shall be so delayed or withheld by the failure or neglect of such bank. In the event of the failure of any such bank to make any such report required from it, the superintendent of banks may, in his discretion, immediately cause the books, papers and affairs of such bank to be examined at the expense of such bank. Examination Sec. 139. It shall be the duty of the board of directors of of condition every bank to examine fully into the books, papers and affairs of of bank by the bank of which they are directors, and particularly into the loans directors, and discounts thereof, with a special view to ascertaining the value and security thereof, and of the collateral security, if any given, in connection therewith, and into such other matters as the superin- tendent of banks may require; such examination to be made at least once a year, but no such subsequent yearly examinations shall be made within three months of the next preceding examination. Such directors shall have power to employ such assistance in making such examinations as they may deem necessary. Within ten days after the completion of such examination, a report in writing thereof, sworn to by the directors making the same, shall be made by the board of directors of such bank, and placed on file with the records of said bank, and shall be subject to examination by the superin- tendent of banks. Such report shall particularly contain a statement of the assets and liabilities of the bank examined, as shown by its books, together with any deductions from the assets, or additions to liabilities, which such directors or committee, after such examination. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 99 may determine to make. It shall also contain a statement, in detail, R e p of f t of loans, if any, which in their opinion are worthless or doubtful, exam i na tions. together with their reasons for so regarding them; also a statement of loans made on collateral security, which in their opinion are in- sufficiently secured, giving in each case the amount of the loan, the name and market value of the collateral, if it has any market value, and, if not, a statement of that fact, and its actual value as nearly as possible. Such report shall also contain a statement of over- drafts, of the names and amounts of such as they consider worthless or doubtful, and a full statement of such other matters as affect the solvency and soundness of the bank. If the directors of such bank shall fail to make such examination or fail to cause it to be made, or shall fail to file such report of such examination in the manner and within the time specified, the superintendent of banks shall have authority to make or cause to be made an extra examination of such bank at the expense of such bank. Sec. 1 40. The superintendent of banks shall report during the f? et)or i * month of October of each year, to the governor, for submission to sut)e rinienclenl the next ensuing session of the legislature: ^ Q Q oVernor 1 . A summary of the state and condition of every bank required Summary of to report to him, and from which reports have been received the con ditiom. preceding year, with an abstract of the whole amount of capital returned by them, the whole amount of their debts and liabilities, and the total amount of means and resources, specifying the amount of specie held by them at the time of the last report to him, and such other information in relation to such banks as, in his judgment, may be useful. 2. A statement of all banks authorized by him to do business jy eJi> oa nks m during the previous year, with their names and locations and dates of incorporation, and particularly designating such as have com- menced business during the year. 3. A statement of the banks whose business has been closed ^, , , , j . . Llosed banks. during the year. 4. Any amendments to the banking law, which, in his judgment, j , . may be desirable. 100 N. W. HAL5EY & CO. Pay roll. 5. The names and compensation of all persons employed by him, and the whole amount of the receipts and expenses of the department during the year. Bank m 6. The names of banks placed in his hands in process of liquidation, liquidation, and the amount of dividends paid thereon. Printing of Such report, and the usual number of copies for the use of the report, legislature, shall be printed and in readiness for distribution by the state printer, and one thousand copies shall be printed for the use of the department, the expense of which shall be charged among the general expenses of the department. Information in Sec. 141. 1 . The superintendent of banks shall keep in his superintendent's office, in a place accessible to the general public, a bulletin board office for upon which he shall cause to be posted at noon on Friday of each public, week a detailed statement, signed by him or, in case of his absence from San Francisco or inability to act, by the deputy superintendent in charge, giving the following items of general information with regard to the work of the department since the preceding statement: List of (a) The name of every bank that has filed in the banking applications, department an application for authorization to commence business, its location and the date of filing of such application. Authorized (b) The name and location of every bank authorized by the banks, superintendent of banks to commence business, its capital, surplus, and the date of authorization. Banks refused (c) The name of every bank to which a certificate of authoriza- authorization. tion has been refused by the superintendent of banks, and the date of notice of refusal. Names of (d) The name and residence of every person appointed by the employees, superintendent of banks as a deputy, examiner or employee in the banking department, the title of the office to which appointed, the compensation paid, and the date of appointment. Calls for ( e ) Th e date on wmcn a ca ^ f° r a report by banks was issued reports, by the superintendent of banks, and the day designated as the day with reference to which such report should be made. Liquidated (/) The name and location of every bank whose creditors or banks, depositors have been paid in full by the superintendent of banks and BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA 101 a meeting of whose stockholders shall have been called, together with date of notice of meeting and date of meeting. (g) The name and location of every bank subject to the banking law whose affairs and business shall have been finally liquidated, or in course of liquidation. (/i) The name and location of every bank which has applied Change of names for approval of a change of name, and the name proposed. °f hanks. 2. Every such bulletin, after having been posted as aforesaid for Bulletins filed. one week, shall be placed on a file for such statements, to be kept in the office of the superintendent of banks. All such statements shall be public documents, and at all reasonable times shall be open to public inspection during usual banking hours. Sec. 1 42. Every official report made by the superintendent and Reports of every report duly verified of an examination made, shall be prima superintendent facie evidence of the facts therein stated, for all purposes in any available as action or proceeding wherein such bank is a party. evidence in court Section one hundred forty-three repealed 1913. Sec. 1 44. Whenever by the terms of this act a penalty or Penalties and forfeiture is imposed, the same shall be recovered in an action forfeitures. brought at the request of the superintendent of banks by the attorney general, in the name of the people of the state, and the sum recovered shall be paid into the state banking fund and used in payment of claims against the said fund. Sec. 145. The powers, privileges, duties and restrictions con- Articles of ferred and imposed upon any corporation or individual existing and incorporation. doing business under the laws of this state are hereby abridged, enlarged or modified as each particular case may require to conform to the provisions of this act, notwithstanding anything to the con- trary in their respective articles of incorporation or charters. All the provisions of this act shall apply with equal force and effect to all corporations which are now doing or which may hereafter do a banking business in this state, except where express exception or exemption may be made herein. The legality of investments heretofore made, or title to property heretofore acquired 102 N. W. HALSEY & CO. or conveyed through transactions heretofore had by any bank pursuant to any provision of law in force when such investments were made or transactions had, shall not be affected by the provisions of this act, except that any such investments made prior to July 1, 1909, when not complying with the provisions hereof, shall be changed to conform hereto; but such change shall be made gradually and in such manner as to prevent loss or Changes of embarrassment in the business of such bank, or unnec- investments essary loss or injury to the borrowers on such security; to conform p ro \,iJ e J t further, that in any event, all investments and securities ma}) be an( j excess m investments made prior to July 1 , 1 909, which are gradual. no j j n C0n f O rmity with the provisions and spirit of this act and which have been acquired and are now held by any bank, must be written off as assets of such bank prior to July 1, 1918; and no bank holding any such investments or securities acquired prior to July 1, 1 909, shall after July 1 , 1 9 1 8, be permitted to pay any dividends to its stockholders until it shall have written off all such non- conforming investments or securities; and provided, further, that the legality of any investments heretofore lawfully made, pursuant to the provisions of this act as it existed on and subsequent to July 1, 1909, shall not be affected by the provisions of this section. Sec. 1 46. All acts, or parts of acts, in conflict with this act are hereby repealed. SEC. 147. This act shall take effect July 1st, 1909. Public Deposit Acts of California STATE DEPOSIT ACT An Act to Amend Section Three of an Act Entitled "An Act to Authorize the Deposit of State Moneys in Banks in This State, and to Repeal All Acts and Parts of Acts in Conflict With This Act," Approved February 28, 1907, and Amended by an Act Approved March 24, 1911. [Amended by act approved April 30, 1913.] The people of the State of California do enact as follows: SECTION 1 . All moneys under the control of the state treasurer, £) e p QS \i f belonging to the state, may be deposited by the state treasurer to staie mone y s the credit of the state in such state or national bank, or banks, in m £ an L s the state, as the treasurer, with the approval of the governor and state controller, shall select for the safe-keeping of such deposits, and any sum so deposited shall be deemed to be in the state treasury; provided that the bank or banks in which such money is deposited shall furnish security as hereinafter provided; and provided further. Security. that such depositary bank or banks be selected from those agreeing to pay the highest rate of interest, not less than two per cent per , . . annum, for such deposits, as may be determined by bids to be submitted at such times and in such manner, as the treasurer, with the approval of the governor and the state controller shall direct; provided, that not more than one tenth of the aggregate amount of state moneys available for deposit and on deposit shall be deposited Amount to be in any one bank; and, provided further, that such deposit shall not deposited. exceed fifty per cent of the paid-up capital, exclusive of reserve and surplus, of any depositary bank. Any and all bids may be rejected by the treasurer, with the approval of the governor and state controller, and new bids asked for. The expense of trans- r- , r i t i i i • • Expense of portation or moneys to and from the state treasury to such depositaries . lull i ii • • o • i i • • i • transporting shall be borne by such depositaries, oaid deposits, with interest thereon, shall be subject to withdrawal at any time upon the demand of the state treasurer, unless the treasurer, with the consent of the 104 N. W. HALSEY & CO. governor and controller, shall deposit any part of such moneys upon Term of different terms; provided that no agreement for the deposit of said deposit, money shall be for a longer period than one year. Interest, when Sec. 2. The interest to be paid by any such depositary bank payable. sna U b e on me average daily balances of the state moneys kept on deposit therewith, and shall be paid and credited to the state monthly on the first day of each and every month, and such interest shall accrue to the general fund of the state treasury; School moneys. Provided that if any moneys belonging to the state school fund or the state school land fund shall at any time be deposited under the provisions of this act, the interest received thereon shall be paid into the state school fund. Section three of this act is hereby amended to read as follows: Security) Sec. 3. For the security of the funds deposited by the of funds state treasurer under the provisions of this act, there shall deposited, be deposited with the treasurer bonds of the United States, or of this state of any county, municipality, school district or irrigation district within this state, which bonds shall be approved by the governor, controller and treasurer, to an amount in value at least ten per cent in excess of the amount of the deposit with such bank or banks; and if in any case, or at any time, such bonds are not deemed satis- factory security to the governor, controller and treasurer, they may require such additional security as may be satis- factory to them. Said bonds, or any part thereof, may be withdrawn on the written consent of the governor, con- troller and treasurer; provided, that a sufficient amount of said bonds to secure said deposits shall always be kept in the treasury; and in the event that said bank or banks of deposit shall fail to pay such deposits, or any part thereof, on the demand of the state treasurer, then it shall be the duty of the state treasurer to forthwith convert said bonds into money and to disburse the same according to law. Provisions Sec. 4. The treasurer shall take from such depositary or depos- of contract, itaries a written contract, in duplicate setting forth the conditions and terms upon which the funds of the state are deposited therewith, one of which shall be filed with the controller. One provision of PUBLIC DEPOSIT ACTS OF CALIFORNIA 105 said contract shall be that each depositary shall at the end of each month render to the treasurer a statement in duplicate showing the daily balances or amount of money of the state held by it during the month and the amount of the accrued interest thereon sepa- rately, one of which shall be filed by the treasurer with the con- troller. The treasurer shall annually on the first day of Treasurer's July furnish each depositary bank with a statement show- annual statement ing the amount and description of the bonds on deposit i° banks. with him by such bank to secure state deposits. Sec. 5. The treasurer, with the approval of the governor ' n d emnii D and controller, shall, if in his judgment it shall appear 6on " s - necessary for the security of the state, require said banks of deposit to give an indemnity bond, the sureties on which shall not be interested as stockholders in said bank or banks, to be approved by the governor, controller and treasurer, to secure the state against loss by any depre- ciation in value that may occur in such bonds held by him as security for the safe-keeping and prompt payment of the state moneys in such depositaries. Sec. 6. The state treasurer shall not be responsible for any * insurer not moneys deposited in a bank or in banks under the provisions of responsible this act while the same remain there deposited with the consent f° r deposits. of the governor and controller; but the treasurer shall be charge- able with the safekeeping, management and disbursement of the bonds and certificates of deposit deposited with him as security for deposits of State moneys, and with the interest thereon, and the proceeds of any sale under the provisions of this act. Sec. 7. At the time of depositing state moneys in any bank, * reasurer s designated as a depositary, the state treasurer shall take and preserve recei P'- a receipt therefor, stating the amount deposited and referring to the contract made between the depositary banks and the treasurer. The moneys so deposited may be drawn out by the check or order of the state treasurer. Sec. 8. The act of March 20, 1905, entitled "An act to Act of 1905 authorize the deposit of state moneys in banks in this state, and repealed. to repeal all acts or parts of acts in conflict with this act," and all other acts or parts of acts in conflict with this act are hereby expressly repealed. 106 N. W. HALSEY & CO. COUNTY AND MUNICIPAL DEPOSIT ACT An Act to Amend Section One of an Act Entitled "An Act to Provide for and Regulate the Deposit of County and Municipal Moneys in Banks and Banking Corporations, Limiting the Amount of Public Moneys That May Be Deposited Therein, and Providing a Penalty for the Illegal Deposit and Use Thereof," Approved March 23, 1907. [Amended by act approved April 30, 1913.] The people of the Stale of California do enact as follows: Section one of this act is hereby amended to read as follows: Deposit of Section 1 . All moneys belonging to any county or public moneys, municipality within the state may be deposited by any other than state, officer of such county or municipality having the legal in banks, custody of such county or municipal funds in any licensed national bank or banks within this state, or in any bank, banks or corporations authorized and licensed to do a banking business and organized under the laws of this state; provided, that such bank or banks in which such Security moneys are deposited shall furnish as security for such required, deposits bonds of the United States, or of this state, or of any county, municipality, school district, or irrigation dis- trict within this state, approved by the officer making the deposit and the district attorney for the county or city attorney for the municipality to which the deposit belongs. The market value of the bonds furnished shall be at least ten per cent in excess of the amount of the deposit secured thereby; but the amount of the deposit shall in no case exceed the face value of the bonds furnished as security therefor; and provided, that such bank or banks shall pay a reasonable rate of interest, not less than two per cent per annum, on the daily balances therein deposited. Rate of Sec. 2. The rate of interest shall be fixed annually as herein interest to be provided in the month of January of each year on all deposits to fixed, when, be made for such year; provided, that the rate of interest for the year ending December 31st, 1907, may be fixed as herein pro- PUBLIC DEPOSIT ACTS OF CALIFORNIA rf07 vided within ninety days after this act goes into effect. The rate of interest shall be fixed in the case of counties, by the treasurer, auditor, and chairman of the board of supervisors, and in the case of municipalities by the treasurer, auditor, (or clerk of munici- palities having no auditor) and chairman of the council or other governing body of such municipality. Said rate of interest shall be a reasonable rate and not less than two per cent per annum Minimum rale. on the daily balances deposited; and the rate of interest so estab- lished for each year as herein provided, shall be the uniform rate of interest required from all banks receiving deposits from the county or municipality, for that year. Interest on all moneys deposited as herein provided for shall Interest, when belong to the county or municipality represented by the officer payable. making such deposit and shall be paid quarterly into the general fund of such county or municipality except where the law other- wise directs. Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of the officer making the deposit, Receipt for to receive from the bank in which the deposit is made, a receipt deposit. or receipts in duplicate showing the date and amount of deposit and rate of interest to be paid thereon, one copy of which said officer shall keep on file in his office and he shall file one copy with the auditor of the county or auditor of the municipality (or clerk in municipalities having no auditor) as the case may be. Sec. 4. Every treasurer shall keep a record in his office which Record of shall be open to public inspection, showing at all times the amount deposits. of money on deposit and all banks in which the same is deposited, and dates of deposit. Also a record of all banks making application for the deposit of the public funds. Sec. 5. The total amount of public moneys on deposit in any Amount that bank, shall not at any one time exceed fifty per cent of the paid-up ma V be capital stock of such depositary bank or banks. No officer shall deposited. have on deposit at any one time more than ten per cent of the public moneys under his control and available for deposit in any bank while there are other qualified banks requesting such deposits; provided, that no treasurer of a county, or municipality, shall be required to deposit public moneys in any bank outside of the county owning the money or in which the municipality is situated. 108 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Receipts to be Sec. 6. The receipt issued by any bank for deposits made counted as cash, therein, together with the bonds held as security therefor, shall be held by the treasurer making the deposit and be recognized and counted as cash to the amount recited in the receipt by the officers required by law to count the same. On failure of Sec. 8. Should any bank fail to pay any public moneys banks to repay, held on deposit as herein provided, the officer making such security to deposit may, after ten days' written notice to such bank, to sold, proceed to sell at public or private sale, such of the bonds held by him as security as he may see fit; provided, however, that he shall sell no bonds for less than their face value except at public sale after ten days' printed notice in some newspaper of general circulation published in the county where the sale is to take place. The pro- ceeds of such sale, after paying all expenses, shall be credited to the account of the bank which deposited the bonds as collateral. Any bank failing to make payment, may, at any time before the sale of the bonds is com- pleted, stop such sale by repaying all the moneys deposited with it, together with any expense that may have been incurred by the officer making such deposit, as the result of such failure. Should the proceeds of any such sale fail to fully repay any deposit, the balance remaining unpaid may be collected in an action of law in the name of the officer making the deposit. Public officials Sec. 9. Public officials shall not be responsible for any loss of not responsible public moneys resulting from the deposit thereof when made in for loss, accordance with the provisions of this act. It shall be the duty of the officer making the deposit to safely keep all evidence of indebtedness issued by banks for deposits made therein, and bonds deposited for security and such public officer shall be responsible for such evidence of indebtedness, and for bonds held as security therefor, together with the interest thereon and the proceeds of any sale of such bonds; and the city, county or municipality for which said officer acts, shall be responsible to such bank for the safe return of the securities furnished by it to such officer. PUBLIC DEPOSIT ACTS OF CALIFORNIA 109 Sec. 10. The expenses of transportation of moneys to or from Transportation the state, county or municipal treasuries to such depositaries shall of moneys. be borne by such depositaries. Sec. 1 1 . The making of profit out of county, city, town or Violation of act other public moneys, or using the same for any purpose not author- a felon}). ized by law by any officer having possession or control thereof, shall be a felony. Any violation of the provisions of this act by a bank or a banking corporation, shall be punishable by a fine not exceeding five hundred dollars for each offense, and the officers of such bank or banking corporation and officer receiving such deposit shall be guilty of a felony. Sec. 1 2. Nothing in this act contained shall prevent any Present laws county or municipality within this state from buying not abrogated. bonds or otherwise investing its money in any manner now provided by law and nothing herein contained as to the disposition of interest on public moneys deposited shall apply to any money received or held by any county or municipality wherein any law provides for the payment of interest or profit thereon, into any particular fund. Sec. 1 3. All acts or parts of acts in conflict with this act are hereby repealed. Sec. 14. This act shall take effect immediately. Investment Companies Act. An Act to Define Investment Companies, Investment Brokers, and Agents; to Provide for the Regu- lation, Supervision and Licensing Thereof; to Provide Penalties for the Violation Thereof; to Create the Office of Commissioner of Corpora- tions, and Making an Appropiation Therefor. The people of the State of California do enact as follows: SECTION I. This act shall be known as the "investment ^ c j companies act." Sec. 2. (a) The term "investment company," when used in Definition of this act, includes every private corporation, association, co-partner- "Investment ship and company, which shall within this state, sell, offer for sale. Company." negotiate for the sale of or take subscriptions for any stock, stock certificate, bond or other evidence of indebtedness of any kind or character, issued or to be issued by itself, other than promissory notes not offered to the public by the maker thereof. (b) The term "security," when used in this act, includes the stock, The definition of stock certificates, bonds, and other evidences of indebtedness, other "Securitv M than promissory notes not offered to the public by the maker thereof, of an investment company. (c) The term "investment broker," when used in this act, Definition f includes every corporation, association, copartnership, company and "J nves t me nt person who shall within this state regularly engage in the business UtqU^ ** of selling, offering for sale or negotiating for the sale, as agent or contractor, of any security of more than one investment company. The term "contractor" means any one who undertakes to sell securities for an investment company for a commission or other consideration. (d) The term "agent," when used in this act, includes every ^ , ... , . . . ,. . Definition of corporation, association, copartnership, company and person who **A a , »» shall within this state sell, offer for sale, negotiate for the sale of 112 N. W. HALSEY & CO. or take subscriptions for any security of an investment company, either as an employee on a salary basis or for a commission, if acting either for the investment company or an investment broker. "Sale." (e) The term "sale," when used in this act, means the original transfer of title of its own securities from an investment company for any valuable consideration. Exemptions Sec. 3. This act shall not apply to corporations, associations, from the copartnerships, companies, firms and individuals now or hereafter application subject to the jurisdiction or authority of the railroad commission, of this act. nor to corporations, associations, copartnerships, companies, firms and individuals after they have secured from the state banking department, the insurance commissioner or the bureau of building and loan supervision a certificate of authority or license to do busi- ness within this state, nor to corporations, associations, copartnerships or companies, subject to federal regulation or not organized for profit, nor to mutual water companies and irrigation districts, nor to the stocks, stock certificates, bonds or other evidences of indebted- ness of such corporations, associations, copartnerships, companies, firms or individuals. Application Sec. 4. (a) Before selling, offering for sale, negotiating for for permission, the sale, or taking subscriptions for, any security of any kind or character, each investment company shall file in the office of the commissioner of corporations of this state, an application for permission so to do, together with a filing fee, as hereinafter prescribed, an itemized statement of its financial condition, in such form and detail as the commissioner of corporations may prescribe, a copy of all contracts which it proposes to make with or sell to the public, a certified copy of its charter, articles of incorporation or articles of association and all amendments thereto, and such additional information pertaining thereto as the commissioner of Filing fee. corporations may, from time to time, prescribe. Said filing fee shall be five dollars if the par or face value of said security amounts to twenty-five thousand dollars or less; ten dollars if the par or face value of said security amounts to over twenty-five thousand dollars and not over fifty thousand dollars; fifteen dollars if the par or face value of said security amounts to over fifty thousand dollars and not over seventy-five thousand dollars; twenty dollars INVESTMENT COMPANIES ACT 113 if the par or face value of said security amounts to over seventy-five thousand dollars and not over one hundred thousand dollars; and twenty-five dollars if the par or face value of said security amounts to over one hundred thousand dollars. (b) If the investment company does not desire to sell its securi- Exemptions of ties to the public the commissioner of corporations may make his Investment Co. written finding to that effect. Upon the filing of said finding the and securities. investment company and its securities shall be exempt from the provisions of this act until the commissioner of corporations makes and files his order setting aside said finding. The commissioner of corporations shall have power to make his order setting aside said finding if he finds that the investment company is selling its securities to the public, or for other good cause. (c) If such company is organized or created under or by virtue Companies of the laws of any other state, territory or government, it shall also organized in file in the office of the commissioner of corporations a certified copy other States. of the law or laws under which it is organized or incorporated, and all amendments thereto, and also, in such form as the commis- sioner of corporations may prescribe, its written instrument, irre- vocable, appointing the commissioner of corporations or his successor in office its true and lawful attorney, upon whom all process in any action or proceeding against it may be served with the same effect as if said company were organized or created under the laws of this state and had been lawfully served with process therein. Service upon such attorney shall be deemed personal service upon such company. The commissioner of corporations shall forthwith forward by mail, postage prepaid to the person designated by such company by written instrument filed with the commissioner of corporations at the address given in said instrument, or, in case no such instrument has been filed, to the secretary of such company at its last known post office address, a copy of every process served upon him under the provisions of this section. For each copy of process, the commissioner of corporations shall collect the sum of two dollars, which shall be paid by the plaintiff or moving party at the time of such service, to be recovered by him as part of his taxable costs, if he succeeds in the suit or proceedings. Service shall not be deemed complete until said fee has been paid, and said copy of process mailed as hereinbefore directed. 114 ^ N. W. HALSEY & CO. Examination, Sec. 5. It shall be the duty of the commissioner of corpora- audit, etc., tions to examine the statement and other information so filed, and of investment h e mayj \{ ne deems it advisable, make, or have made, at applicant's companies. cost as hereinafter in this act specified, a detailed examination, audit and investigation of the investment company's affairs, providing that the investment company may at its option, in writing, refuse to have such examination, audit or investigation made, whereupon the commissioner of corporations must reject the application. If he Certificate finds that the proposed plan of business of the investment company of authority, is not unfair, unjust, or inequitable the commissioner of corporations shall issue to the investment company a certificate, authorizing it to sell securities, as therein specified within this state, reciting that the company has complied with the provisions of this act, that detailed information concerning the investment company and its securities is on file in the office of the commissioner of corporations and that the investment company is authorized to sell said securities within this state on such conditions, if any, as the commissioner of corporations may in said certificate prescribe. Said certificate shall recite in bold type that the issuance of this certificate is permissive only and does not constitute a recommendation or indorsement of said securities. The commissioner of corporations may impose such conditions as he may deem necessary to the issue of said securities, and may, from time to time, for cause, rescind, alter or amend the certificate. If the commissioner of corporations finds that the proposed plan of business of the investment company is unfair, unjust, or inequitable or that it does not intend to do a fair and honest business, he shall refuse to issue the certificate and shall notify the investment company in writing of his decision. It shall be unlawful to issue any security to which this act is applic- able unless a certificate or a temporary permit authorizing the issue thereof shall first have been secured from the commissioner of corporations as provided in this act; and it shall further be unlawful for any investment company, investment broker or agent as in this act defined, to sell, offer for sale, negotiate for the sale of or take subscriptions for any stock, stock certificate, bond or other evidence of indebtedness of any kind or character without exhibiting to the prospective purchaser or prospective purchasers of such securities, or any thereof, a copy of the certificate issued to such INVESTMENT COMPANIES ACT 115 investment company in accordance herewith. A corporation may without applying for a certificate under the provisions of this act issue to each of its directors one share of stock for the purpose of qualifying as directors. The commissioner of corporations, if satisfied that the investment company intends to do a fair, just and equitable business, may, forthwith upon the filing of the statement and other papers required by section four of this act, issue to said investment company, upon such conditions as he may prescribe, a temporary permit to issue its securities pending the examination of said statement and other papers, and may, from time to time, for cause, rescind, alter or amend said temporary permit. Sec. 6. The provisions of sections four and five of this act, Issuing of in so far as applicable, shall apply to investment brokers ; provided, general permit. that the commissioner of corporations may, if he finds that the applicant has a good business reputation and deals only in good securities, issue to an investment broker a general permit entitling such investment broker to sell securities within this state, authorized by him, until the first of March following, when it will be necessary to secure a new general permit. For each such general permit the commissioner of corporations shall charge the sum of five dollars. Such general permit, however, shall be subject to revocation by the ' ermit subject commissioner of corporations at any time for cause appearing to '° revocation. him sufficient. The commissioner of corporations shall forthwith mail written notice of such revocation to the investment broker. Sec. 7. Any investment company or investment broker may Agents. appoint one or more agents, but it shall be unlawful for any such agent to do any business as specified in this act until he shall have secured from the commissioner of corporations a certificate authoriz- ing him to represent such investment company or investment broker within this state until the first of March following, when it will be necessary to secure a new certificate. For each certificate the commissioner of corporations shall charge the sum of one dollar. Such certificate, however, shall be subject to revocation by the commissioner of corporations at any time for cause appearing to him sufficient. 116 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Investment Sec. 8. The commissioner of corporations shall 'have general companies supervision and control, as provided in this act, over any and all under control investment companies and investment brokers, and all such investment of the companies and investment brokers shall be subject to examination Commissioner by the commissioner of corporations or a duly authorized deputy at of Corporations, any time the commissioner of corporations may deem it advisable to have such examination made to carry out any provision of this act, and in the same manner and with the same powers as is now, or may hereafter be provided for the examination of state banks. Examination Such investment company or investment broker shall pay to the fee. commissioner of corporations, for each examination, a fee of ten dollars and traveling expenses for each day or fraction thereof that he or his deputy shall necesarily be absent from his office for the purpose of making such examination, and the failure or refusal of any investment company or investment broker to pay such fee upon the demand of the commissioner of corporations shall work a forfeiture of its or his rights to sell any further securities in this state until such fee shall have been paid to the commissioner of corporations, with interest at the rate of seven per cent from the time of the demand of the commissioner of corporations and an additional twenty-five per cent of such fee by way of penalty. Advertising. Sec. 9. It shall be unlawful for any investment company, investment broker or agent to issue, circulate or deliver any advertisement, pamphlet, prospectus, circular or statement or other document in regard to securities which it desires to sell in this state until after such investment company, investment broker or agent shall have been licensed to sell such securities as provided in this act. It shall be unlawful for any such licensed investment com- pany, investment broker or agent to issue, circulate or deliver any such advertisement, pamphlet, prospectus, circular, statement or other document, unless the same shall be signed with the name of the investment company or investment broker and bear a serial number and a copy thereof shall first have been filed with the commissioner of corporations. The commissioner of corporations may for cause object to any such advertisement, pamphlet, prospectus, circular, statement or other document, whereupon it shall be unlawful for such investment company, investment broker or agent to further INVESTMENT COMPANIES ACT 117 issue, circulate or deliver such advertisement, pamphlet, prospectus, circular, statement or other document. Sec. 10. (a) Every investment company, until it shall have Investment sold all the securities authorized by the commissioner of corporations company must and disposed of the proceeds thereof, shall file in the office of the file a report of commissioner of corporations, under date of December 3 1 st and its purchase June 30th of each year, and within fifteen days after said dates, and sales. and also at such other times as may be required by the commissioner of corporations, a report setting forth in such form as the commis- sioner of corporations may prescribe, the securities authorized by him and sold under the provisions of this act, the proceeds derived therefrom, the disposition of such proceeds and such other informa- tion concerning its affairs relating to the subject matter of this act, as the commissioner of corporations may require. (b) Every investment broker shall when called upon by the Report of commissioner of corporations file in his office a report giving such brokers. information as he may call for, relating to the securities, the sale of which has been authorized under the provisions of this act. Sec. 1 1 . All papers, documents, reports and other instruments Reports open in writing filed with the commissioner of corporations under this act to public shall be open to public inspection; provided, that if in his judgment inspection. the public welfare or the welfare of any investment company demands that any portion of such information be not made public he may withhold such information from public inspection for such time as in his judgment is necessary. Sec. 12. An appeal may be taken from any decision of the Appeal ma}} commissioner of corporations under this act by filing with the clerk be made to of the superior court of the State of California, in and for the city superior court. and county of San Francisco, a certified transcript of all papers in the office of the commissioner of corporations relating to such decision. It shall be the duty of the commissioner of corporations to make and certify to said transcript upon payment to him of a fee of ten cents for each folio and one dollar for the certification. The court shall upon such appeal be limited to a consideration of the question whether there has been abuse of discretion on the part of the commissioner of corporations in making such decision. 118 N. \V. HALSEY & CO. Penalty) for Sec. 1 3. Any person who shall knowingly or wilfully sub- misleading scribe to or make or cause to be made any false statement or false' statements, entry in any book of any investment company or investment broker, or exhibit any false paper with the intention of deceiving any person authorized to examine into its affairs, or who shall make or publish any false or misleading statement of its financial condition or concerning the securities by it offered for sale, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punishable by a fine not exceeding one thousand dollars or by imprisonment in a county jail not exceeding one year or by both such fine and imprisonment. Violations. Sec. 14. Any corporation, association, copartnership or com- pany which violates or fails to comply with any of the provisions of this act, or which fails, omits or neglects to obey, observe or comply with any order, decision, demand or requirement, or any part or provision thereof, of the commissioner of corporations under the provisions of this act, is subject to a penalty of not less than five hundred dollars nor more than two thousand dollars for each and every offense, which penalty if unpaid after demand by the commissioner of corporations shall be recovered in an action brought in the name of the people of the State of California by the attorney general. Penalties. Sec. 15. Every person who violates or fails to comply with any of the provisions of this act or who fails, omits or neglects to obey, observe or comply with any order, decision, demand or requirement, or any part or provision thereof, of the commissioner of corporations under the provisions of this act in any case in which a different penalty is not specifically provided, is guilty of a misdemeanor and is punishable by a fine of not exceeding one thousand dollars, or by imprisonment in a county jail not exceeding one year, or by both such fine and imprisonment. Creation of Sec. 1 6. There is hereby created a state corporation depart- state ment. The chief officer of such department shall be the commis- corporalion sioner of corporations. He shall be appointed by the governor and department, hold office at the pleasure of the governor. He shall receive an Commissioner annual salary of five thousand dollars, to be paid monthly out of of corporations, the state treasury upon a warrant of the controller. He shall within fifteen days from the time of notice of his appointment take and subscribe to the constitutional oath of office and file the same INVESTMENT COMPANIES ACT 119 in the office of the secretary of state and execute to the people of the state a bond in the penal sum of ten thousand dollars with corporate security or two or more sureties, to be approved by the governor of the state, for the faithful discharge of the duties of his office. Sec. 1 7. The commissioner of corporations shall employ such Detouties clerks and deputies as he may need to discharge in proper manner the duties imposed upon him by law. Neither the commissioner of corporations nor any of his clerks or deputies shall be interested in any investment company, or investment broker, as director, stockholder, officer, member, agent or employee. Such clerks and deputies shall perform such duties as the commissioner of corpora- tions shall assign to them. He shall fix the compensation of such clerks and deputies which compensation shall be paid monthly on the certificate of the commissioner of corporations, and on the warrant of the controller out of the state treasury; provided, how- ever, that the total expenditures provided for in this act shall not exceed fifty thousand dollars per annum. Each deputy shall within fifteen days after his appointment take and subscribe to the consti- tutional oath of office and file the same in the office of the secretary of state. Sec. 18. The commissioner of corporations shall have his office in the city of Sacramento and he shall from time to time obtain the necessary furniture, stationery, fuel, light and other proper conveniences for the transaction of the business of the state corporation department, the expenses of which shall be paid out of the state treasury on the certificate of the commissioner of corpora- tions and the warrant of the controller. Sec. 19. A fund is hereby created to be known as the "corporation commission fund" and out of said fund shall be paid all the expenses incurred in and about the conduct of the business of the corporation department, including the salary of the commissioner and his clerks and deputies, traveling expenses, furnishing rooms and rent. All moneys collected or received by the commissioner of corporations under and by virtue of the provisions of this act shall be delivered by him to the treasurer of the state, who shall deposit the same to the credit of said corporation commission fund. And all such fund so deposited or such part Office. "Corporation commission fund." 120 N. W. HALSEY & CO. thereof as may be necessary for the purposes of this act are hereby appropriated to the use of the corporation commission fund for the purposes of this act. It shall be the duty of the commissioner of corporations semi-annually to certify under oath to the state treasurer and secretary of state the total amount of receipts and expenditures of the state corporation department for the six months preceding. All fees and payments of every description required by this act to be paid to the commissioner of corporations shall be paid by him to the state treasurer on the first day of each week following their receipt by the commissioner of corporations. Seal. Sec. 20. The commissioner of corporations shall adopt a seal with the words "Commissioner of Corporations, State of Cali- fornia," and such other device as the commissioner of corporations may desire engraved thereon by which he shall authenticate the proceedings of his office. Copies of all records and papers in the office of the corporation department shall be received in evidence of all cases equally and with like effect as the originals. Sec. 2 1 . Every official report made by the commissioner of corporations and every report, duly verified, of an examination made, shall be prima facie evidence of the facts therein stated for all purposes in any action or proceedings wherein any investment company or investment broker is a party. Sec. 22. If any section, sub-section, sentence, clause or phrase of this act is for any reason held to be unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this act. The legislature hereby declares that it would have passed this act, and each section, sub-section, sentence, clause, and phrase thereof irrespective of the fact that any one or more other sections, sub-sections, sentences, clauses or phrases be declared uncon- stitutional. Sec. 23. All acts and parts of acts inconsistent with the provisions of this act are hereby repealed. Sec. 24. The sum of ten thousand dollars is hereby appro- priated out of any moneys in the state treasury not otherwise appropriated for the purpose of carrying this act into effect. Sec. 25. This act shall take effect November 1, 1913. National Bank Act as Amended Chapter One. THE CURRENCY BUREAU. 1. Sec. 1 of the act of June 20, 1874, provides that the act The entitled "An act to provide a national currency secured by a pledge national-bank of United States bonds, and to provide for the circulation and act. redemption thereof," approved June third, eighteen hundred and sixty-four, shall hereafter be known as the "National-bank act." 2. (Sec. 324.) There shall be in the Department of the Comptroller of Treasury a Bureau charged with the execution of all laws passed the Currency. by Congress relating to the issue and regulation of a national currency secured by United States bonds, the chief officer of which Bureau shall be called the Comptroller of the Currency, and shall perform his duties under the general direction of the Secretary of the Treasury. 3. (Sec. 325.) The Comptroller of the Currency shall be His appointment, appointed by the President, on the recommendation of the Secretary term, and salary. of the Treasury, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, and shall hold his office for the term of five years, unless sooner removed by the President, upon reasons to be communicated by him to the Senate; and he shall be entitled to a salary of five thousand dollars a year. 4. (Sec. 326.) The Comptroller of the Currency shall, within His qualification. fifteen days from the time of notice of his appointment, take and subscribe the oath of office; and he shall give to the United States a bond in the penalty of one hundred thousand dollars, with not less than two responsible sureties, to be approved by the 122 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Secretary of the Treasury, conditioned for the faithful discharge of the duties of his office. 5. (Sec. 327.) There shall be in the Bureau of the Comp- comptroUer. i TO \\ er f the Currency a Deputy Comptroller of the Currency, to be appointed by the Secretary, who shall be entitled to a salary of two thousand eight hundred dollars a year (increased to three thousand five hundred dollars), and who shall possess the power and perform the duties attached by law to the office of Comptroller during a vacancy in the office or during the absence or inability of the Comptroller. The Deputy Comptroller shall also take the oath of office prescribed by the Constitution and laws of the United States, and shall give a like bond in the penalty of fifty thousand dollars. Interest in 6. (Sec. 329.) It shall not be lawful for the Comptroller or national banks the Deputy Comptroller of the Currency, either directly or indirectly, prohibited, to be interested in any association issuing national currency under the laws of the United States. Office clerks. 7. (Sec. 328.) The Comptroller of the Currency shall employ, from time to time, the necessary clerks, to be appointed and classified by the Secretary of the Treasury, to discharge such duties as the Comptroller shall direct. 8. (SEC. 330.) The seal devised by the Comptroller of the Currency for his office, and approved by the Secretary of the Treasury, shall continue to be the seal of office of the Comptroller, and may be renewed when necessary. A description of the seal, with an impression thereof, and a certificate of approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State. Officers, vaults, etc. 9. (Sec. 331.) There shall be assigned, from time to time, to the Comptroller of the Currency, by the Secretary of the Treasury, suitable rooms in the Treasury building for conducting the business of the Currency Bureau, containing safe and secure fireproof vaults, in which the Comptroller shall deposit and safely keep all the plates not necessarily in the possession of engravers or printers, and other valuable things belonging to his department; and the Comp- NATIONAL BANK ACT 123 troller shall from time to time furnish the necessary furniture, stationery, fuel, lights, and other proper conveniences for the transaction of the business of his office. 10. (Sec. 333.) The Comptroller of the Currency shall make Annual report. an annual report to Congress, at the commencement of its session, exhibiting — First. A summary of the state and condition of every asso- Condition of ciation from which reports have been received the preceding year, national banks. at the several dates to which such reports refer, with an abstract of the whole amount of banking capital returned by them, of the whole amount of their debts and liabilities, the amount of circu- lating notes outstanding, and the total amount of means and resources, specifying the amount of lawful money held by them at the times of their several returns, and such other information in relation to such associations as in his judgment may be useful. Second. A statement of the associations whose business has Closed banks. been closed during the year, with the amount of their circulation redeemed and the amount outstanding. Third. Any amendment to the laws relative to banking by Amendments which the system may be improved and the security of the holders proposed. of its notes and other creditors may be increased. Fourth. A statement exhibiting under appropriate heads the Condition of resources and liabilities and condition of the banks, banking com- other banks. panies, and savings banks organized under the laws of the several States and Territories, such information to be obtained by the Comptroller from the reports made by such banks, banking com- panies, and savings banks to the legislatures or officers of the different States and Territories, and, where such reports can not be obtained, the deficiency to be supplied from such other authentic sources as may be available. Fifth. The names and compensation of the clerks employed by Employees and him, and the whole amount of the expenses of the banking depart- expenses. ment during the year. 1 1 . (Sec. 381 1 .) When the Annual Report of the Comptroller When annual of the Currency upon the national banks and banks under State report is printed. 124 N. W. HALSEY & CO. and Territorial laws is completed, or while it is in process of completion, if thereby the business may be sooner dispatched, the work of printing shall be commenced, under the superintendence of the Secretary, and the whole shall be printed and ready for delivery on or before the first day of December next after the close of the year to which the report relates. Number of 12. The act of January 12, 1895, provides that there shall be copies to be printed of the Annual Report of the Comptroller of the Currency printed, ten thousand copies; one thousand for the Senate, two thousand for the House, and seven thousand for distribution by the Comptroller of the Currency. Chapter Two. ORGANIZATION AND POWERS OF NATIONAL BANKS. Articles of 13. (Sec. 5133.) Associations For carrying on the business of association, banking under this title may be formed by any number of natural persons, not less in any case than five. They shall enter into articles of association, which shall specify in general terms the object for which the association is formed, and may contain any other provisions, not inconsistent with law, which the association may see fit to adopt for the regulation of its business and the conduct of its affairs. These articles shall be signed by the persons uniting to form the association, and a copy of them shall be forwarded to the Comptroller of the Currency, to be filed and preserved in his office. Organization 14. (Sec. 5134.) The persons uniting to form such an asso- cerlificate. ciation shall, under their hands, made an organization certificate, which shall specifically state — Title. First. The name assumed by such association; which shall be subject to the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency. Location. Second. The place where its operations of discount and deposit are to be carried on, designating the State, Territory, or District, and the particular county and city, town or village. NATIQNAL BANK ACT 125 Third. The amount of capital stock and the number of shares Capital stock- into which the same is to be divided. Fourth. The names and places of residence of the shareholders Shareholders. and the number of shares held by each of them. Fifth. The fact that the certificate is made to enable such Object of persons to avail themselves of the advantages of this Title. certificate. 1 5. (Sec. 5 1 35.) The organization certificate shall be acknowl- Execution of edged before a judge of some court of record or notary public, organization and shall be, together with the acknowledgment thereof, authenti- certificate. cated by the seal of such court or notary, transmitted to the Comp- troller of the Currency, who shall record and carefully preserve the same in his office. 16. (Sec. 5136.) Upon duly making and filing articles of Corporate association and an organization certificate, the association shall powers. become, as from the date of the execution of its organization certificate, a body corporate, and as such, and in the same desig- nated in the organization certificate, it shall have power — First. To adopt and use a corporate seal. Seal. Second. To have succession for the period of twenty years from Term of its organization, unless it is sooner dissolved according to the pro- existence. visions of its articles of association, or by the act of its shareholders owning two-thirds of its stock, or unless its franchise becomes for- feited by some violation of law. Third. To make contracts. Contracts. Fourth. To sue and be sued, complain and defend, in any Suits. court of law and [or] equity, as fully as natural persons. Fifth. To elect or appoint directors, and by its board of directors Officers. to appoint a president, vice-president, cashier, and other officers, define their duties, require bonds of them and fix the penalty thereof, dismiss such officers or any of them at pleasure, and appoint others to fill their places. Sixth. To prescribe, by its board of directors, by-laws not By-Laws. inconsistent with law, regulating the manner in which its stock shall 126 N. W. HALSEY & CO. be transferred, its directors elected or appointed, its officers appointed, its property transferred, its general business conducted, and the privileges granted to it by law exercised and enjoyed. Incidental Seventh. To exercise by its board of directors, or duly authorized powers, officers or agents, subject to law, all such incidental powers as shall be necessary to carry on the business of banking; by discounting and negotiating promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, and other evidences of debt; by receiving deposits; by buying and selling exchange, coin, and bullion; by loaning money on personal security; and by obtaining, issuing, and circulating notes according to the provisions of this Title; but no association shall transact any business except such as is incidental and necessarily preliminary to its organ- ization until it has been authorized by the Comptroller of the Cur- rency to commence the business of banking. Amount of 1 7. (Sec. 5 1 38, as amended by act of March 1 4, 1 900.) No capital stock association shall be organized with a less capital than one hundred required, thousand dollars, except that banks with a capital of not less than fifty thousand dollars may, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, be organized in any place the population of which does not exceed six thousand inhabitants, and except that banks with a capital of not less than twenty- five thousand dollars may, with the sanction of the Secretary of the Treasury, be organized in any place the population of which does not exceed three thousand inhabitants. No association shall be organized in a city the popu- lation of which exceeds fifty thousand persons with a capital of less than two hundred thousand dollars. Shares of stock. \ 8. (Sec. 5 1 39.) The capital stock of each association shall be divided into shares of one hundred dollars each, and be deemed per- sonal property, and transferable on the books of the association in such manner as may be prescribed in the by-laws or articles of association. Every person becoming a shareholder by such transfer shall, in proportion to his shares, succeed to all the rights and liabil- ities of the prior holder of such shares. Payment of j 9 ( Sec< 5140.) At least fifty per centum of the capital L> * stock of every association shall be paid in before it shall be author- NATIONAL BANK ACT 127 ized to commence business; and the remainder of the capital stock of such association shall be paid in installments of at least ten per centum each, on the whole amount of the capital, as frequently as one installment at the end of each succeeding month from the time it shall be authorized by the Comptroller of the Currency to commence business; and the payment of each installment shall be certified to the Comptroller, under oath, by the president or cashier of the association. 20. (Sec. 5141.) Whenever any shareholder, or his assignee. Enforcing fails to pay any installment on the stock when the same is required payment of by the preceding section to be paid, the directors of such association capital. may sell the stock of such delinquent shareholder at public auction, having given three weeks' previous notice thereof in a newspaper published and of general circulation in the city or county where the association is located, or if no newspaper is published in said city or county, then in a newspaper published nearest thereto, to any person who will pay the highest price therefor, to be not less than the amount then due thereon, with the expenses of adver- tisement and sale; and the excess, if any, shall be paid to the delinquent shareholder. If no bidder can be found who will pay for such stock the amount due thereon to the association, and the cost of advertisement and sale, the amount previously paid shall be forfeited to the association, and such stock shall be sold as the directors may order, within six months from the time of such forfeiture, and if not sold it shall be canceled and deducted from the capital stock of the association. 21. (Sec. 5141 ). If any such cancellation and reduction shall Restoration of reduce the capital of the association below the minimum of capital capital. required by law, the capital stock shall, within thirty days from the date of such cancellation, be increased to the required amount; in default of which a receiver may be appointed, according to the provisions of section fifty-two hundred and thirty-four, to close up the business of the association. 22. (Sec. 5 1 68.) Whenever a certificate is transmitted to the Examination of Comptroller of the Currency, as provided in this Title, and the organization association transmitting the same notifies the Comptroller that at proceedings. 128 N. W. HALSEY & CO. least fifty per centum of its capital stock has been duly paid in, and that such association has complied with all the provisions of this Title required to be complied with before an association shall be authorized to commence the business of banking, the Comptroller shall examine into the condition of such association, ascertain especially the amount of money paid in on account of its capital, the name and place of residence of each of its directors, and the amount of the capital stock of which each is the owner in good faith, and generally whether such association has complied with all the provisions of this Title required to entitle it to engage in the business of banking. Certificate of 23. (Sec. 5168.) And shall cause to be made and attested officers and by the oaths of a majority of the directors, and by the president directors, or cashier of the association, a statement of all the facts necessary to enable the Comptroller to determine whether the association is lawfully entitled to commence the business of banking. Deposit of 24. (Sec. 5155.) Every association, after having com- United States plied with the provisions of this Title, preliminary to the bonds, commencement of the banking business, and before it shall be authorized to commence banking business under this Title, shall transfer and deliver to the Treasurer of the United States, as security for its circulating notes, any United States registered bonds bearing interest, to an amount where the capital is one hundred and fifty thousand dollars or less, of not less than one-fourth of the capital, and fifty thousand dollars where the capital is in excess of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars. (Note. — As amended by sec. 8 of the act of July 12, 1882.) Comptroller's 25. (Sec. 5169.) If, upon a careful examination of the facts certificate of so reported, and of any other facts which may come to the knowl- authority. edge of the Comptroller, whether by means of a special com- mission appointed by him for the purpose of inquiring into the condition of such association, or otherwise, it appears that such association is lawfully entitled to commence the business of banking, the Comptroller shall give to such association a certificate, under his NATIONAL BANK ACT 129 hand and official seal, that such association has complied with all the provisions required to be complied with before commencing the business of banking, and that such association is authorized to commence such business. But the Comptroller may withhold from an association his certificate authorizing the commencement of business whenever he has reason to suppose that the shareholders have formed the same for any other than the legitimate objects contemplated by this Title. 26. (Sec. 5170.) The association shall cause the certificate Publication of issued under the preceding section to be published in some news- certificate of paper printed in the city or county where the association is located, authority. for at least sixty days next after the issuing thereof; or, if no newspaper is published in such city or county, then in the news- paper published nearest thereto. 27. (Sec. 5145.) The affairs of each association shall be Number and managed by not less than five directors, who shall be elected by election of the shareholders at a meeting to be held at any time before the directors. association is authorized by the Comptroller of the Currency to commence the business of banking, and afterward at meetings to be held on such day in January of each year as is specified therefor in the articles of association. The directors shall hold office for one year, and until their successors are elected and have qualified. 28. (SEC. 5146, as amended February 28, 1905.) Every Qualifications of Director must, during his whole term of service, be a citizen of the directors. United States, and at least three-fourths of the directors must have resided in the State, Territory, or District in which the association is located for at least one year immediately preceding their election, and must be residents therein during their continuance in office. Every director must own, in his own right, at least ten shares of the capital stock of the association of which he is a director, unless the capital of the bank shall not exceed twenty-five thousand dollars, in which case he must own in his own right at least five shares of such capital stock. Any director who ceases to be the owner of the required number of shares of the stock, or who becomes in any other manner disqualified, shall thereby vacate his place. 130 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Qualifications of "votes at elections. Oaths of directors. Failure to hold annual election. Vacancies in board of directors. 30. (Sec. 5144.) In all elections of directors, and in deciding all questions at meetings of shareholders, each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote on each share of stock held by him. Share- holders may vote by proxies duly authorized in writing; but no officer, clerk, teller, or bookkeeper of such association shall act as proxy; and no shareholder whose liability is past due and unpaid shall be allowed to vote. 31. (Sec. 5147.) Each director, when appointed or elected, shall take an oath that he will, so far as the duty devolves on him, diligently and honestly administer the affairs of such association, and will not knowingly violate, or willingly permit to be violated, any of the provisions of this Title, and that he is the owner in good faith, and in his own right, of the number of shares of stock required by this Title, subscribed by him, or standing in his name on the books of the association, and that the same is not hypoth- ecated or in any way pledged as security for any loan or debt. Such oath, subscribed by the director making it, and certified by the officer before whom it is taken, shall be immediately transmitted to the Comptroller of the Currency, and shall be filed and pre- served in his office. 32. (Sec. 5149.) If, from any cause, an election of directors is not made at the time appointed, the association shall not for that cause be dissolved, but an election may be held on any subsequent day, thirty days' notice thereof in all cases having been given in a newspaper published in the city, town, or county in which the association is located; and if no newspaper is published in such city, town or county such notice shall be published in a newspaper published nearest thereto. If the articles of association do not fix the day on which the election shall be held, or if no election is held on the day fixed, the day for the election shall be designated by the board of directors in their by-laws, or otherwise; or if the directors fail to fix the day, shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares may do so. 33. (Sec. 5148.) Any vacancy in the board shall be filled by appointment by the remaining directors, and any director so appointed shall hold his place until the next election. NATIONAL BANK ACT 131 34. (Sec. 5150.) One of the directors, to be chosen by the President shall board, shall be the president of the board. be a director. 35. (SEC. 5185.) Associations may be organized in the man- Organization of ner prescribed by this Title for the purpose of issuing notes payable £ "* banks. in gold. 36. The act of February 14, 1880, provides that any national Conversion of gold bank organized under the provisions of the laws of the United gold banks. States may, in the manner and subject to the provisions prescribed by section fifty-one hundred and fifty-four of the Revised Statutes of the United States for the conversion of banks incorporated under the laws of any State, cease to be a gold bank and become such an association as is authorized by section fifty-one hundred and thirty- three, for carrying on the business of banking, and shall have the same powers and privileges, and shall be subject to the same duties, responsibilities, and rules, in all respects, as are by law prescribed for such associations: Provided, That all certificates of organization which shall be issued under this act shall bear the date of the original organization of each bank respectively as a gold bank. 37. (Sec. 5154.) Any bank incorporated by special law, or Conversion of any banking institution organized under a general law of any State, 5 late banks. may become a national association under this Title by the name prescribed in its organization certificate; and in such case the articles of association and the organization certificate may be executed by a majority of the directors of the bank or banking institution; and the certificate shall declare that the owners of two-thirds of the capital stock have authorized the directors to make such certificate, and to change and convert the bank or banking institution into a national association. A majority of the directors, after executing the articles of association and organization certificate, shall have power to execute all other papers, and to do whatever may be required to make its organization perfect and complete as a national association. The shares of any such bank may continue to be for the same amount each as they were before the conversion, and the directors may continue to be the directors of the association until others are elected or appointed in accordance with the provisions of this chapter; and any State bank which is a stockholder in any other bank, by 132 N. W. HALSEY fr CO. authority of State laws, may continue to hold its stock, although either bank, or both, may be organized under and have accepted the provisions of this Title. When the Comptroller of the Currency has given to such association a certificate, under his hand and official seal, that the provisions of this Title have been complied with, and that it is authorized to commence the business of banking, the asso- ciation shall have the same powers and privileges, and shall be subject to the same duties, responsibilities, and rules, in all respects, as are prescribed for other associations, originally organized as national banking associations, and shall be held and regarded as such an association. But no such association shall have a less capital than the amount prescribed for associations organized under this Title. Capital of 38. (Sec. 3410.) The capital of any State bank or banking state banks, association which has ceased or shall cease to exist, or which has been or shall be converted into a national bank, shall be assumed to be the capital as it existed immediately before such bank ceased to exist or was converted as aforesaid. Converted banks 39. (Sec. 5155.) It shall be lawful for any bank or banking may retain association, organized under State laws and having branches, the branches, capital being joint and assigned to and used by the mother bank and branches in definite proportions, to become a national banking association in conformity with existing laws and to retain and keep in operation its branches, or such one or more of them as it may elect to retain, the amount of the circulation redeemable at the mother bank and each branch to be regulated by the amount of capital assigned to and used by each. Personal liability) 40 ( Sec 5151.) The shareholders of every national banking of shareholders, association shall be held individually responsible, equally and ratably, and not one for another, for all contracts, debts, and engagements of such association to the extent of the amount of their stock therein, at the par value thereof, in addition to the amount invested in such shares, except that shareholders of any banking association now existing under State laws having not less than five millions of dollars of capital actually paid in and a surplus of NATIONAL BANK ACT 133 twenty per centum on hand, both to be determined by the Comp- troller of the Currency, shall be liable only to the amount invested in their shares; and such surplus of twenty per centum shall be kept undiminished, and be in addition to the surplus provided for in this Title; and if at any time there is a deficiency in such surplus of twenty per centum such association shall not pay any dividends to its shareholders until the deficiency is made good; and in case of such deficiency the Comptroller of the Currency may compel the association to close its business and wind up its affairs under the provisions of chapter four of this Title. 41. (Sec. 5152.) Persons holding stock as executors, adminis- Exceptions for trators, guardians, or trustees shall not be personally subject to any trustees, etc. liability as stockholders; but the estates and funds in their hands shall be liable in like manner and to the same extent as the testator, intestate, ward, or person interested in such trust funds would be if living and competent to act and hold the stock in his own name. 42. Sec. 5139 provides that no change shall be made in the Amendment articles of association of a national bank by which the rights, °f fl't'ctes remedies, or security of the existing creditors of the association shall res » IC ' e "- be impaired. 43. (SEC. 5142.) Any association formed under this Title ^crease oj may, by its articles of association, provide for an increase of its capital from time to time, as may be deemed expedient, subject to the limitations of this Title. But the maximum of such increase to be provided in the articles of association shall be determined by the Comptroller of the Currency. Sec. 1 of the act of May 1, 1886, provides that any national banking association may, with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency, by the vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association, increase its capital stock, in accordance with existing laws, to any sum approved by the said Comptroller, notwithstanding the limit fixed in its original articles of association and determined by said Comptroller; and no increase of the capital stock of any national banking association either within or beyond the limit fixed in its 134 N. W. HAL5EY & CO. original articles of association shall be made except in the manner herein provided. When increase 44. (Sec. 5142.) And no increase of capital shall be valid becomes valid, until the whole amount of such increase is paid in, and notice thereof has been transmitted to the Comptroller of the Currency, and his certificate obtained specifying the amount of such increase of capital stock, with his approval thereof, and that it has been duly paid in as part of the capital of such association. Reduction of 45. (Sec. 5143.) Any association formed under this Title capital stock- may, by the vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of its capital stock, reduce its capital to any sum not below the amount required by this Title to authorize the formation of associations, but no such reduction shall be allowable which will reduce the capital of the association below the amount required for its outstanding circulation, nor shall any such reduction be made until the amount of the pro- posed reduction has been reported to the Comptroller of the Cur- rency and his approval thereof obtained. Change of title 46. Sees. 2, 3 and 4 of the act of May 1, 1886, provide: and location. Sec. 2. That any national banking association may change its name or the place where its operations of discount and deposit are to be carried on to any other place within the same State, not more than thirty miles distant, with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency, by the vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association. A duly authenticated notice of the vote and of the new name or location selected shall be sent to the office of the Comptroller of the Currency, but no change of name or location shall be valid until the Comptroller shall have issued his certificate of approval of the same. Sec. 3. That all debts, liabilities, rights, provisions, and powers of the association under its old name shall devolve upon and inure to the association under its new name. Sec. 4. That nothing in this act contained shall be so construed as in any manner to release any national banking association under its old name or at its old location from any liability, or affect any N ATIONAL BANK ACT 135 action or proceeding in law in which said association may be or become a party or interested. 47. (Sec. 5156.) That nothing in this title shall affect any Status of national appointments made, acts done, or proceedings had or commenced banks organized prior to the third day of June, eighteen hundred and sixty-four, under the act of in or toward the organization of any national banking association February 25, under the act of February twenty-five, eighteen hundred and sixty- 1863. three; but all associations which on the third day of June, eighteen hundred and sixty-four, were organized or commenced to be organized under that act shall enjoy all the rights and privileges granted, and be subject to all the duties, liabilities, and restrictions imposed by this Title, notwithstanding all the steps prescribed by this Title for the organization of associations were not pursued, if such associations were duly organized under that act. Note. — See page 217 for Additional Circulation Act of May 30, 1908. Chapter Three. BANK CIRCULATION. 48. (Sec. 5158.) The term "United States Bonds," as United States used throughout this chapter, shall be construed to mean bonds defined. registered bonds of the United States. 49. (Sec. 5159 as amended by section 8, act of July 12, Security) for 1882, and section 1, act of December 21, 1905.) Every circulation. association, after having complied with the provisions of this Title, preliminary to the commencement of the bank- ing business, and before it shall be authorized to com- mence banking business under this Title, shall transfer and deliver to the Treasurer of the United States any United States registered bonds, bearing interest, or Panama canal bonds, to an amount not less than one-fourth of the capital, the capital being $150,000 or less, as security for their circulating notes. Such bonds shall be received by the Treasurer upon deposit and shall be by him safely kept in his office until they shall be otherwise disposed of in pursuance of the provisions of this Title. 136 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Section 4, act of June 20, 1874, provides in part that the amount of bonds on deposit for circulation shall not be reduced below $50,000. This determines the amount of bonds required to be deposited by banks organizing with capital stock of over $150,000. (See sec. 5159 of the United States Revised Statutes; sec. 4, act of June 20, 1874; sec 8, act of July 12, 1882, and act of March 14, 1900, as to relation of bond deposit to capital.) Relation of 50. (Sec. 5160.) The deposit of bonds made by each bond deposit association shall be increased as its capital may be paid to capital. U p or increased, so that every association shall at all times have on deposit with the Treasurer registered United States bonds to the amount required by law. And any association that may desire to reduce its capital or close up its business and dissolve its organization may take up its bonds upon returning to the Comptroller its circulating notes in the proportion hereinafter required, or may take up any excess of bonds beyond the amount required by law, and upon which no circulating notes have been delivered. Exchange of 51. (Sec. 5161.) To facilitate a compliance with the bonds, two preceding sections, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to receive from any association, and cancel, any United States coupon bonds, and to issue in lieu thereof registered bonds of like amount, bearing a like rate of interest, and having the same time to run. Bonds held by 52. (Sec. 5162.) All transfers of United States bonds treasurer, made by any association under the provisions of this Title shall be made to the Treasurer of the United States in trust for the association, with a memorandum written or printed on each bond, and signed by the cashier, or some other officer of the association making the deposit. A receipt shall be given to the association, by the Comptroller of the Currency, or by a clerk appointed by him for that purpose, stating that the bond is held in NATIONAL BANK ACT 137 trust for the association on whose behalf the transfer is made, and as security for the redemption and payment of any circulating notes that have been or may be delivered to such association. No assignment or transfer of any such bond by the Treasurer shall be deemed valid unless countersigned by the Comptroller of the Currency. 53. (Sec. 5 1 63.) The Comptroller of the Currency shall Record of bond keep in his office a book in which he shall cause to be transfers. entered, immediately upon countersigning it, every transfer or assignment by the Treasurer, of any bonds belonging to a national banking association, presented for his signature. He shall state in such entry the name of the association from whose account the transfer is made, the name of the party to whom it is made, and the par value of the bonds transferred. 54. (Sec. 5 1 64.) The Comptroller of the Currency shall, Notice of immediately upon countersigning and entering any transfer transfer. or assignment by the Treasurer of any bonds belonging to a national banking association, advise by mail the associa- tion from whose accounts the transfer is made of the kind and numerical designation of the bonds and the amount thereof so transferred. 55. (Sec. 5165.) The Comptroller of the Currency shall Examination of have at all times, during office hours, access to the books bonds and of the Treasurer of the United States for the purpose of records. ascertaining the corectness of any transfer or assignment of the bonds deposited by an association presented to the Comptroller to countersign; and the Treasurer shall have the like access to the book mentioned in section fifty-one hundred and sixty-three, during office hours, to ascertain the correctness of the entries in the same; and the Comptroller shall also at all times have access to the bonds on deposit with the Treasurer to ascertain their amount and condition. 56. (Sec. 5166.) Every association having bonds depos- Annual ited in the office of the Treasurer of the United States shall, examination of once or oftener in each fiscal year, examine and compare bonds. 138 N. W. HALSEY & CO. the bonds pledged by the association with the books of the Comptroller of the Currency and with the accounts of the association, and, if they are found correct, to execute to the Treasurer a certificate setting forth the different kinds and the amounts thereof, and that the same are in the possession and custody of the Treasurer at the date of the certificate. Such examination shall be made at such time or times during the ordinary business hours as the Treasurer and the Comptroller, respectively, may select, and may be made by an officer or agent of such association, duly appointed in writing for that purpose; and his certifi- cate before mentioned shall be of like force and validity as if executed by the president and cashier. A duplicate of such certificate, signed by the Treasurer, shall be retained by the association. General 5 7. (Sec. 5 1 67.) The bonds transferred to and deposited provisions with the Treasurer of the United States by any association respecting for the security of its circulating notes shall be held ex- bonds. clusively for that purpose until such notes are redeemed, except as provided in this Title. The Comptroller of the Currency shall give to any such association powers of attorney to receive and appropriate to its own use the interest on the bonds which it has so transferred to the Treasurer; but such powers shall become inoperative whenever such association fails to redeem its circulating notes. Whenever the market or cash value of any bonds thus deposited with the Treasurer is reduced below the amount of the circulation issued for the same the Comptroller may demand and receive the amount of such depreciation in other United States bonds at cash value, or in money, from the association, to be deposited with the Treasurer as long as such depreciation continues. And the Comptroller, upon the terms prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, may permit an exchange to be made of any of the bonds deposited with the Treasurer by any association for other bonds of the United States authorized to be received as security for circulating notes if he is of opinion that such an exchange can be made NATIONAL BANK ACT 139 without prejudice to the United States; and he may direct the return of any bonds to the association which trans- ferred the same, in sums of not less than one thousand dollars, upon the surrender to him and the cancellation of a proportionate amount of such circulating notes: Provided, That the remaining bonds which shall have been transferred by the association offering to surrender circu- lating notes are equal to the amount required for the circulating notes not surrendered by such association, and that the amount of bonds in the hands of the Treasurer is not diminished below the amount required to be kept on deposit with him, and that there has been no failure by the association to redeem its circulating notes, nor any other violation by it of the provisions of this Title, and that the market or cash value of the remaining bonds is not below the amount required for the circulation issued for the same. 58. Sec. 10 of the act of July 12, 1882, as amended by act of March 14, 1900, provides that upon the deposit with the Treasurer of the United States, by any national bank- ing association, of any bonds of the United States in the manner provided by existing law, such association shall be entitled to receive from the Comptroller of the Currency circulating notes in blank, registered and countersigned as provided by law, equal in amount to the par value of the bonds so deposited; and any national banking associa- tion now having bonds on deposit for the security of circulating notes, and upon which an amount of circulating notes has been issued less than the par value of the bonds, shall be entitled, upon due application to the Comptroller of the Currency, to receive additional circulating notes in blank to an amount which will increase the circulating notes held by such association to the par value of the bonds deposited, such additional notes to be held and treated in the same way as circulating notes of national banking associations heretofore issued, and subject to all the provisions of law affecting such notes: Provided, That the circulating notes furnished to national banking Amount of circulation obtainable. 140 N. W. HALSEY & CO. associations under the provisions of this act shall be of the denominations prescribed by law, except that no national banking association shall, after the passage of this act, be entitled to receive from the Comptroller of the Cur- rency, or to issue or reissue or place in circulation, more than one-third in amount of its circulating notes of the denomination of five dollars: And Provided, further, That the total amount of such notes issued to any such associa- tion may equal at any time but shall not exceed the amount at such time of its capital stock actually paid in. Preparation of "Sec. 5 1 72. (As amended May thirtieth, nineteen hundred and bank circulation, eight.) In order to furnish suitable notes for circulation, the Comptroller of the Currency shall, under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury, cause plates and dies to be engraved, in the best manner to guard against counterfeiting and fraudulent alterations, and shall have printed therefrom, and numbered, such quantity of circulating notes, in blank, of the denominations of five dollars, ten dollars, twenty dollars, fifty dollars, one hundred dollars, five hundred dollars, one thousand dollars, and ten thousand dollars, as may be required to supply the associations entitled to receive the same. Such notes shall state upon their face that they are secured by United States bonds or other securities, certified by the written or engraved signatures of the Treasurer and Register and by the imprint of the seal of the Treasury. They shall also express upon their face the promise of the associa- tion receiving the same to pay on demand, attested by the signature of the president or vice-president and cashier. The Comptroller of the Currency, acting under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury, shall as soon as practicable cause to be prepared circu- lating notes in blank, registered and countersigned, as provided by law, to an amount equal to fifty per centum of the capital stock of each national banking association; such notes to be deposited in the Treasury or in the subtreasury of the United States nearest the place of business of each association, and to be held for such association, subject to the order of the Comptroller of the Currency, for their delivery as provided by law: Provided, That the Comptroller of the Currency may issue national bank notes of the NATIONAL BANK ACT HI present form until plates can be prepared and circulating notes issued as above provided: Provided, however. That in no event shall bank notes of the present form be issued to any bank as additional circulation provided for by this Act." 60. Sec. 5 of the act of June 20, 1 874, provides that the Circulation shall Comptroller of the Currency shall, under such rules and regulations bear charter as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, cause the charter number. numbers of the associations to be printed upon all national-bank notes which may be hereafter issued by him. 61. (Sec. 5173.) The plates and special dies to be procured Control of plates by the Comptroller of the Currency for the printing of such circu- and dies. lating notes shall remain under his control and direction and the expenses necessarily incurred in executing the laws respecting the procuring of such notes and all other expenses of the Bureau of the Currency [except as provided by sec. 3, act June 20, 1874, and sees. 6 and 8, act of July 12, 1882] shall be paid out of the proceeds of the taxes or duties assessed and collected on the circulation of national banking associations under this Title. 62. (Sec. 5 1 74.) The Comptroller of the Currency shall cause Examination of to be examined, each year, the plates, dies, but pieces [bed pieces] , plates and dies. and other material from which the national-bank circulation is printed, in whole or in part, and file in his office annually a correct list of the same. Such material as shall have been used in the printing of the notes of associations which are in liquidation, or have closed business, shall be destroyed, under such regulations as shall be prescribed by the Comptroller of the Currency and approved by the Secretary of the Treasury. The expenses of any such examination or destruction shall be paid out of any appropriation made by Congress for the special examination of national banks and bank-note plates. 63. (Sec. 5182.) After any association receiving circulating Circulation, for notes under this Title has caused its promise to pay such notes what receivable. on demand to be signed by the president or vice-president and cashier thereof, in such manner as to make them obligatory promissory notes, payable on demand at its place of business, such association may issue and circulate the same as money. And the 142 N. W. HALSEY & CO. same shall be received at par in all parts of the United States in payment of taxes, excises, public lands, and all other dues to the United States, except duties on imports; and also for all salaries and other debts and demands owing by the United States to individuals, corporations, and associations within the United States, except interest on the public debt, and in redemption of the national currency. Circulation of 64. (Sec. 5185.) Associations may be organized in the manner gold banks, prescribed by this Title for the purpose of issuing notes payable in gold; and upon the deposit of any United States bonds bearing interest payable in gold with the Treasurer of the United States, in the manner prescribed for other associations, it shall be lawful for the Comptroller of the Currency to issue to the association making the deposit circulating notes of different denominations, but none of them of less than five dollars, and not exceeding in amount eighty per centum of the par value of the bonds deposited, which shall express the promise of the association to pay them, upon presentation at the office at which they are issued, in gold coin of the United States, and shall be so redeemable. Worn-out or 65. (Sec. 5184.) It shall be the duty of the Comptroller mutilated f { ne Currency to receive worn-out or mutilated circulating notes circulation. j SSU ed by any banking association, and also, on due proof of the destruction of any such circulating notes, to deliver in place thereof to the association other blank circulating notes to an equal amount. Such worn-out or mutilated notes, after a memorandum has been entered in the proper books, in accordance with such regulations as may be established by the Comptroller, as well as all circulating notes which shall have been paid or surrendered to be canceled, shall be macerated in presence of four persons, one to be appointed by the Secretary of the Treasury, one by the Comptroller of the Currency, one by the Treasurer of the United States, and one by the association, under such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. A certificate of such maceration, signed by the parties so appointed, shall be made in the books of the Comptroller, and a duplicate thereof forwarded to the association whose notes are thus canceled. NATIONAL BANK ACT 143 66. Sec. 3 of the act of June 20, 1874, provides that every Provisions for association organized, or to be organized, under the provisions redeeming of the said act, and of the several acts amendatory thereof, shall circulation. at all times keep and have on deposit in the Treasury of the United States, in lawful money of the United States, a sum equal to five per centum of its circulation, to be held and used for the redemption of such circulation; which sum shall be counted as a part of its lawful reserve, as provided in section two of this act; and when the circulating notes of any such associations, assorted or unassorted, shall be presented for redemption, in sums of one thousand dollars or any multiple thereof, to the Treasurer of the United States, the same shall be redeemed in United States notes. All notes so redeemed shall be charged by the Treasurer of the United States to the respective associations issuing the same, and he shall notify them severally, on the first day of each month, or oftener, at his discretion, of the amount of such redemptions; and whenever such redemptions for any association shall amount to the sum of five hundred dollars, such association so notified shall forthwith deposit with the Treasurer of the United States a sum in United States notes equal to the amount of its circulating notes so redeemed. And all notes of national banks, worn, defaced, mutilated, or other- wise unfit for circulation, shall, when received by any assistant treasurer, or at any designated depositary of the United States, be forwarded to the Treasurer of the United States for redemption as provided herein. And when such redemptions have been so reimbursed, the circulating notes so redeemed shall be forwarded to the respective associations by which they were issued; but if any of such notes are worn, mutilated, defaced, or rendered otherwise unfit for use, they shall be forwarded to the Comptroller of the Currency and destroyed, and replaced as now provided by law; Provided, That each of said associations shall reimburse to the Treasury the charges for transportation and the costs for assorting such notes; and the associations hereafter organized shall also severally reimburse to the Treasury the cost of engraving such plates as shall be ordered by each association respectively; and the amount assessed upon each association shall be in proportion to the circulation redeemed, and be charged to the fund on deposit with the Treasurer. 144 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Withdrawing 67. Sec. 4 of the act of June 20, 1874, provides that circulation, any association organized under this act, or any of the acts of which this is an amendment, desiring to withdraw its circulating notes, in whole or in part, may, upon the deposit of lawful money with the Treasurer of the United States in sums of not less than nine thousand dollars, take up the bonds which said association has on deposit with the Treasurer for the security of such circulating notes, which bonds shall be assigned to the bank in the manner specified in the nineteenth section of the national- bank act; and the outstanding notes of said association, to an amount equal to the legal-tender notes deposited, shall be redeemed at the Treasury of the United States, and destroyed as now provided by law: Provided, That the amount of the bonds on deposit for circulation shall not be reduced below fifty thousand dollars. General 68 . The act of July 12, 1882, provides: (Sec. 8.) That provisions for tne national banks which shall hereafter make deposits of lawful Withdrawing mon ey for the retirement in full of their circulation shall, at the circulation. ^j me f tne j r deposit, be assessed for the cost of transporting and redeeming their notes then outstanding, a sum equal to the average cost of the redemption of national-bank notes during the preceding year, and shall thereupon pay such assessment; and all national banks which have heretofore made or shall hereafter make deposits of lawful money for the reduction of their circulation shall be assessed, and shall pay an assessment in the manner specified in section three of the act approved June twentieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-four, for the cost of transporting and redeeming their notes redeemed from such deposits subsequently to June thirtieth, eighteen hundred and eighty-one. Sec. 9. (As amended May thirtieth, nineteen hundred and eight.) That any national banking association desiring to withdraw its circulating notes, secured by deposit of United States bonds in the manner provided in section four of the Act approved June twentieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-four, is hereby authorized for that purpose to deposit lawful money with the Treasurer of the United NATIONAL BANK ACT 145 — i - States and, with the consent of the Comptroller of the Currency and the approval of the Secretary of the Treas- ury to withdraw a proportionate amount of bonds held as security for its circulating notes in the order of such deposits: Provided, That not more than nine millions of dollars of lawful money shall be so deposited during any calendar month for this purpose. "Any national banking association desiring to withdraw any of its circulating notes, secured by the deposit of securities other than bonds of the United States, may make such withdrawal at any time in like manner and effect by the deposit of lawful money or national bank notes with the Treasurer of the United States, and upon such deposit a proportionate share of the securities so deposited may be withdrawn: Provided, That the deposits under this section to retire notes secured by the deposit of securities other than bonds of the United States shall not be covered into the Treasury, as required by section six of an Act entitled 'An Act directing the purchase of silver bullion and the issue of Treasury notes thereon, and for other purposes,' approved July fourteenth, eighteen hundred and ninety, but shall be retained in the Treasury for the purpose of redeeming the notes of the bank making such deposit." 69. Sec. 6 of the act of July 12, 1882, provides that the Circulation of circulating notes of any association so extending the period of its extended banks. succession which shall have been issued to it prior to such extension shall be redeemed at the Treasury of the United States, as pro- vided in section three of the act of June twentieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-four, entitled "An act fixing the amount of United States notes, providing for redistribution of national bank currency, and for other purposes," and such notes when redeemed shall be forwarded to the Comptroller of the Currency, and destroyed, as now provided by law; and at the end of three years from the date of the extension of the corporate existence of each bank the association so extended shall deposit lawful money with the Treas- urer of the United States sufficient to redeem the remainder of the circulation which was outstanding at the date of its extension, as 1 46 N. W. HALSEY & CO. provided in sections fifty-two hundred and twenty-two, fifty-two hundred and twenty-four, and fifty-two hundred and twenty-five of the Revised Statutes; and any gain that may arise from the failure to present such circulating notes for redemption shall inure to the benefit of the United States; and from time to time, as such notes are redeemed or lawful money deposited therefor as provided herein, new circulating notes shall be issued as provided for by this act, bearing such devices, to be approved by the Secre- tary of the Treasury, as shall make them readily distinguishable from the circulating notes heretofore issued: Provided, however. That each banking association which shall obtain the benefit of this act shall reimburse to the Treasury the cost of preparing the plate or plates for such new circulating notes as shall be issued to it. Circulation of 70. (Sec. 5225.) Whenever the Treasurer has redeemed any liquidating banks, of the notes of an association which has commenced to close its affairs, he shall cause the notes to be mutilated and charged to the redemption account of the association; and all notes so redeemed by the Treasurer shall, every three months, be certified to and destroyed in the manner prescribed in section fifty-one hundred and eighty-four. Circulation of 71. Sec. 8 of the act of June 20, 1874, provides: And it closed banfe. shall be the duty of the Treasurer, assistant treasurers, designated depositaries, and national bank depositaries of the United States to assort and return to the Treasury for redemption the notes of such national banks as have failed, or gone into voluntary liquida- tion for the purpose of winding up their affairs, and of such as shall hereafter so fail or go into liquidation. Regulations for ^2. (Sec. 5232.) The Secretary of the Treasury may, from redemption ^ me to nme » make such regulations respecting the disposition to records. ^ e ma< ^ e or " circulating notes after presentation at the Treasury of the United States for payment, and respecting the perpetuation of the evidence of the payment thereof, as may seem to him proper. Redeemed notes ^3. (Sec. 5233.) All notes of national banking associations to be canceled, presented at the Treasury of the United States for payment shall, on being paid, be canceled. NATIONAL BANK ACT 147 74. Sec. 3 of the act approved June 20, 1 874, provides that Redemption in when the circulating notes of any such associations, assorted or United States unassorted, shall be presented for redemption, in sums of one notes. thousand dollars or any multiple thereof, to the Treasurer of the United States, the same shall be redeemed in United States notes. 75. Sec. 6 of the act of July 14, 1890, provides that upon Disposition of the passage of this act the balances standing with the Treasurer redemption of the United States to the respective credits of national banks account. for deposits made to redeem the circulating notes of such banks, and all deposits thereafter received for like purpose, shall be covered into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt, and the Treasurer of the United States shall redeem from the general cash in the Treasury the circulating notes of said banks which may come into his possession subject to redemption; and upon the certificate of the Comptroller of the Currency that such notes have been received by him and that they have been destroyed and that no new notes will be issued in their place, reimburse- ment of their amount shall be made to the Treasurer, under such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, from an appropriation hereby created, to be known as "national- bank notes, redemption account." But the provisions of this act shall not apply to the deposits received under section three of the act of June twentieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-four, requiring every national bank to keep in lawful money with the Treasurer of the United States a sum equal to five per centum of its circulation, to be held and used for the redemption of its circulating notes; and the balance remaining of the deposits so covered shall, at the close of each month, be reported on the monthly public debt statement as debt of the United States bearing no interest. 76. The act of July 28, 1892, stipulates that the provisions Redemption of of the Revised Statutes of the United States, providing for the incomplete redemption of national-bank notes shall apply to all national-bank circulation. notes that have been or may be issued to, or received by, any national bank, notwithstanding such notes may have been lost by or stolen from the bank and put in circulation without signature 148 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Issue of other notes prohibited. Fraudulent notes to be marked. or upon the forged signature of the president or vice-president and cashier. Banks take 77. (Sec. 5196.) Every national banking association formed circulation or existing under this Title shall take and receive at par for at par. any debt or liability to it, any and all notes or bills issued by any lawfully organized national banking association. But this provision shall not apply to any association organized for the purpose of issuing notes payable in gold. 78. (Sec. 5183.) No national banking association shall issue post notes or any other notes to circulate as money than such as are authorized by the provisions of this Title. 79. Sec. 5 of the act of June 30, 1876, provides that all United States officers charged with the receipt or disbursement of public moneys, and all officers of national banks, shall stamp or write in plain letters the word "counterfeit," "altered," or "worthless," upon all fraudulent notes issued in the form of and intended to circulate as money which shall be presented at their places of business; and if such officer shall wrongfully stamp any genuine note of the United States, or of the national banks, they shall upon presentation, redeem such notes at the face value thereof. Note. — See page 217 for additional Circulation Act of May 30, 1908. Chapter Four. TAX ON CIRCULATION. Tax on "Sec. 5214. (As amended May thirtieth, nineteen hun- circulation. dred and eight.) National banking associations having on deposit bonds of the United States, bearing interest at the rate of two per centum per annum, including the bonds issued for the construction of the Panama Canal, under the provisions of section eight of 'An Act to provide for the construction of a canal connecting the waters of the Atlantic and Pacific oceans,' approved June twentieth, nineteen hundred and two, to secure its circulating notes, shall pay to the Treasurer of the United States, in the months of January and July, a tax of one-fourth of one per centum each half year upon the average amount of NATIONAL BANK ACT __ 149 such of its notes in circulation as are based upon the deposit of such bonds; and such associations having on deposit bonds of the United States bearing interest at a rate higher than two per centum per annum shall pay a tax of one-half of one per centum each half year upon the average amount of such of its notes in circulation as are based upon the deposit of such bonds. National banking associations having circulating notes secured otherwise than by bonds of the United States shall pay for the first month a tax at the rate of five per centum per annum upon the average amount of such of their notes in circulation as are based upon the deposit of such securities, and afterwards an additional tax of one per centum per annum for each month until a tax of ten per centum per annum is reached, and thereafter such tax of ten per centum per annum, upon the average amount of such notes. Every national banking association having outstanding circulating notes secured by a deposit of other securities than United States bonds shall make monthly returns, under oath of its president or cashier, to the Treasurer of the United States, in such form as the Treasurer may prescribe, of the average monthly amount of its notes so secured in circulation; and it shall be the duty of the Comptroller of the Currency to cause such reports of notes in circula- tion to be verified by examination of the banks' records. The taxes received on circulating notes secured otherwise than by bonds of the United States shall be paid into the Division of Redemption of the Treasury and credited and added to the reserve fund held for the redemption of United States and other notes." 81. (Sec. 5215.) In order to enable the Treasurer to assess Semi-annual the duties imposed by the preceding sections, each association return of shall within ten days from the first days of January and July circulation. of each year, make a return, under the oath of its president or cashier, to the Treasurer of the United States, in such form as the Treasurer may prescribe, of the average amount of its notes in circulation for the six months next preceding the most recent 150 N. W. HALSEY & CO. first day of January or July. Every association which fails so to make such returns shall be liable to a penalty of two hundred dollars, to be collected either out of the interest as it may become due such association on the bonds deposited with the Treasurer, or, at his option, in the manner in which penalties are to be collected of other corporations under the laws of the United States. Proceedings on default. Enforcing tax on circulation. Refunding excess tax. Circulation, when exempt from tax. 82. (Sec. 5216.) Whenever any association fails to make the half yearly return required by the preceding section, the duties to be paid by such association shall be assessed upon the amount of notes delivered to such association by the Comptroller of the Currency. 83. (Sec. 5217.) Whenever an association fails to pay the duties imposed by the three preceding sections, the sums due may be collected in the manner provided for the collection of United States taxes from other corporations; or the Treasurer may reserve the amount out of the interest, as it may become due, on the bonds deposited with him by such defaulting association. 84. (Sec. 5218.) In all cases where an association has paid or may pay in excess of what may be or has been found due from it, on account of the duty required to be paid to the Treasurer of the United States, the association may state an account therefor, which, on being certified by the Treasurer of the United States, and found correct by the Comptroller of the Treasury, shall be refunded in the ordinary manner by warrant on the Treasury. 85. (Sec. 3411.) Whenever the outstanding circulation of any bank, association, corporation, company, or person is reduced to an amount not exceeding five per centum of the chartered or declared capital existing at the time the same was issued, said circulation shall be free from taxation; and whenever any bank which has ceased to issue notes for circulation deposits in the Treasury of the United States, in lawful money, the amount of its outstanding circulation, to be redeemed at par, under such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe, it shall be exempt from any tax upon such circulation. NATIONAL BANK ACT 151 86. Sees. 19, 20, and 21 of the act of February 8, 1875, Tax on provide: unauthorized circulation. Sec. 19. That every person, firm, association, other than national banking associations, and every corporation, State bank, or State banking association shall pay a tax of ten per centum on the amount of their own notes used for circulation and paid out by them. Sec. 20. That every such person, firm, association, corporation, State bank, or State banking association, and also every national banking association, shall pay a like tax of ten per centum on the amount of notes of any person, firm, association, other than a national banking association, or of any corporation, State bank, or State banking association, or of any town, city, or municipal corporation, used for circulation and paid out by them. Sec. 2 1 . That the amount of such circulating notes, and of the tax due thereon, shall be returned, and the tax paid at the same time, and in the same manner, and with like penalties for failure to return and pay the same, as provided by law for the return and payment of taxes on deposits, capital, and circulation imposed by the existing provisions of internal-revenue law. 87. (Sec. 3414.) A true and complete return of the monthly Semi-annual amount of circulation, as aforesaid, and of the monthly amount return of taxable of notes of persons, town, city, or municipal corporations, • State circulation. banks, or State banking associations paid out as aforesaid for the previous six months, shall be made and rendered in duplicate on the first day of December and the first day of June by each of such banks, associations, corporations, companies, or persons, with a declaration annexed thereto, under the oath of such person, or of the president, or cashier of such bank, association, corporation, or company, in such form and manner as may be prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, that the same contains a true and faithful statement of the amounts subject to tax, as aforesaid; and one copy shall be transmitted to the collector of the district in which any such bank, association, corporation, or company is situated, or in which such person has his place of business, and one copy to the Commissioner of Internal Revenue. 152 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Failure to make 88. (Sec. 3415.) In default of the returns provided in the such return, preceding section the amount of circulation and notes of persons, town, city, and municipal corporations, State banks, and State banking associations paid out as aforesaid, shall be estimated by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, upon the best information he can obtain. And for any refusal or neglect to make return and payment any such bank, association, corporation, company, or person so in default shall pay a penalty of two hundred dollars, besides the additional penalty and forfeitures provided in other cases, Tax on 89. (Sec. 3416.) Whenever any State bank or banking asso- converted bank ciation has been converted into a national banking association, and circulation. S uch national banking association has assumed the liabilities of such State bank or banking association, including the redemption of its bills, by any agreement or understanding whatever with the representatives of such State bank or banking association, such national banking association shall be held to make the required return and payment on the circulation outstanding, so long as such circulation shall exceed five per centum of the capital before such conversion of such State bank or banking association. Tax provisions 90. (Sec. 3417.) The provisions of this chapter relating to restricted, the tax on the circulation of banks and to their returns, except as contained in sections thirty-four hundred and eleven, thirty-four hundred and twelve, thirty-four hundred and thirteen, and thirty- four hundred and sixteen, and such parts of sections thirty-four hundred and fourteen and thirty-four hundred and fifteen as relate to the tax of ten per centum on certain notes, shall not apply to associations which are taxed under and by virtue of Title "National Banks." Taxation of 91. (Sec. 3701.) All stocks, bonds, Treasury notes, and other notes, etc. obligations of the United States shall be exempt from taxation by or under State or municipal or local authority. The act of August 13, 1894, provides: (Sec. 1.) That circulating notes of national banking associations and United States legal-tender notes and other notes and certificates of the United States, payable on demand and circulating or intended to circulate as currency, and gold, silver, or other coin shall be subject to taxation as money on hand NATIONAL BANK ACT 153 or on deposit under the laws of any State or Territory: Provided, That any such taxation shall be exercised in the same manner and at the same rate that any such State or Territory shall tax money or currency circulating as money within its jurisdiction. Sec. 2. That the provisions of this act shall not be deemed or held to change existing laws in respect of the taxation of national banking associations. Chapter Five. REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS. 92. (Sec. 5157.) The provisions of chapters two, three, and Laws governing four [three, five, and seven of this edition] of this Title, which certain are expressed without restrictive words, as applying to "national associations. banking association," or to "associations," apply to all associations organized to carry on the business of banking under any act of Congress. 93. (Sec. 5190.) The usual business of each national banking Place of association shall be transacted at an office or banking house located business. in the place specified in its organization certificate. 94. (Sec. 5191.) Every national banking association in either Reserve cities of the following cities: Albany, Baltimore, Boston, Cincinnati, and reserve Chicago, Cleveland, Detroit, Louisville, Milwaukee, New Orleans, requirements. New York, Philadelphia, Pittsburg, Saint Louis, San Francisco, and Washington, shall at all times have on hand in lawful money of the United States, an amount equal to at least twenty-five per centum of the aggregate amount of its deposits in all respects; and every other association shall at all times have on hand, in lawful money of the United States, an amount equal to at least fifteen per centum of the aggregate amount of its deposits in all respects. (See paragraphs 104 and 105.) NOTE— Act of May 30, 1908. "Sec. 1 4. That the provisions of section fifty-one hundred and No reserve need ninety-one of the Revised Statutes, with reference to the reserves of be held against national banking associations, shall not apply to deposits of public deposits of moneys by the United States in designated depositaries." public money. 154 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Reserve not 95. (Sec. 5191.) Whenever the lawful money of any associa- maintained. tion in any of the cities named shall be below the amount of twenty- five per centum of its deposits, and whenever the lawful money of any other association shall be below fifteen per centum of its deposits, such association shall not increase its liabilities by making any new loans or discounts otherwise than by discounting or purchasing bills of exchange payable at sight, nor make any dividend of its profits until the required proportion between the aggregate amount of its deposits and its lawful money of the United States has been restored. And the Comptroller of the Currency may notify any association, whose lawful-money reserve shall be below the amount above required to be kept on hand, to make good such reserve; and if such association shall fail for thirty days there- after so to make good its reserve of lawful money, the Comptroller may, with the concurrence of the Secretary of the Treasury, appoint a receiver to wind up the business of the association, as provided in section fifty-two hundred and thirty-four. Reserve agents* 96. (Sec. 5192.) Three-fifths of the reserve of fifteen per balances counted centum required by the preceding section to be kept may consist as reserve, of balances due to an association from associations approved by the Comptroller of the Currency, organized under the act of June three, eighteen hundred and sixty-four, or under this Title, and doing business in the cities of Albany, Baltimore, Boston, Charles- ton, Chicago, Cincinnati, Cleveland, Detroit, Louisville, Milwaukee, New Orleans, New York, Philadelphia, Pittsburg, Richmond, Saint Louis, San Francisco, and Washington. Clearing-house 97. Clearing-house certificates, representing specie or lawful certificates money specially deposited for the purpose, of any clearing-house counted as association shall also be deemed to be lawful money in the posses- reserve, sion of any association belonging to such clearing house, holding and owning such certificate, within the preceding section. Redemption 98. Sec. 3 of the act of June 20, 1874, provides that the five fund counted per cent redemption fund, which shall at all times be kept on as reserve, deposit with the Treasurer of the United States, shall be counted as a part of the lawful reserve. 99. (Sec. 5193.) The Secretary of the Treasury may receive United States notes on deposit, without interest, from any national NATIONAL BANK ACT 155 banking association, in sums of not less than ten thousand dollars, United States and issue certificates therefor in such form as he may prescribe, in note certificates denominations of not less than five thousand dollars, and payable counted as on demand in United States notes at the place where the deposits reserve. were made. The notes so deposited shall not be counted as part of the lawful-money reserve of the association; but the certificates issued therefor may be counted as part of its lawful-money reserve, and may be accepted in the settlement of clearing-house balances at the places where the deposits therefor were made. (Repealed March 14, 1900.) 100. (Sec. 5194.) The power conferred on the Secretary of Redemption of the Treasury by the preceding section shall not be exercised so sucn certificates. as to create any expansion or contraction of the currency; and United States notes for which certificates are issued under that section, or other United States notes of like amount, shall be held as special deposits in the Treasury and used only for redemption of such certificates. 101. Sec. 12 of the act of July 12, 1882, provides that the United States Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to receive gold certificates deposits of gold coin with the Treasurer or assistant treasurers of counted as the United States, in sums of not less than twenty dollars, and to reserve. issue certificates therefor in denominations of not less than twenty dollars each, corresponding with the denominations of United States notes. The coin deposited for or representing the certificates of deposit shall be retained in the Treasury for the payment of the same on demand. Said certificates shall be receivable for customs, taxes, and all public dues, and when so received may be reissued; and such certificates, as also silver certificates, when held by any national banking association, shall be counted as part of its lawful reserve; and no national banking association shall be a member of any clearing house in which such certificates shall not be receivable in the settlement of clearing-house balances: Provided, That the Secretary of the Treasury shall suspend the issue of such gold certificates whenever the amount of gold coin and gold bullion in the Treasury reserved for the redemption of United States notes falls below one hundred millions of dollars; and the provisions of section fifty-two hundred and seven of the 156 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Revised Statutes shall be applicable to authorized and directed to be issued. the certificates herein Reserve 1 02. (Sec. 5 1 86.) Every association organized for the purpose requirements of issuing notes payable in gold shall at all times keep on hand for gold banks, not less than twenty-five per centum of its outstanding circulation, in gold or silver coin of the United States; and shall receive at par in the payment of debts the gold notes of every other such associa- tion which at the time of such payment is redeeming its circulating notes in gold coin of the United States, and shall be subject to all the provisions of this Title: Provided, That in applying the same to associations organized for issuing gold notes, the terms "lawful money" and "lawful money of the United States" shall be con- strued to mean gold or silver coin of the United States; and the circulation of such association shall not be within the limitation of circulation mentioned in this Title. Reserve deposit \03. (Sec. 5195.) Each association organized in any of the in central c ^ es named in section fifty-one hundred and ninety-one may keep reserve city. one_ half of its lawful-money reserve in cash deposits in the city of New York. But the foregoing provision shall not apply to associa- tions organized and located in the city of San Francisco for the purpose of issuing notes payable in gold. This section shall not relieve any association from its liability to redeem its circulating notes at its own counter at par in lawful money on demand. 104. Sec. 1 of the act of March 3, 1887, as amended by the act of March 3, 1903, provides that whenever three-fourths in number of the national banks located in any city of the United States having a population of twenty-five thousand people shall make application to the Comptroller of the Currency, in writing, asking that the name of the city in which such banks are located shall be added to the cities named in sections fifty-one hundred and ninety-one and fifty-one hundred and ninety-two of the Revised Statutes, the Comptroller shall have authority to grant such request, and every bank located in such city shall at all times thereafter have on hand, in lawful money of the United States, an amount equal to at least twenty-five per centum of its deposits, as provided in sections fifty-one hundred and ninety-one and fifty-one hundred and ninety-five of the Revised Statutes. Additional reserve cities. NATIONAL BANK ACT 157 105. Sec. 2 of the act of March 3, 1887, provides that when- Additional ever three-fourths in number of the national banks located in any central reserve city of the United States having a population of two hundred cities. thousand people shall make application to the Comptroller of the Currency, in writing, asking that such city may be a central reserve city, like the city of New York, in which one-half of the lawful- money reserve of the national banks located in other reserve cities may be deposited, as provided in section fifty-one hundred and ninety-five of the Revised Statutes, the Comptroller, shall have authority, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, to grant such request, and every bank located in such city shall at all times thereafter have on hand, in lawful money of the United States, twenty-five per centum of its deposits, as provided in section fifty-one hundred and ninety-one of the Revised Statutes. 106. (Sec. 5137.) A national banking association may pur- Real estate. chase, hold, and convey real estate for the following purposes, and for no others: First. Such as shall be necessary for its immediate accommodation in the transaction of its business. Second. Such as shall be mortgaged to it in good faith by way of security for debts previously contracted. Third. Such as shall be conveyed to it in satisfaction of debts previously contracted in the course of its dealings. Fourth. Such as it shall purchase at sales under judgments, decrees, or mortgages held by the association, or shall purchase to secure debts due to it. But no such association shall hold the possession of any real estate under mortgage, or the title and possession of any real estate purchased to secure any debts due to it, for a longer period than five years. 1 07. (Sec. 5 1 97.) Any association may take, receive, reserve. Interest. and charge on any loan or discount made, or upon any note, bill of exchange, or other evidence of debt, interest at the rate allowed by the laws of the State, Territory, or District where the bank is located, and no more, except that where by the laws of any State a different rate is limited for banks of issue organized under State 158 N. W. HALSEY & CO. laws, the rate so limited shall be allowed for associations organized or existing in any such State under this Title. When no rate is fixed by the laws of the State, or Territory, or District, the bank may take, receive, reserve, or charge a rate not exceeding seven per centum, and such interest may be taken in advance, reckoning the days from which the note, bill, or other evidence of debt has to run. And the purchase, discount, or sale of a bona fide bill of exchange, payable at another place than the place of such pur- chase, discount, or sale, at not more than the current rate of exchange for sight drafts in addition to the interest, shall not be considered as taking or receiving a greater rate of interest. Penalty for 10&. (Sec. 5198.) The taking, receiving, reserving, or charg- unlatvful interest. m § a rate or " interest greater than is allowed by the preceding section, when knowingly done, shall be deemed a forfeiture of the entire interest which the note, bill, or other evidence of debt carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon. In case the greater rate of interest has been paid, the person by whom it has been paid, or his legal representatives, may recover back, in an action in the nature of an action of debt, twice the amount of the interest thus paid from the association taking or receiving the same, provided such action is commenced within two years from the time the usurious transaction occurred. Surplus and 1 09. (Sec. 5 1 99.) The directors of any association may semi- dividends. annually declare a dividend of so much of the net profits of the association as they shall judge expedient; but each association shall, before the declaration of a dividend, carry one-tenth part of its net profits of the preceding half year to its surplus fund until the same shall amount to twenty per centum of its capital stock. Restriction on 110. (Sec. 5200, as amended June 22, 1906.) The total loans, liabilities to any association, of any person, or of any company, corporation, or firm for money borrowed, including in the liabilities of a company or firm the liabilities of the several members thereof, shall at no time exceed one-tenth part of the amount of the capital stock of such association, actually paid in and unimpaired and one- tenth part of its unimpaired surplus fund: Provided, however, That the total of such liabilities shall in no event exceed thirty per centum NATIONAL BANK ACT 159 of the capital stock of the association. But the discount of bills of exchange drawn in good faith against actually existing values, and the discount of commercial or business paper actually owned by the person negotiating the same shall not be considered as money borrowed. 111. (Sec. 5201.) No association shall make any loan or Associations discount on the security of the shares of its own capital stock, nor must not hold be the purchaser or holder of any such shares, unless such security their own stock- or purchase shall be necessary to prevent loss upon a debt previously contracted in good faith; and stock so purchased or acquired shall within six months from the time of its purchase, be sold or disposed of at public or private sale; or, in default thereof, a receiver may be appointed to close up the business of the association, according to section fifty-two hundred and thirty-four. I 1 2. (Sec. 5202.) No association shall at any time be in- Restriction on debted, or in any way liable, to an amount exceeding the amount fc an ts' liability. of its capital stock at such time actually paid in and remaining undiminished by losses or otherwise, except on account of demands of the nature following: First. Notes of circulation. Second. Moneys deposited with or collected by the association. Third. Bills of exchange or drafts drawn against money actually on deposit to the credit of the association, or due thereto. Fourth. Liabilities to the stockholders of the association for div- idends and reserve profits. I I 3. (Sec. 5203.) No association shall, either directly or in- Improper use oj directly, pledge or hypothecate any of its notes of circulation for hank circulation. the purpose of procuring money to be paid in on its capital stock, or to be used in its banking operations, or otherwise; nor shall any association use its circulating notes, or any part thereof, in any manner or form, to create or increase its capital stock. 114. (Sec. 5204.) No association, or any member thereof, U nta rr\ed shall, during the time it shall continue its banking operations, with- dividends draw, or permit to be withdrawn, either in the form of dividends prohibited. or otherwise, any portion of its capital. If losses have at any 160 N. W. HALSEY & CO . time been sustained by any such association equal to or exceeding in undivided profits then on hand, no dividend shall be made; and no dividend shall ever be made by any association, while it continues its banking operations, to an amount greater than its net profits then on hand, deducting therefrom its losses and bad debts. All debts due to any association, on which interest is past due and unpaid for a period of six months, unless the same are well secured, and in process of collection, shall be considered bad debts within the meaning of this section. But nothing in this section shall prevent the reduction of the capital stock of the association under section fifty-one hundred and forty-three. Assessment for 1 15. (Sec. 5205.) Every association which shall have failed impairment of to pay up its capital stock, as required by law, and every associa- capital. tion whose capital stock shall have become impaired by losses or otherwise, shall, within three months after receiving notice thereof from the Comptroller of the Currency, pay the deficiency in the capital stock, by assessment upon the shareholders pro rata for the amount of capital stock held by each; and the Treasurer of the United States shall withhold the interest upon all bonds held by him in trust for any such association, upon notification from the Comptroller of the Currency, until otherwise notified by him. If any such association shall fail to pay up its capital stock, and shall refuse to go into liquidation, as provided by law, for three months after receiving notice from the Comptroller, a receiver may be appointed to close up the business of the association, according to the provisions of section fifty-two hundred and thirty-four. Provision for 1 1 6. Sec. 4 of the act of June 30, 1 876, provides that if any enforcement of shareholder or shareholders of a bank shall neglect or refuse, after assessment, three months' notice, to pay the assessment, as provided in this section, it shall be the duty of the board of directors to cause a sufficient amount of the capital stock of such shareholder or share* holders to be sold at public auction (after thirty days* notice shall be given by posting such notice of sale in the office of the bank and by publishing such notice in a newspaper of the city or town in which the bank is located, or in a newspaper published nearest thereto) to make good the deficiency; and the balance, if any, shall be returned to such delinquent shareholder or shareholders. NATIONAL BANK ACT 161 1 1 7. (Sec. 5206.) No association shall at any time pay out Prohibition on loans or discounts, or in purchasing drafts or bills of exchange, against uncurrent or in payment of deposits, or in any other mode pay or put in notes. circulation the notes of any bank or banking association which are not, at any such time, receivable, at par, on deposit, and in payment of debts by the association so paying out or circulating such notes; nor shall any association knowingly pay out or put in circulation any notes issued by any bank or banking association which at the time of such paying out or putting in circulation is not redeeming its circulating notes in lawful money of the United States. 1 1 8. (Sec. 52 1 0.) The president and cashier of every national £," s f j banking association shall cause to be kept at all times a full and shareholders. correct list of the names and residences of all the shareholders in the association, and the number of shares held by each, in the office where its business is transacted. Such lists shall be subject to the inspection of all the shareholders and creditors of the association, and the officers authorized to assess taxes under State authority, during business hours of each day in which business may be legally transacted. A copy of such list, on the first Monday of July of each year, verified by the oath of such president or cashier, shall be transmitted to the Comptroller of the Currency. 119. (Sec. 5211.) Every association shall make to the Reports of Comptroller of the Currency not less than five reports during each condition. year, according to the form which may be prescribed by him, verified by the oath or affirmation of the president or cashier of such associa- tion, and attested by the signature of at least three of the directors. Each such report shall exhibit, in detail and under appropriate heads, the resources and liabilities of the association at the close of business on any past day by him specified, and shall be transmitted to the Comptroller within five days after the receipt of a request or requisition therefor from him, and in the same form in which it is made to the Comptroller shall be published in a newspaper published in the place where such association is established, or if there is no newspaper in the place, then in one published nearest thereto in the same county, at the expense of the association; and such proof of publication shall be furnished as may be required by the Comptroller. The Comptroller shall also have power to 162 N. W. HAU3EY & CO. call for special reports from any particular association whenever in his judgment the same are necessary in order to a full and complete knowledge of its condition. Verification of 120. The act of February 26, 1881, provides that the oath or such reports, affirmation required by section fifty-two hundred and eleven of the Revised Statutes, verifying the returns made by national banks to the Comptroller of the Currency, when taken before a notary public properly authorized and commissioned by the State in which such notary resides and the bank is located, or any other officer having an official seal, authorized in such State to administer oaths, shall be a sufficient verification as contemplated by said section fifty- two hundred and eleven: Provided, That the officer administering the oath is not an officer of the bank. Reports of \2.\, (Sec. 5212.) In addition to the reports required by the dividends and preceding section, each association shall report to the Comptroller earnings. °^ * ne Currency, within ten days after declaring any dividend, the amount of such dividend and the amount of net earnings in excess of such dividend. Such reports shall be attested by the oath of the president or cashier of the association. Penalty for failure to report. 122. (Sec. 5213.) Every association which fails to make and transmit any report required under either of the two preceding sections shall be subject to a penalty of one hundred dollars for each day after the periods, respectively, therein mentioned, that it delays to make and transmit its report. Whenever any association delays or refuses to pay the penalty herein imposed, after it has been assessed by the Comptroller of the Currency, the amount thereof may be retained by the Treasurer of the United States, upon the order of the Comptroller of the Currency, out of the interest, as it may become due to the association, on the bonds deposited with him to secure circulation. All sums of money collected for penalties under this section shall be paid into the Treasury of the United States. Reports of 1 23. Sec. 6 of the act of June 30, 1876, as amended by other banks. acts °f March 3, 1901, and June 30, 1902, provides that all banks or savings companies or institutions organized under authority of any act of Congress to do business in the District of Columbia NATIONAL BANK ACT 163 shall be, and are hereby, required to make to the Comptroller of the Currency, and publish, all the reports which national banking associations are required to make and publish, under the provisions of sections fifty-two hundred and eleven, fifty-two hundred and twelve, and fifty-two hundred and thirteen of the Revised Statutes, and shall be subject to the same penalties for failure to make or publish such reports as are therein provided, which penalties may be collected by suit before the supreme court of the District of Columbia. 124. (Sec. 5219.) Nothing herein shall prevent all the shares State taxation of in any association from being included in the valuation of the national banks. personal property of the owner or holder of such shares, in assessing taxes imposed by authority of the State within which the association is located; but the legislature of each State may determine and direct the manner and place of taxing all the shares of national banking associations located within the State, subject only to the two restrictions, that the taxation shall not be at a greater rate than is assessed upon other moneyed capital in the hands of individual citizens of such State, and that the shares of any national banking association owned by nonresidents of any State shall be taxed in the city or town where the bank is located, and not elsewhere. Nothing herein shall be construed to exempt the real property of associations from either State, county, or municipal taxes, to the same extent, according to its value, as other real property is taxed. 125. (Sec. 5240.) The Comptroller of the Currency, with the National-bank approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, shall, as often as shall be examiners. deemed necessary or proper, appoint a suitable person or persons to make an examination of the affairs of every banking association, who shall have power to make a thorough examination into all the affairs of the association, and in doing so to examine any of the officers and agents thereof on oath; and shall make a full and detailed report of the condition of the association to the Comptroller. 126. (Sec. 5240.) But no person shall be appointed to ex- Qualification for amine the affairs of any banking association of which he is a examiner. director or other officer. 164 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Compensation \27. (Sec. 5240.) All persons appointed to be examiners of of examiners, national banks not located in the redemption cities specified in section five thousand one hundred and ninety-two of the Revised Statutes of the United States, or in any one of the States of Oregon, Cali- fornia, and Nevada, or in the Territories, shall receive compensation for such examination as follows: For examining national banks having a capital less than one hundred thousand dollars, twenty dollars; those having a capital of one hundred thousand dollars and less than three hundred thousand dollars, twenty-five dollars; those having a capital of three hundred thousand dollars and less than four hundred thousand dollars, thirty-five dollars; those having a capital of four hundred thousand dollars and less than five hundred thousand dollars, forty dollars; those having a capital of five hundred thousand dollars and less than six hundred thousand dollars, fifty dollars; those having a capital of six hundred thousand dollars and over, seventy-five dollars; which amounts shall be assessed by the Comptroller of the Currency upon, and paid by, the respective association so examined, and shall be in lieu of the compensation and mileage heretofore allowed for making said examinations; and persons appointed to make examinations of national banks in the cities named in section five thousand one hundred and ninety-two of the Revised Statutes of the United States, or in any one of the States of Oregon, California, and Nevada, or in the Territories, shall receive such compensation as may be fixed by the Secretary of the Treasury upon the recommendation of the Comptroller of the Currency; and the same shall be assessed and paid in the manner hereinbefore provided. Examinations 1 28. (Sec. 332.) The Comptroller of the Currency, in addition in District of to the powers conferred upon him by law for the examination of Columbia, national banks, is further authorized, whenever he may deem it use- ful, to cause examination to be made into the condition of any bank in the District of Columbia organized under act of Congress. The Comptroller, at his discretion, may report to Congress the results of such examination. The expense necessarily incurred in any such examination shall be paid out of any appropriation made by Congress for special bank examinations. NATIONAL BANK ACT 165 129. (Sec. 5241.) No association shall be subject to any Limitation of visitorial powers other than such as are authorized by this Title, visitorial potters. or are vested in the courts of justice. 130. (Sec. 5243.) All banks not organized and transacting Use of business under the national currency laws, or under this Title, and all "National" in persons or corporations doing the business of bankers, brokers, or titles. savings institutions, except savings banks authorized by Congress to use the word "national" as a part of their corporate name, are prohibited from using the word "national" as a portion of the name or title of such bank, corporation, firm, or partnership; and any violation of this prohibition committed after the third day of September, eighteen hundred and seventy-three, shall subject the party chargeable therewith to a penalty of fifty dollars for each day during which it is permitted or repeated. Chapter Six. EXTENSION OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE. 131. The act of July 12, 1882, provides: (Sec. 1) That any Corporate national banking association organized under the acts of February existence may be twenty-fifth, eighteen hundred and sixty-three, June third, eighteen extended. hundred and sixty-four, and February fourteenth, eighteen hundred and eighty, or under sections fifty-one hundred and thirty-three, fifty- one hundred and thirty-four, fifty-one hundred and thirty-five, fifty- one hundred and thirty-six, and fifty-one hundred and fifty-four of the Revised Statutes of the United States, may, at any time within the two years next previous to the date of the expiration of its cor- porate existence under present law, and with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency, to be granted as hereinafter provided, extend its period of succession by amending its articles of association for a term of not more than twenty years from the expiration of the period of succession named in said articles of association, and shall have succession for such extended period, unless sooner dissolved by the act of shareholders owning two thirds of its stock, or unless its franchise becomes forfeited by some violation of law, or unless here- after modified or repealed. 166 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Consent of ' 32 (Sec. 2.) That such amendment of said articles of associa- two-thirds ti° n sna ll be authorized by the consent in writing of shareholders own- necessary. m S n °t less than two-thirds of the capital stock of the association ; and the board of directors shall cause such consent to be certified under the seal of the association, by its president or cashier, to the Comptroller of the Currency, accompanied by an application made by the president or cashier for the approval of the amended articles of association by the Comptroller; and such amended articles of association shall not be valid until the Comptroller shall give to such association a certifi- cate under his hand and seal that the association has complied with all the provisions required to be complied with and is authorized to have succession for the extended period named in the amended articles of association. Special 1 33. (Sec. 3.) That upon the receipt of the application and cer- examination tificate of the association provided for in the preceding section, the of bank' Comptroller of the Currency shall cause a special examination to be made, at the expense of the association, to determine its condition ; and if after such examination or otherwise it appears to him that said association is in a satisfactory condition, he shall grant his certificate of approval provided for in the preceding section, or if it appears that the condition of said association is not satisfactory, he shall withhold such certificate of approval. Status not 1 34. (Sec. 4.) That any association so extending the period changed fep of its succession shall continue to enjoy all the rights and privileges extension, and immunities granted and shall continue to be subject to all the duties, liabilities, and restrictions imposed by the Revised Statutes of the United States and other acts having reference to national banking associations, and it shall continue to be in all respects the identical association it was before the extension of its period of succession. Dissenting 135. (Sec. 5.) That when any national banking association shareholders has amended its articles of association as provided in this act, and may withdraw, the Comptroller has granted his certificate of approval, any share- holder not assenting to such amendment may give notice in writing to the directors, within thirty days from the date of the certificate of approval, of his desire to withdraw from said association, in NATIONAL BANK ACT \67 which case he shall be entitled to receive from said banking asso- ciation the value of the shares so held by him, to be ascertained by an appraisal made by a committee of three persons, one to be selected by such shareholder, one by the directors, and the third by the first two; and in case the value so fixed shall not be satisfactory to any such shareholder, he may appeal to the Comp- troller of the Currency, who shall cause a reappraisal to be made, which shall be final and binding; and if said reappraisal shall exceed the value fixed by said committee, the bank shall pay the expenses of said reappraisal, and otherwise the appellant shall pay said expenses; and the value so ascertained and determined shall be deemed to be a debt due, and be forthwith paid, to said share- holder, from said bank; and the shares so surrendered and appraised shall, after due notice, be sold at public sale, within thirty days after the final appraisal provided in this section: Provided, that in the organization of any banking association intended to replace any existing banking association, and retaining the name thereof, the holders of stock in the expiring association shall be entitled to preference in the allotment of the shares of the new association in proportion to the number of shares held by them respectively in the expiring association. 136. The act of Congress, approved April 12, 1902, provides Re-extension of that the Comptroller of the Currency is hereby authorized in the corporate manner provided by, and under the conditions and limitations of existence. the act of July 1 2, 1 882, to extend for a further period of twenty years the charter of any national banking association extended under said act which shall desire to continue its existence after the expiration of its charter. Chapter Seven. LIQUIDATION AND RECEIVERSHIP. 137. (Sec. 5220.) Any association may go into liquidation Two-thirds vote and be closed by the vote of its shareholders owning two-thirds required for of its stock. liquidation. 168 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Notice of 138. (SEC. 5221.) Whenever a vote is taken to go into voluntary liquidation it shall be the duty of the board of directors to cause liquidation, notice of this fact to be certified, under the seal of the association, by its president or cashier, to the Comptroller of the Currency, and the publication thereof to be made for a period of two months in a newspaper published in the city of New York, and also in a newspaper published in the city or town in which the association is located, or if no newspaper is there published, then in the newspaper published nearest thereto, that the association is closing up its affairs, and notifying the holders of its notes and other creditors to present the notes and other claims against the association for payment. Deposit of 1 39. (Sec. 5222.) Within six months from the date of the lawful money, vote to go into liquidation the association shall deposit with the Treasurer of the United States lawful money of the United States sufficient to redeem all its outstanding circulation. The Treasurer shall execute duplicate receipts for money thus deposited, and deliver one to the association and the other to the Comptroller of the Currency, stating the amount received by him, and the purpose for which it has been received; and the money shall be paid into the Treasury of the United States, and placed to the credit of such association upon redemption account No deposit 140. (Sec. 5223.) An association which is in good faith required for winding up its business for the purpose of consolidating with another consolidation, association shall not be required to deposit lawful money for its outstanding circulation; but its assets and liabilities shall be reported by the association with which it is in process of consolidation. Bonds of 141. (Sec. 5224.) Whenever a sufficient deposit of lawful liquidating money to redeem the outstanding circulation of an asso- banks. ciation proposing to close its business has been made, the bonds deposited by the association to secure payment of its notes shall be reassigned to it, in the manner prescribed by section fifty-one hundred and sixty-two. And there- after the association and its shareholders shall stand dis- charged from all liabilities upon the circulating notes, and NATIONAL BANK ACT 169 those notes shall be redeemed at the Treasury of the United States. And if any such bank shall fail to make the deposit and take up its bonds for thirty days after the expiration of the time specified, the Comptroller of the Currency shall have power to sell the bonds pledged for the circulation of said bank at public auction in New York City, and, after providing for the redemption and cancellation of said circulation, and the necessary expenses of the sale, to pay over any balance remaining to the bank or its legal representatives. 1 42. Sec. 7 of the act of July 1 2, 1 882, provides that Banks whose national banking associations whose corporate existence has expired existence has or. shall hereafter expire, and which do not avail themselves of expired. the provisions of this act, shall be required to comply with the provisions of sections fifty-two hundred and twenty-one and fifty-two hundred and twenty-two of the Revised Statutes in the same manner as if the shareholders had voted to go into liquidation, as provided in section fifty-two hundred and twenty of the Revised Statutes; and the provisions of sections fifty-two hundred and twenty-four and fifty-two hundred and twenty-five of the Revised Statutes shall also be applicable to such associations, except as modified by this act; and the franchise of such associations is hereby extended for the sole purpose of liquidating their affairs until such affairs are finally closed. 143. (Sec. 5226.) Whenever any national banking association Protest of bank fails to redeem in the lawful money of the United States any of circulation. its circulating notes, upon demand of payment duly made during the usual hours of business, at the office of such association, the holder may cause the same to be protested, in one package by a notary public, unless the president or cashier of the association whose notes are presented for payment offers to waive demand and notice of the protest, and, in pursuance of such offer, makes, signs, and delivers to the party making such demand an admission in writing, stating the time of the demand, the amount demanded, and the fact of the nonpayment thereof. The notary public, on making such protest, or upon receiving such admission, shall 170 N. W. HALSEY & CO. forthwith forward such admission or notice of protest to the Comp- troller of the Currency, retaining a copy thereof. If, however, satisfactory proof is produced to the notary public that the payment of the notes demanded is restrained by order of any court of competent jurisdiction, he shall not protest the same. When the holder of any notes causes more than one note or package to be protested on the same day, he shall not receive pay for more than one protest. Bonds forfeited 144. (Sec. 5227.) On receiving notice that any national if circulation banking association has failed to redeem any of its circu- is dishonored, lating notes, as specified in the preceding section, the Comptroller of the Currency, with the concurrence of the Secretary of the Treasury, may appoint a special agent, of whose appointment immediate notice shall be given to such association, who shall immediately proceed to ascer- tain whether it has refused to pay its circulating notes in the lawful money of the United States, when demanded, and shall report to the Comptroller the fact so ascertained. If from such protest, and the report so made, the Comp- troller is satisfied that such association has refused to pay its circulating notes and is in default, he shall, within thirty days after he has received notice of such failure, declare the bonds deposited by such association forfeited to the United States, and they shall thereupon be so forfeited. Bank may 1 45. (Sec. 5237.) Whenever an association against which enjoin further proceedings have been instituted, on account of any alleged refusal proceedings, to redeem its circulating notes as aforesaid, denies having failed to do so, it may, at any time within ten days after it has been notified of the appointment of an agent, as provided in section fifty-two hundred and twenty-seven, apply to the nearest circuit, or district, or Territorial court of the United States to enjoin further proceedings in the premises; and such court, after citing the Comp- troller of the Currency to show cause why further proceedings should not be enjoined, and after the decision of the court or finding of the jury that such association has not refused to redeem its NATIONAL BANK ACT 171 circulating notes, when legally presented, in the lawful money of the United States, shall make an order enjoining the Comptroller, and any receiver acting under his direction, from all further pro- ceedings on account of such alleged refusal. 146. (Sec. 736.) All proceedings by any national banking Where association to enjoin the Comptroller of the Currency, under the proceedings provisions of any law relating to national banking associations, shall must be brought. be had in the district where such association is located. 147. (Sec. 5228.) After a default on the part of an asso- Suspension of ciation to pay any of its circulating notes has been ascertained business after by the Comptroller, and notice thereof has been given by him to default. the association, it shall not be lawful for the association suffering the same to pay out any of its notes, discount any notes or bills, or otherwise prosecute the business of banking, except to receive and safely keep money belonging to it, and to deliver special deposits. 1 48. (Sec. 5229.) Immediately upon declaring the bonds Notice to present of an association forfeited for nonpayment of its notes, circulation for the Comptroller shall give notice, in such manner as the redemption. Secretary of the Treasury shall, by general rules or other- wise direct, to the holders of the circulating notes of such association, to present them for payment at the Treasury of the United States; and the same shall be paid as presented in lawful money of the United States; where- upon the Comptroller may, in his discretion, cancel an amount of bonds pledged by such association equal at current market rates, not exceeding par, to the notes paid. 1 49. (Sec. 5230.) Whenever the Comptroller has become Bonds sold at satisfied, by the protest or the waiver and admission public auction. specified in section fifty-two hundred and twenty-six, or by the report provided for in section fifty-two hundred and twenty-seven, that any association has refused to pay its circulating notes, he may, instead of canceling its bonds, cause so much of them as may be necessary to redeem its outstanding notes to be sold at public auction 172 N. W. HALSEY & CO. in the city of New York, after giving thirty days' notice of such sale to the association. First Hen for 150. (Sec. 5230.) For any deficiency in the proceeds of all redeeming t ne bonds of an association, when thus sold, to reimburse to the circulation. United States the amount expended in paying the circulating notes of the association, the United States shall have a paramount lien upon all its assets; and such deficiency shall be made good out of such assets in preference to any and all other claims whatsoever, except the necessary costs and expenses of administering the same. Bonds sold at 151. (Sec. 523 1 .) The Comptroller may, if he deems it private sale, for the interest of the United States, sell at private sale any of the bonds of an association shown to have made default in paying its notes, and receive therefor either money or the circulating notes of the association. But no such bonds shall be sold by private sale for less than par, nor for less than the market value thereof at the time of sale; and no sales of any such bonds, either public or private, shall be complete until the transfer of the bonds shall have been made with the formalities prescribed by sections fifty-one hundred and sixty-two, fifty-one hundred and sixty-three, and fifty-one hundred and sixty-four. Appointment 152. (Sec. 5234.) On becoming satisfied, as specified in sec- and duties of tions fifty-two hundred and twenty-six and fifty-two hundred and receiver, twenty-seven, that any association has refused to pay its circulating notes as therein mentioned, and is in default, the Comptroller of the Currency may forthwith appoint a receiver, and require of him such bond and security as he deems proper. Such receiver, under the direction of the Comptroller, shall take possession of the books, records, and assets of every description of such association, collect all debts, dues, and claims belonging to it, and, upon the order of a court of record of competent jurisdiction, may sell or compound all bad or doubtful debts, and, on a like order, may sell all the real and personal property of such association, on such terms as the court shall direct; and may, if necessary to pay the debts of such association, enforce the individual liability of the stockholders. Such receiver shall pay over all money so made to the Treasurer of NATIONAL BANK ACT 173 the United States, subject to the order of the Comptroller, and also make report to the Comptroller of all his acts and proceedings. 153. Sec. 1 of the act of June 30, 1876, provides that when- When receiver ever any national banking association shall be dissolved, and its map be rights, privileges, and franchises declared forfeited, as prescribed appointed. in section fifty-two hundred and thirty-nine of the Revised Statutes of the United States, or whenever any creditor of any national banking association shall have obtained a judgment against it in any court of record, and made application, accompanied by a certificate from the clerk of the court stating that such judgment has been rendered and has remained unpaid for the space of thirty days, or whenever the Comptroller shall become satisfied of the insolvency of the national banking association, he may, after due examination of its affairs, in either case, appoint a receiver, who shall proceed to close up such association, and enforce the personal liability of the shareholders, as provided in section fifty- two hundred and thirty-four of said statute. A receiver may also be appointed, under the provisions of section fifty-two hundred and thirty-four of the Revised Statutes of the United States, for the following violations of law: Where the capital stock of a national bank has not been fully paid in and it is thus reduced below the legal minimum and remains so for thirty days. (Sec. 5141, R. S.) For failure to make good the lawful-money reserve within thirty days after notice. (Sec. 5191, R. S.) Where a bank purchases or acquires its own stock, to prevent loss upon a debt previously contracted in good faith, and the same is not sold or disposed of within six months from the time of its purchase. (Sec. 5201, R. S.) For failure to make good any impairment in its capital stock and refusing to go into liquidation within three months after receiving notice. (Sec. 5205, R. S.) For false certification of checks by any officer, clerk, or agent. (Sec. 5208, R. S.) ., ,. , Notice to 154. (Sec. 5235.) The Comptroller shall, upon appointing a creditors of receiver, cause notice to be given, by advertisement in such insolvent banks. 174 N. W. HALSEY & CO. newspapers as he may direct, for three consecutive months, calling on all persons who may have claims against such association to present the same and to make legal proof thereof. Distribution of 155. (Sec. 5236.) From time to time, after full provision has assets of been first made for refunding to the United States any deficiency insolvent banks, in redeeming the notes of such association, the Comptroller shall make a ratable dividend of the money so paid over to him by such receiver on all such claims as may have been proved to his satisfaction or adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction, and, as the proceeds of the assets of such association are paid over to him, shall make further dividends on all claims previously proved or adjudicated; and the remainder of the proceeds, if any, shall be paid over to the shareholders of such association, or their legal representatives, in proportion to the stock by them respectively held. Expenses of 156. (Sec. 5238.) All fees for protesting the notes issued by receivership — any national banking association shall be paid by the person how paid, procuring the protest to be made, and such association shall be liable therefor; but no part of the bonds deposited by such asso- ciation shall be applied to the payment of such fees. All expenses of any preliminary or other examinations into the condition of any association shall be paid by such association. All expenses of any receivership shall be paid out of the assets of such association before distribution of the proceeds thereof. Forfeiture of 157. (Sec. 5239.) If the directors of any national banking charier, association shall knowingly violate, or knowingly permit any of the officers, agents, or servants of the association to violate, any of the provisions of this Title, all the rights, privileges, and fran- chises of the association shall be thereby forfeited. Such violation shall, however, be determined and adjudged by a proper circuit, district, or Territorial court of the United States, in a suit brought for that purpose by the Comptroller of the Currency, in his own name, before the association shall be declared dissolved. Individual 158. (Sec. 5239.) And in case of such violation every liability of director who participated in or assented to the same shall be held directors, liable in his personal and individual capacity for all damages NATIONAL BANK ACT 175 which the association, its shareholders, or any other person shall have sustained in consequence of such violation. 159. The act of March 29, 1886, provides: (Sec. I.) That Receiver may whenever the receiver of any national bank duly appointed by the purchase property Comptroller of the Currency, and who shall have duly qualified to protect his and entered upon the discharge of his trust, shall find it in his trust. opinion necessary, in order to fully protect and benefit his said trust, to the extent of any and all equities that such trust may have in any property, real or personal, by reason of any bond, mortgage, assignment, or other proper legal claim attaching thereto, and which said property is to be sold under any execution, decree of foreclosure, or proper order of any court of jurisdiction, he may certify the facts in the case, together with his opinion as to the value of the property to be sold and the value of the equity his said trust may have in the same, to the Comptroller of the Currency, together with a request for the right and authority to use and employ so much of the money of said trust as may be necessary to purchase such property at such sale. Sec. 2. That such request, if approved by the Comptroller of the Currency, shall be, together with the certificate of facts in the case and his recommendation as to the amount of money which in his judgment should be so used and employed, submitted to the Secretary of the Treasury, and if the same shall likewise be approved by him the request shall be by the Comptroller of the Currency allowed, and notice thereof, with copies of the request, certificate of facts, and indorsement of approvals, shall be filed with the Treasurer of the United States. Sec. 3. That whenever any such request shall be allowed as hereinbefore provided, the said Comptroller of the Currency shall be, and is, empowered to draw upon and from such funds of any such trust as may be deposited with the Treasurer of the United States for the benefit of the bank in interest to the amount as may be recommended and allowed and for the purpose for which such allowance was made: Provided, however, That all payments to be made for or on account of the purchase of any such property and under any such allowance shall be made by the Comptroller of the 176 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Currency direct, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, for such purpose only and in such manner as he may determine and order. Taxes on 160. The act of March 1, 1879, provides that whenever and insolvent after any bank has ceased to do business by reason of insolvency national banks or bankruptcy no tax shall be assessed or collected, or paid into remitted, the Treasury of the United States, on account of such bank, which shall diminish the assets thereof necessary for the full payment of all its depositors; and such tax shall be abated from such national banks as are found by the Comptroller of the Currency to be insolvent; and the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, when the facts shall so appear to him, is authorized to remit so much of said tax against insolvent State and savings banks as shall be found to affect the claims of their depositors. Appointment 161. Sec. 3 of the act of June 30, 1876, as amended by acts and qualification of August 3, 1892, and March 2, 1897, provides that whenever of shareholders' any association shall have been or shall be placed in the hands agent, of a receiver, as provided in section fifty-two hundred and thirty- four and other sections of the Revised Statutes of the United States, and when, as provided in section fifty-two hundred and thirty-six thereof, the Comptroller of the Currency shall have paid to each and every creditor of such association, not including share- holders who are creditors of such association, whose claim or claims as such creditors shall have been proved or allowed as therein prescribed, the full amount of such claims, and all expenses of the receivership and the redemption of the circulating notes of such association shall have been provided for by depositing lawful money of the United States with the Treasurer of the United States, the Comptroller of the Currency shall call a meeting of the share- holders of such association by giving notice thereof for thirty days in a newspaper published in the town, city, or county where the business of such association was carried on, or if no newspaper is there published, in the newspaper published nearest thereto. At such meeting the shareholders shall determine whether the receiver shall be continued and shall wind up the affairs of such association, or whether an agent shall be elected for that purpose, and in so determining the said shareholders shall vote by ballot, in person NATIONAL BANK ACT 177 or by proxy, each share of stock entitling the holder to one vote, and the majority of the stock in value and number of shares shall be necessary to determine whether the said receiver shall be continued, or whether an agent shall be elected. In case such majority shall determine that the said receiver shall be continued, the said receiver shall thereupon proceed with the execution of his trust, and shall sell, dispose of, or otherwise collect the assets of the said association, and shall possess all the powers and authority, and be subject to all the duties and liabilities originally conferred or imposed upon him by his appointment as such receiver, so far as the same remain applicable. In case the said meeting shall, by the vote of a majority of the stock in value and number of shares, determine that an agent shall be elected, the said meeting shall thereupon proceed to elect an agent, voting by ballot, in person or by proxy, each share of stock entitling the holder to one vote, and the person who shall receive votes representing at least a majority of stock in value and number shall be declared the agent for the purposes hereinafter provided; and whenever any of the shareholders of the association shall, after the election of such agent, have executed and filed a bond to the satisfaction of the Comptroller of the Currency, conditioned for the payment and discharge in full of each and every claim that may hereafter be proved and allowed by and before a competent court, and for the faithful performance of all and singular the duties of such trust, the Comptroller and the receiver shall thereupon transfer and deliver to such agent all the undivided or uncollected or other assets of such association then remaining in the hands or subject to the order and control of said Comptroller and said receiver, or either of them; and for this purpose said Comptroller and said receiver are hereby severally empowered and directed to execute any deed, assignment, transfer, or other instrument in writing that may be necessary and proper; and upon the execution and delivery of such instrument to the said agent the said Comptroller and the said receiver shall by virtue of this act be discharged from any and all liabilities to such association and to each and all the creditors and shareholders thereof. 178 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Duties of 1 62. Sec. 3 of the act of June 30, 1 876, as amended by shareholders' acts of August 3, 1892, and March 2, 1897, provides: Upon agent, receiving such deed, assignment, transfer, or other instrument, the person elected such agent shall hold, control, and dispose of the assets and property of such association which he may receive under the terms hereof for the benefit of the shareholders of such asso- ciation, and he may, in his own name, or in the name of such association, sue and be sued and do all other lawful acts and things necessary to finally settle and distribute the assets and prop- erty in his hands, and may sell, compromise, or compound the debts due to such association, with the consent and approval of the circuit or district court of the United States for the district where the business of such association was carried on, and shall at the conclusion of his trust render to such district or circuit court a full account of all his proceedings, receipts, and expenditures as such agent, which court shall, upon due notice, settle and adjust such accounts and discharge said agent and the sureties upon said bond. And in case any such agent so elected shall refuse to serve, or die, resign, or be removed, any shareholder may call a meeting of the shareholders of such association in the town, city, or village where the business of the said association was carried on, by giving notice thereof for thirty days in a newspaper published in said town, city, or village, or if no newspaper is there published, in the newspaper published nearest thereto, at which meeting the shareholders shall elect an agent, voting by ballot, in person or by proxy, each share of stock entitling the holder to one vote, and when such agent shall have received votes representing at least a majority of the stock in value and number of shares, and shall have executed a bond to the shareholders conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, in the penalty fixed by the shareholders at said meeting, with two sureties, to be approved by a judge of a court of record, and file said bond in the office of the clerk of a court of record in the county where the business of said association was carried on, he shall have all the rights, powers, and duties of the agent first elected as hereinbefore provided. At any meeting held as hereinbefore provided administrators or executors of deceased shareholders may act and sign as the decedent might have done if living, and guardians of minors and trustees NATIONAL BANK ACT ' 179 of other persons may so act and sign for their ward or wards or cestui que trust. The proceeds of the assets or property of any such association which may be undistributed at the time of such meeting or may be subsequently received shall be distributed as follows : "First. To pay the expenses of the execution of the trust to the date of such payment. "Second. To repay any amount or amounts which have been paid in by any shareholder or shareholders of such association upon and by reason of any and all assessments made upon the stock of such association by the order of the Comptroller of the Currency in accordance with the provisions of the statutes of the United States; and "Third. The balance ratably among such stockholders, in pro- portion to the number of shares held and owned by each. Such distribution shall be made from time to time as the proceeds shall be received and as shall be deemed advisable by the said Comp- troller or said agent." 163. (Sec. 5242.) All transfers of the notes, bonds, bills of Illegal preference exchange, or other evidences of debt owing to any national banking of creditors. association, or of deposits to its credit; all assignments of mort- gages, sureties on real estate, or of judgments or decrees in its favor; all deposits of money, bullion, or other valuable thing for its use, or for the use of any of its shareholders or creditors; and all payments of money to either, made after the commission of an act of insolvency, or in contemplation thereof, made with a view to prevent the application of its assets in the manner prescribed by this chapter, or with a view to the preference of one creditor to another, except in payment of its circulating notes, shall be utterly null and void. No attachment, injunction, or execution shall be issued against such association or its property before final judgment in any suit, action, or proceeding in any State, county, or municipal court. 1 64. Sec. 2 of the act of June 30, 1 876, provides that when Creditor's bill any national banking association shall have gone into liquidation against under the provisions of section five thousand two hundred and shareholders. 1 80 N. W. HALSEY & CO. twenty of said statutes, the individual liability of the shareholders provided for by section fifty-one hundred and fifty-one of said statutes may be enforced by any creditor of such association, by bill in equity in the nature of a creditor's bill, brought by such creditor on behalf of himself and of all other creditors of the asso- ciation, against the shareholders thereof, in any court of the United States, having original jurisdiction in equity for the district in which such association may have been located or established. Chapter Eight. CRIMES, JURISDICTION, ETC. Penalty for 165. (Sec. 5187.) No officer acting under the provisions of improper jhj s Title shall countersign or deliver to any association, or to any countersigning otner company or person, any circulating notes contemplated by or delivering ^ T/itl e , except in accordance with the true intent and meaning nation. Q ^ - tg p rov i s ; ons> Every officer who violates this section shall be deemed guilty of a high misdemeanor, and shall be fined not more than double the amount so countersigned and delivered, and imprisoned not less than one year and not more than fifteen years. Penalty for 166. (Sec. 5207.) No association shall hereafter offer or pledging United receive United States notes or national-bank notes as security or States notes or as collateral security for any loan of money, or for a consideration bank circulation, agree to withhold the same from use, or offer or receive the custody or promise of custody of such notes as security, or as collateral security, or consideration for any loan of money. Any association offending against the provisions of this section shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be fined not more than one thousand dollars and a further sum equal to one-third of the money so loaned. The officer or officers of any association who shall make any such loan shall be liable for a further sum equal to one-quarter of the money loaned; and any fine or penalty incurred by a violation of this section shall be recoverable for the benefit of the party bringing such suit. Sec. 12 of the act of July 12, NATIONAL BANK ACT 181 1882, provides that the provisions of this section shall apply to the United States certificates of gold and silver coin. 167. (Sec. 5188). It shall not be lawful to design, engrave, Penalty for print, or in any manner make or execute, or to utter, issue, distribute, imitating banJ( circulate, or use any business or professional card, notice, placard, circulation for circular, handbill, or advertisement in the likeness or similitude of advertising any circulating note or other obligation or security of any banking purposes. association organized or acting under the laws of the United States which has been or may be issued under this Title, or any act of Congress, or to write, print, or otherwise impress upon any such note, obligation, or security any business or professional card, notice, or advertisement, or any notice or advertisement of any matter or thing whatever. Every person who violates this section shall be liable to a penalty of one hundred dollars, recoverable one-half to the use of the informer. 1 68. (Sec. 5 1 89.) Every person who mutilates, cuts, defaces, Penalty for disfigures, or perforates with holes, or unites or cements together, mutilating or does any other thing to any bank bill, draft, note, or other circulation. evidence of debt, issued by any national banking association, or who causes or procures the same to be done, with intent to render such bank bill, draft, note, or other evidence of debt unfit to be reissued by said association, shall be liable to a penalty of fifty dollars, recoverable by the association. 169. (Sec. 5415.) Every person who falsely makes, forges, Penalty for or counterfeits, or causes or procures to be made, forged, or counterfeiting counterfeited, or willingly aids or assists in falsely making, forging, circulation. or counterfeiting, any note in imitation of, or purporting to be in imitation of, the circulating notes issued by any banking association now or hereafter authorized and acting under the laws of the United States; or who passes, utters, or publishes, or attempts to pass, utter, or publish, any false, forged, or counterfeited note purporting to be issued by any such association doing a banking business, knowing the same to be falsely made, forged, or counter- feited, or who falsely alters, or causes, or procures to be falsely altered, or willingly aids or assists in falsely altering any such 182 N. W. HALSEY & CO. circulating notes, or passes, utters, or publishes, or attempts to pass, utter, or publish as true, any falsely altered or spurious circulating note issue, or purporting to have been issued, by any such banking association, knowing the same to be falsely altered or spurious, shall be imprisoned at hard labor not less than five years nor more than fifteen years, and fined not more than one thousand dollars. What are 170. (Sec. 5413.) The words "obligation or other security of obligations of the United States" shall be held to mean all bonds, certificates of the United States, indebtedness, national-bank currency, coupons, United States notes, Treasury notes, fractional notes, certificates of deposit, bills, checks, or drafts for money drawn by or upon authorized officers of the United States, stamps and other representatives of value, or what- ever denomination, which have been or may [be] issued under any act of Congress. Penalty for 171. (Sec. 5430.) Every person having control, custody, or illegal possession of any plate, or any part thereof, from which has been possession or printed, or which may be prepared by direction of the Secretary use of material Q f ^ e T reasur y f or the purpose of printing, any obligation or other for circulation. secur jty D f the United States, who uses such plate, or knowingly suffers the same to be used for the purpose of printing any such or similar obligation, or other security, or any part thereof, except as may be printed for use of the United States by order of the proper officer thereof; and every person who engraves, or causes or procures to be engraved, or assists in engraving, any plate in the likeness of any plate designed for the printing of such obligation or other security, or who sells any such plate, or who brings into the United States from any foreign place any such plate, except under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury or other proper officer, or with any other intent, in either case, than that such plate be used for the printing of the obligations or other securities of the United States; or who has in his control, custody, or possession any metallic plate engraved after the similitude of any plate from which any such obligation or other security has been printed, with intent to use such plate, or suffer the same to be used in forging or counterfeiting any such obligation or other security, or any part thereof; or who has in his possession or custody, NATIONAL BANK ACT 183 except under authority from the Secretary of the Treasury or other proper officer, any obligation or other security, engraved and printed after the similitude of any obligation or other security issued under the authority of the United States, with intent to sell or otherwise use the same; and every person who prints, photographs, or in any other manner makes or executes, or causes to be printed, photographed, made, or executed, or aids in printing, photographing, making, or executing any engraving, photograph, print, or impression in the likeness of any such obligation or other security, or any part thereof, or who sells any such engraving, photograph, print, or impression, except to the United States, or who brings into the United States from any foreign place any such engraving photo- graph, print, or impression, except by direction of some proper officer of the United States, or who has or retains in his control or possession, after a distinctive paper has been adopted by the Secretary of the Treasury for the obligations and other securities of the United States, any similar paper adapted to the making of any such obligation or other security, except under the authority of the Secretary of the Treasury or some other proper officer of the United States, shall be punished by a fine of not more than five thousand dollars, or by imprisonment at hard labor not more than fifteen years, or by both. 172. (Sec. 5431.) Every person who, with intent to defraud, Penally for passes, utters, publishes, or sells, or attempts to pass, utter, publish, passing or sell, or brings into the United States with intent to pass, publish, counterfeit utter, or sell, or keeps in possession or conceals, with like intent, any circulation. falsely made, forged, counterfeited, or altered obligation, or other security of the United States, shall be punished by a fine of not more than five thousand dollars and by imprisonment at hard labor not more than fifteen years. 173. (Sec. 5432.) Every person who, without authority from Penalty for the United States, takes, procures, or makes, upon lead, foil, wax, taking plaster, paper, or any other substance or material, an impression, unauthorized stamp, or imprint of, form, or by the use of, any bedplate, bed- impressions of piece, die, roll, plate, seal, type, or other tool, implement, instru- tools. ment, or thing used or fitted, or intended to be used, in printing, 184 N. W. HALSEY & CO. < stamping, or impressing, or in making other tools, implements, instruments, or things, to be used, or fitted or intended to be used, in printing, stamping, or impressing any kind or description of obliga- tion or other security of the United States, now authorized or hereafter to be authorized by the United States, or circulating note or evidence of debt of any banking association under the laws thereof, shall be punished by imprisonment at hard labor not more than ten years, or by a fine of not more than five thousand dollars, or both. Penalty for 1 74. (Sec. 5433.) Every person who, with intent to defraud, having such has in his possession, keeping, custody, or control, without authority impressions, from the United States, any imprint, stamp, or impression, taken or made upon any substance or material whatsoever, of any tool, implement, instrument, or thing used, or fitted, or intended to be used for any of the purposes mentioned in the preceding section; or who, with intent to defraud, sells, gives, or delivers any such imprint, stamp, or impression to any other person, shall be punished by imprisonment at hard labor not more than ten years, or by a fine of not more than five thousand dollars. Penalty for 175. (Sec. 5434.) Every person who buys, sells, exchanges, dealing in transfers, receives, or delivers any false, forged, counterfeited, or counterfeit altered obligation or other security of the United States, or circu- circulation. lating note of any banking association organized or acting under the laws thereof, which has been or may hereafter be issued by virtue of any act of Congress, with the intent that the same be passed, published, or used as true and genuine, shall be imprisoned at hard labor not more than ten years, or fined not more than five thousand dollars, or both. Penalty for 176. (Sec. 5437.) In all cases where the charter of any cor- issuing poration which has been or may be created by act of Congress circulation nas expired or may hereafter expire, if any director, officer, or of expired ag ent of the corporation, or any trustee thereof, or any agent of associations. sucn trustee, or any person having in his possession or under his control the property of the corporation for the purpose of paying or redeeming its notes and obligations, knowingly issues, reissues, or utters as money, or in any other way knowingly puts in circulation any bill, note, check, draft, or other security purporting to have NATIONAL BANK ACT 185 been made by any such corporation whose charter has expired, or by any officer thereof, or purporting to have been made under authority derived therefrom, or if any person knowingly aids in any such act, he shall be punished by a fine of not more than ten thousand dollars, or by imprisonment not less than one year nor more than five years, or by both such fine and imprisonment. But nothing herein shall be construed to make it unlawful for any person, not being such director, officer, or agent of the corporation, or any trustee thereof, or any agent of such trustee, or any person having in his possession or under his control the property of the corporation for the purpose hereinbefore set forth, who has received or may hereafter receive such bill, note, check, draft, or other security, bona fide and in the ordinary transactions of business, to utter as money and otherwise circulate the same. 1 77. (Sec. 5208.) It shall be unlawful for any officer, clerk, p a [ se certification or agent of any national banking association to certify any check * c /, ec A> 5# drawn upon the association unless the person or company drawing the check has on deposit with the association, at the time such check is certified, an amount of money equal to the amount specified in such check. Any check so certified by duly authorized officers shall be a good and valid obligation against the association; but the act of any officer, clerk, or agent of any association, in violation of this section, shall subject such bank to the liabilities and proceedings on the part of the Comptroller as provided for in section fifty-two hundred and thirty-four. 178. Sec. 13 of the act of July 12, 1882, provides that any p ,. , officer, clerk, or agent of any national banking association who , ? cer /;* ca /, on shall willfully violate the provisions of section fifty-two hundred Q t cnec h s and eight of the Revised Statutes of the United States, or who shall resort to any device, or receive any fictitious obligations, direct or collateral, in order to evade the provisions thereof, or who shall certify checks before the amount thereof shall have been regularly entered to the credit of the dealer upon the books of the banking association, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall, on conviction thereof in any circuit or district court of the United States, be fined not more than five thousand dollars, or shall be 186 N. W. HALSEY fr CO. imprisoned not more than five years, or both, in the discretion of the court. Penalty for 179. (Sec. 5209.) Every president, director, cashier, teller, official clerk, or agent of any association who embezzles, abstracts, or malfeasance, willfully misapplies any of the moneys, funds, or credits of the association, or who, without authority from the directors, issues or puts in circulation any of the notes of the association; or who, without such authority, issues or puts forth any certificate of deposit, draws any order or bill of exchange, makes any acceptance, assigns any note, bond, draft, bill of exchange, mortgage, judgment, or decree; or who makes any false entry in any book, report, or statement of the association, with intent, in either case, to injure or defraud the association or any other company, body politic or corporate, or any individual person, or to deceive any officer of the association or any agent appointed to examine the affairs of any such association; and every person who with like intent aids or abets any officer, clerk, or agent in any violation of this section, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be imprisoned not less than five years nor more than ten. Jurisdiction of 180. (Sec. 629.) The circuit courts shall have original circuit courts jurisdiction of all suits brought by any banking association to enjoin established in the district for which the court is held, under Comptroller, the provisions of Title "The National Bank," to enjoin the Comptroller of the Currency, or any receiver acting under his direction, as provided by said Title. General 181. Sec. 4 of the act of July 12, 1882, provides that the jurisdiction of jurisdiction for suits hereafter brought by or against any association national-bank established under any law providing for national banking associa- cases. tions, except suits between them and the United States or its, officers and agents, shall be the same as, and not other than, the jurisdiction for suits by or against banks not organized under any law of the United States which do or might do banking business where such national banking associations may be doing business when such suits may be begun. And all laws and parts of laws of the United States inconsistent with this proviso be, and the same are hereby, repealed. Sec. 4 of the act of March NATIONAL BANK ACT 187 3, 1887, provides that all national banking associations established under the laws of the United States shall, for the purpose of all actions by or against them, real, personal, or mixed, and all suits in equity, be deemed citizens of the States in which they are respectively located; and in such cases the circuit and district courts shall not have jurisdiction other than such as they would have in cases between individual citizens of the same State. Hie provisions of this section shall not be held to affect the jurisdiction of the courts of the United States in cases commenced by the United States or by direction of any officer thereof, of cases for winding up the affairs of any such bank. 182. (Sec. 884.) Every certificate, assignment, and conveyance Sealed executed by the Comptroller of the Currency, in pursuance of law, certificates of and sealed with his seal of office, shall be received in evidence in Comptroller are all places and courts; and all copies of papers in his office, competent certified by him and authenticated by the said seal, shall in all evidence. cases be evidence equally with the originals. An impression of such seal directly on the paper shall be as valid as if made on wax or wafer. 183. (Sec. 885.) Copies of the organization certificate of any Certified copy of national banking association, duly certified by the Comptroller of organization the Currency and authenticated by his seal of office, shall be certificate as evidence in all courts and places within the jurisdiction of the evidence. United States of the existence of the association and of every matter which could be proved by the production of the original certificate. 184. (Sec. 380.) All suits and proceedings arising out of Suits against the provisions of law governing national banking associations. United States in which the United States or any of its officers or agents shall officers or agents. be parties, shall be conducted by the district attorneys of the several districts under the direction and supervision of the Solicitor of the Treasury. 1 85. Sec. 31 of the Act of May 2, 1 890, provides that all laws Indian Territory;. relating to national banking associations shall have the same force and effect in Indian Territory as elsewhere in the United States. 188 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Provision for organization. Organization certificate of company. Title. Purposes. Period of existence. Officers. Capital stock. Chapter Nine. TRUST COMPANIES, ETC., DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 1 86. The act of October 1 , 1 890, sec. 1 , provides that corporations may be formed within the District of Columbia for the purposes hereinafter mentioned in the following manner: Any time hereafter any number of natural persons, citizens of the United States, not less than twenty-five, may associate them- selves together to form a company for the purpose of carrying on in the District of Columbia any one of the three classes of business herein specified, to wit: First. A safe deposit, trust, loan, and mortgage business. Second. A title insurance, loan, and mortgage business. Third. A security, guaranty, indemnity, loan, and mortgage business: Provided, That the capital stock of any of said companies shall not be less than one million of dollars: Provided further. That any of said companies may also do a storage business when their capital stock amounts to the sum of not less than one million two hundred thousand dollars. 187. (Sec. 2.) That such persons shall, under their hands and seals, execute, before some officer in said District competent to take the acknowledgment of deeds, an organization certificate, which shall specifically state — First. The name of the corporation. Second. The purposes for which it is formed. Third. The term for which it is to exist, which shall not exceed the term of fifty years, and be subject to alteration, amendment, or repeal by Congress at any time. Fourth. The number of its directors, and the names and resi- dences of the officers who for the first year are to manage the affairs' of the company. Fifth. The amount of the capital stock and its subdivision into shares. NATIONAL BANK ACT 189 188. (Sec. 3.) That this certificate shall be presented to the Commissioners of the District, who shall have power and discretion to grant or to refuse to said persons a charter of incorpora- tion upon the terms set forth in the said certificate and the provisions of this act. Charter obtained from district commissioners. 189. (Sec. 4.) That previous to the presentation of the said Notice of certificate to the said Commissioners notice of the intention to intention to apply apply for such charter shall be inserted in two newspapers of f° r charter. general circulation printed in the District of Columbia at least four times a week for three weeks, setting forth briefly the name of the proposed company, its character and object, the names of the proposed corporators, and the intention to make application for a charter on a specified day, and the proof of such publica- tion shall be presented with said certificate when presentation thereof is made to said Commissioners. 190. (Sec. 5.) That if the charter be granted as aforesaid Charter filed it, together with the certificate of the Commissioners granting n "'" recorder of the same indorsed thereon, shall be filed for record in the office deeds for the of the recorder of deeds for the District of Columbia, and shall district. be recorded by him. On the filing of the said certificate with the said recorder of deeds as herein provided, approved as aforesaid by the said Commissioners, the persons named therein and their successors shall thereupon and thereby be and become a body corporate and politic, and as such shall be vested with all the powers and charged with all the liabilities conferred upon and imposed by this act upon companies organized under the provisions hereof: Provided, however, That no corporation created and organized under the provisions hereof, or availing itself of the pro- visions hereof as provided in section eleven, shall be authorized to transact the business of a trust company, or any business of a fiduciary character, until it shall have filed with the Comptroller of the Cur- rency a copy of its certificate of organization and character and shall have obtained from him and filed the same for record with the said recorder of deeds a certificate that the capital stock of said company has been paid in and the deposit of securities made with said Comp- troller in the manner and to the extent required by this act. 190 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Trust companies 191. (Sec. 6.) That all companies organized hereunder, or under which shall under the provisions hereof become entitled to transact Comptrollers the business of a trust company, shall report to the Comptroller of supervision, the Currency in the manner prescribed by sections fifty-two hundred and eleven, fifty-two hundred and twelve, and fifty-two hundred and thirteen, Revised Statutes of the United States, in the case of national banks, and all acts amendatory thereof or supplementary thereto, and with similar provisions for compensating examiners, and shall be subject to like penalties for failure to do so. The Comptroller shall have and exercise the same visitorial powers over the affairs of the said corporation as is conferred upon him by section fifty-two hundred and forty of the Revised Statutes of the United States in the case of national banks. He shall also have power, when in his opinion it is necessary, to take possession of any such company for the reasons and in the manner and to the same extent as are provided in the laws of the United States with respect to national banks. Poivers of these 192. (Sec. 7.) That all companies organized under this act companies, are hereby declared to be corporations possessed of the powers and functions of corporations generally, and shall have power — Contracts. First. To make contracts. Suits. Seal. Second. To sue and be sued, implead and be impleaded, in any court as fully as natural persons. Loans. Special powers. Third, pleasure. Fourth. To make and use a common seal and alter the same at To loan money. Fifth. When organized under subdivision one of the first section of this act to accept and execute trusts of any and every description which may be committed or transferred to them, and to accept the office and perform the duties of a receiver, assignee, executor, admin- istrator, guardian of the estates of minors, with the consent of the guardian of the person of such minor, and committee of the estates of lunatics and idiots whenever any trusteeship or any such office or appointment is committed or transferred to them, with their consent, by any person, body politic or corporate, or by any court in the District NATIONAL BANK ACT 191 of Columbia, and all such companies organized under the first sub- division of section one of this act are further authorized to accept deposits of money for the purposes designated herein upon such terms as may be agreed upon from time to time with depositors, and to act as agent for the purpose of issuing or countersigning the bonds or obligations of any corporation, association, munici- pality, or State, or other public authority, and to receive and manage any sinking fund on any such terms as may be agreed upon, and shall have power to issue its debenture bonds upon deeds of trust or mortgages of real estate to a sum not exceeding the face value of said deeds of trust or mortgages, and which shall not exceed fifty per centum of the fair cash value of the real estate covered by said deeds or mortgages, to be ascertained by the Comptroller of the Currency. But no debenture bonds shall be issued until the securities on which the same are based have been placed in the actual possession of the trustee named in the debenture bonds, who shall hold said securities until all of said bonds are paid; and when organized under the second subdivision of the first section of this act said company is authorized to insure titles to real estate and to transact generally the business mentioned in said subdivision; and when organized under the third subdivision of section one of this act said company is hereby authorized, in addition to the loan and mortgage business therein mentioned, to secure, guaranty, and insure individuals, bodies politic, associations, and corporations against loss by or through trustees, agents, servants, or employees, and to guaranty the faithful performance of contracts and of obligations of whatever kind entered into by or on the part of any person or persons, association, corporation or corporations, and against loss of every kind; Provided, That any corporation formed under the provisions of this act when acting as trustee shall be liable to account for the amounts actually earned by the moneys held by it in trust in addition to the principal so held; but such corporation may be allowed a reasonable compensation for services performed in the care of the trust estate. 193. (Sec. 8.) That in all cases in which application shall Competent to be made to any court in the District of Columbia, or wherever act as trustee, etc. 192 N. W. HALSEY & CO. it becomes necessary or proper for said court to appoint a trustee, receiver, administrator, guardian of the estate of a minor, or com- mittee of the estate of a lunatic, it shall and may be lawful for said court (but without prejudice to any preference in the order of any such appointments required by existing law) to appoint any such company organized under the first subdivision of section one of this act, with its assent, such trustee, receiver, administrator, committee, or guardian, with the consent of the guardian of the person of such minor: Provided, however, That no court or judge who is an owner of or in any manner financially interested in the stock or business of such corporation shall commit by order or decree to any such corporation any trust or fiduciary duty. Qualifications of ] 94. (Sec. 9.) That whenever any corporation operating under such trustee, etc. this act shall be appointed such trustee, executor, administrator, receiver, assignee, guardian, or committee as aforesaid, the presi- dent, vice-president, secretary, or treasurer of said company shall take the oath of affirmation now required by law to be made by any trustee, executor, receiver, assignee, guardian, or committee. Security for faithful performance of trust. Privileges extended to existing corporations. 195. (Sec. 10.) That when any court shall appoint the said company a trustee, receiver, administrator, or such guardian, or committee, or shall order the deposit of money or other valuables with said company, or where any individual or corporation shall appoint any of said companies a trustee, executor, assignee, or such guardian, the capital stock of said company subscribed for or taken, and all property owned by said company, together with the liability of the stockholders and officers as herein provided, shall be taken and considered as the security required by law for the faithful performance of its duties, and shall be absolutely liable in case of any default whatever. 196. (Sec. 1 I.) That any safe deposit company, trust com- pany, surety or guaranty company, or title-insurance company now incorporated and operating under the laws of the United States or of the District of Columbia, or any of the States, and now doing business in said District, may avail itself of the provisions of this act on the filing in the office of the recorder of deeds of the District of Columbia, or with the Comptroller of the Currency, NATIO NAL BANK ACT 193 ■^— »- *^ — — — ^ ^— »— — — ^— — ■— »»^ — ^ »^^ a certificate of its intention to do so, which certificate shall specify which one of the three classes of business set out in section one it will carry on, and shall be verified by the oath of its president to the effect that it has in every respect complied with the require- ments of existing law, especially with the provisions of this act; that its capital stock is paid in as provided in section twenty-one of this act and is not impaired, and thereafter such company may exercise all powers and perform all duties authorized by any one of the subdivisions of section one of this act in addition to the powers now lawfully exercised by such company. 197. (Sec. 12.) That any company operating under this act Real estate. may lease, purchase, hold, and convey real estate, not exceeding in value five hundred thousand dollars, and such in addition as it may acquire in satisfaction of debts due the corporation, under sales, decrees, judgments, and mortgages. But no such association shall hold the possession of any real estate under foreclosure of mort- gage, or the title and possession of any real estate purchased to secure any debts due to it, for a longer period than five years. 198. (Sec. 13.) That the charters for incorporations named in Period of this act may be made perpetual, or may be limited in time by corporations their provisions, subject to the approval of Congress. existence. 199. (Sec. 14.) That the capital stock of every such company Provisions shall be at least one million dollars, and at least fifty per centum relating to thereof must have been paid in, in cash or by the transfer of assets capital stoc^. as hereinafter provided in section twenty-one of this act, before any such company shall be entitled to transact business as a corporation, except with its own members, and before any company organized hereunder shall be entitled to transact the business of a trust company, or to become and act as an administrator, executor, guardian of the estate of a minor, or undertake any other kindred fiduciary duty, it shall deposit, either in money or in bonds, mortgages, deed of trust, or other securities equal in actual value to one-fourth of the capital stock paid in, with the Comptroller of the Currency, to be kept by him upon the trust and for the purposes hereinafter provided; and the said Comptroller may from time to time require an additional deposit from any such 194 N. W. HALSEY & CO. company, to be held upon and for the same trust and purposes, not exceeding, however, in value one-half the paid-in capital stock; and the said Comptroller shall not issue to any corporation the certificate heretofore provided for until said deposit with him of securities required by this section. Within one year after the organization of any corporation under the provisions of this act, or after any corporation heretofore existing shall have availed itself of the powers and rights given by this act in the manner herein provided for, its entire capital stock shall have been paid in. Enforcement of 2 00. (Sec. 15.) That the capital stock of every such com- subscriptions pany . s j ia jj ]^ e jjviJeJ mto shares of one hundred dollars each. to stock. j t s j ia jj k e i aw f u i f or sucft company to call for and demand from the stockholders, respectively, all sums of money by them sub- scribed, at such time and in such proportions as its board of directors shall deem proper, within the time specified in section fourteen, and it may enforce payment by all remedies provided by law; and if any stockholder shall refuse or neglect to pay any installment as required by a resolution of the board of directors, after thirty days' notice of the same, the said board of directors may sell at public auction, to the highest bidder, so many shares of said stock as shall pay said installment, under such general regulations as may be adopted in the by-laws of said company, and the highest bidder shall be taken to be the person who offers to purchase the least number of shares for the assessment due. Annual report of 201. (Sec. 16.) That every such company shall annually, Lomptroller. within twenty days after the first of January of each year, make a report to the Comptroller of the Currency, which shall be published in a newspaper in the District, which shall state the amount of capital and of the proportion actually paid, the amount of debts, and the gross earnings for the year ending December thirty-first then next previous, together with their expenses, which report shall be signed by the president and a majority of the directors or trustees, and shall be verified by the oath of the president, secretary, and at least three of the directors or trustees. Tax on gross 202. (Sec. 16.) And said company shall pay to the District earnings. f Columbia, in lieu of personal taxes for each next ensuing year, NATIONAL BANK ACT 195 one and a half per centum of its gross earnings for the preceding year, shown by said verified statement, which amount shall be payable to the collector of taxes at the times and in the manner that other taxes are payable. 203. (Sec. 1 7.) That if any company fails to comply with Liability for the provisions of the preceding section, all the directors or trustees failure to report. of such company shall be jointly and severally liable for the debts of the company then existing, and for all that shall be contracted before such report shall be made: Provided, That in case of failure of the company in any year to comply with the provisions of section sixteen of this act, and any of the directors shall, on or before January fifteenth of such year, file his written request for such compliance with the secretary of the company, the Comptroller of the Currency, and the recorder of deeds of the District of Columbia, such director shall be exempt from the liability prescribed in this section. 204. (Sec. 18.) That any willful false swearing in regard Perjury and to any certificate or report or public notice required by the pro- larceny. visions of this act shall be perjury, and shall be punished as such according to the laws of the District of Columbia. And any misappropriation of any of the money of any corporation or com- pany formed under this act, or any money, funds, or property intrusted to it, shall be held to be larceny, and shall be punished as such under the laws of said District. 205. (Sec. 19.) That the stock of such company shall be Transfer of stock. deemed personal estate, and shall be transferable only on the books of such company in such manner as shall be prescribed by the by-laws of the company; but no shares shall be transferable until all previous calls thereon shall have been fully paid, and the said stock shall not be taxable, in the hands of individual owners, the tax on the capital stock, gross earnings of the company herein- before provided being in lieu of other personal tax. All certificates of the stock of any company organized under this act shall show upon their face the par value of each share and the amount paid thereon. 196 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Liability of 206. (Sec. 20.) That all stockholders of every company stockholders, incorporated under this act, or availing itself of its provisions under section eleven, shall be severally and individually liable to the creditors of such company to an amount equal to and in addition to the amount of stock held by them, respectively, for all debts and contracts made by such company. Money 207. (Sec. 21.) That nothing but money shall be considered payment of as payment of any part of the capital stock, except that in the capital stock case of any company now doing business in the District of Columbia required, in any of the classes herein provided for, or under any act of Congress or by virtue of the laws of any of the States, and which company has actually received full payment in money of at least fifty per centum of the capital stock required by this act and which company desires to obtain a charter under this act, all the assets or property may be received and considered as money, at a value to be appraised and fixed by the Comptroller of the Currency: Provided, That all such assets and property are also transferred to and are thereafter owned by the company organized under this act. Number and 208. (Sec. 22.) That the stock, property, and concerns of such election of company shall be managed by not less than nine nor more than directors, thirty directors or trustees, who shall, respectively, be stockholders and at least one-half residents and citizens of the District of Columbia, and shall, except the first year, be annually elected by the stockholders at such time and place and after such published notice as shall be determined by the by-laws of the company, and said directors or trustees shall hold until their successors are elected and qualified. Appointment of 209. (Sec. 23.) That there shall be a president of the officers, company, who shall be a director, also a secretary and a treasurer, all of whom shall be chosen by the directors or trustees: Provided, That only one of the above-named officers shall be held by the same person at the same time. Subordinate officers may be appointed by the directors or trustees, and all such officers may be required to give such security for the faithful performance of the duties of their office as the directors or trustees may require. NATIONAL BANK ACT 197 210. (Sec. 24.) That the directors or trustees shall have B^-Laxvs. power to make such by-laws as they deem proper for the manage- ment or disposal of the stock and business affairs of such company, not inconsistent with the provisions of this act, and prescribing the duties of officers and servants that may be employed, for the appointment of all officers, and for carrying on all kinds of business within the objects and purposes of such company. 211. (Sec. 25.) That if the directors or trustees of any jy lTecion * l{ ao l e company shall declare or pay any dividend, the payment of , t> a vment of which would render it insolvent, or which would create a debt unearne( j against such company, they shall be jointly and severally liable j{ v u en j s as guarantors for all of the debts of the company then existing, and for all that shall be thereafter contracted, while they shall, respectively, remain in office. 212. (Sec. 26.) That if any of the directors or trustees shall f)i rec i ors * object to declaring of such dividend or the payment of the same, [{^{{fa ma]J fc e and shall at any time before the time fixed for the payment thereof aV0 :j e J file a certificate of their objection in writing with the secretary of the company and with the recorder of deeds of the District they shall be exempt from liability prescribed in the preceding section. 213. (Sec. 27.) That if the liabilities of any company shall R es p ons il)ility) f at any time exceed the amount of the fair cash value of the assets, J/ rec f ors f or the directors or trustees of such company assenting thereto shall excess liabilities be personally and individually liable for such excess to the creditors of the company after the additional liability of the stockholders has been enforced. 2 1 4. (Sec. 28.) That no person holding stock in such company , . . ,. i u i ii i rustee, etc., as executor, administrator, guardian, or trustee shall be personally . i • •« i* 1 1 1 1 t i l t i n °t liable on subject to any liability as stockholder of such company, but the , estate and funds in the hands of such executor, administrator, guardian, or trustee shall be liable in like manner and to the same extent as the testator or intestate or the ward or the person interested in such trust fund would have been if he had been living and competent to act and hold the stock in his own name. 198 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Increase of 215. (Sec. 29.) That any corporation which may be formed capital, under this chapter may increase its capital stock by complying with the provisions of this chapter to any amount which may be deemed sufficient and proper for the purposes of the corporation. Certified copy 216. (Sec. 30.) That a copy of any certificate of incorpora- of incorporation tion filed in pursuance of this chapter, certified by the recorder certificate of deeds to be a true copy and the whole of such certificate, competent shall be received in all courts and places as presumptive legal evidence, evidence of the facts therein stated. No bond or other security required of trust companies. District supreme court has jurisdiction of trust companies. 217. (Sec. 31.) That no bond or other collateral security, except as hereinafter stated, shall be required from any trust company incorporated under this act for or in respect to any trust, nor when appointed trustee, guardian, receiver, executor, or administrator, with or without the will annexed, committee of the estate of a lunatic or idiot, or other fiduciary appointment; but the capital stock subscribed for or taken, and all property owned by said company and the amount for which said stockholders shall be liable in excess of their stock, shall be taken and considered as the security required by law for the faithful performance of its duties and shall be absolutely liable in case of any default whatever; and in case of the insolvency or dissolution of said company the debts due from the said company as trustee, guardian, receiver, executor, or administrator, committee of the estate of lunatics, idiots, or any other fiduciary appointment, shall have a preference. 218. (Sec. 32.) That the supreme court of the District of Columbia, or any justice thereof, shall have power to make orders respecting such company whenever it shall have been appointed trustee, guardian, receiver, executor, or administrator, with or with- out the will annexed, committee of the estate of a lunatic, idiot, or any other fiduciary, and require the said company to render all accounts which might lawfully be made or required by any court or any justice thereof if such trustee, guardian, receiver, executor, administrator, with or without the will annexed, committee of the estate of a lunatic or idiot, or fiduciary were a natural person. And said court, or any justice thereof, at any time, on application NATIONAL BANK ACT 199 of any person interested, may appoint some suitable person to examine into the affairs and standing of such companies, who shall make a full report thereof to the court, and said court, or any justice thereof, may at any time, in its discretion, require of said company a bond with sureties or other securities for the faithful performance of its obligations, and such sureties or other security shall be liable to the same extent and in the same manner as if given or pledged by a natural person. 219. (Sec. 33.) That no corporation or company organized All similar by virtue of the laws of any of the States of this Union and having district its principal place of business within the District of Columbia, corporations shall carry on, in the District of Columbia, any of the kinds of subject to this business named in this act without strict compliance in all particulars act. with the provisions of this act for the government of such corpora- tions formed under it, and each one of the officers of the corpora- tion or company so offending shall be punished by fine not exceeding one thousand dollars, or imprisonment in some State's prison not exceeding one year, or by both fine and imprisonment, in the discretion of the court. This section shall not take effect till six months after the approval of this act. 220. (Sec. 34.) That Congress may at any time alter, amend, Provisions for or repeal this act, but any such amendment or repeal shall not, nor amendment. shall the dissolution of any company formed under this act, take away or impair any remedy given against such corporation, its stockholders or officers, for any liability or penalty which shall have been previously incurred: Provided, That the courts of the District of Columbia shall not have power to appoint any trustee, trustees, guardians, receivers, or other trustee of a fund or property located outside of the District of Columbia, or belonging to a corporation or person having a legal residence or location outside of said District. 200 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Chapter Ten. SAVINGS BANKS, ETC., DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. INCORPORATION OF SAVINGS BANKS IN THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 'An Act to Establish a Code of Law for the District of Columbia," Approved March Third, Nineteen Hun- dred and One, as Amended by the Acts Approved January Thirty-first and June Thirtieth, Nineteen Hundred and Two. Chapters XVIII. Subchapter IV. Sec. 605. Provision for 22 1 . "Any three or more persons who desire to form a company organization, for the purpose of carrying on any enterprise or business which may be lawfully conducted by an individual, excepting banks of circulation or discount (corporations to buy, sell, or deal with real property), railroads, and such other enterprise or business as may be otherwise specially provided for in this code, may make, sign, and acknowledge, before some officer competent to take the acknowledgment of deeds, and file in the office of the recorder of deeds a certificate in writing: Provided, That nothing herein contained shall be held to authorize the organization of corpora- tions to buy, sell, or deal in real estate, except corporations to transact the business ordinarily carried on by real-estate agents or brokers." Rettort to be 222. (Sec. 713.) All savings banks or savings companies or i . institutions organized under authority of any act of Congress to Comptroller ^° business * n tne District of Columbia shall be, and are hereby, required to make to the Comptroller of the Currency, and publish, all the reports which national banking associations are required to make and publish under the provisions of sections fifty-two hundred and eleven, fifty-two hundred and twelve, and fifty-two hundred and thirteen of the Revised Statutes, and shall be subject to the same penalties for failure to make or publish such reports as are therein provided, which penalties may be collected by suit before NATIONAL BANK ACT 201 the supreme court of the District of Columbia. — Act of June 30, 1902. 223. (SEC. 714.) The Comptroller of the Currency, in addition Compkoller to the powers now conferred upon him by law for the examination authorized to of nationl banks, is hereby further authorized, whenever he may examine. deem it useful, to cause examination to be made into the condition of any bank in the District of Columbia organized under act of Congress. The Comptroller, at his discretion, may report to Congress the results of such examination. The expenses necessarily incurred in the execution of this section shall be paid out of any appropriation made by Congress for special bank examinations. An Act to amend sections seven hundred and thirteen and seven hundred and fourteen of "An Act to establish a code of law for the District of Columbia," approved March third, nineteen hundred and one, as amended by the Acts approved January thirty-first and June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and two, and for other purposes. 224. Be it enacted hy the Senate and House of Representatives Amendments of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That to law. sections seven hundred and thirteen and seven hundred and fourteen of an Act entitled "An Act to establish a code of law for the District of Columbia," approved March third, nineteen hundred and one, as amended, by the Acts approved January thirty-first and June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and two, are hereby amended so as, respectively, to read as follows: "Sec. 713. All savings banks, or savings companies, or trust companies, or other banking institutions, organized under authority of any Act of Congress to do business in the District of Columbia, or organized by virtue of the laws of any of the States of this Union, and having an office or banking house located within the District of Columbia where deposits or savings are received, shall be, and are hereby, required to make to the Comptroller of the Currency and to publish all the reports which national banking associations are required to make and publish under the provisions of sections fifty-two hundred and eleven, fifty-two hundred and twelve, and fifty-two hundred and thirteen of the Revised Statutes of the United States, and shall be subject to the same penalties 202 N. W. HALSEY 6- CO. for failure to make such reports as are therein provided, which penalties may be collected by suit before the supreme court of the District of Columbia. And the Comptroller shall have power, when in his opinion it is necessary, to take possession of any such bank or company, for the reasons and in the manner and to the same extent as are provided in the laws of the United States with respect to national banks: Provided, however. That banking institutions having offices or banking houses in foreign countries as well as in the District of Columbia shall only be required to make and publish the reports provided for in this section semi-annually: And provided further, That all publications authorized or required by said section fifty-two hundred and eleven of the Revised Statutes, and all other publications authorized or required by existing law to be made in the District of Columbia, shall be printed in two or more daily newspapers of general circulation, published in the City of Washington, one of which shall be a morning newspaper. "Sec. 714. The Comptroller of the Currency, in addition to the powers now conferred upon him by law for the examination of national banks, is hereby further authorized, whenever he may deem it useful, to cause examination to be made into the condition of any bank mentioned in the preceding section. The expense of such examination shall be paid in the manner provided by section fifty-two hundred and forty of the Revised Statutes of the United States relating to the examination of national banks." Approved, June 25, 1906. Chapter Eleven. GOVERNMENT DEPOSITARIES. Designation and 225. (Sec. 5153, as amended by the act of March 4, 1907.) duties of public All national banking associations, designated for that purpose by depositaries, the Secretary of the Treasury, shall be depositaries of public money, under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary; and they may also be employed as financial agents of the Govern- ment; and they shall perform all such reasonable duties, as depositaries of public money and financial agents of the Government, NATIONAL BANK ACT 203 as may be required of them. The Secretary of the Treasury shall require the associations thus designated to give satisfactory security, by the deposit of United States bonds and otherwise, for the safe-keeping and prompt payment of the public money deposited with them, and for the faithful performance of their duties as financial agents of the Government: Provided, That the Secretary shall, on or before the first of January of each year, make a public statement of the securities required during that year for such deposits. And every association so designated as receiver or depositary of the public money shall take and receive at par all of the national currency bills, by whatever association issued, which have been paid into the Government for internal revenue, or for loans or stocks. Provided, That the Secretary of the Treasury shall distribute the deposits herein provided for, as far as practicable; equitably between the different States and sections. 226. (Sec. 3620.) It shall be the duty of every disbursing Deposit and officer having any public money intrusted to him for disbursement withdrawal of to deposit the same with the Treasurer or some one of the assistant public moneys. treasurers of the United States, and to draw from the same only as it may be required for payments to be made by him in pursuance of law; and draw from the same only in favor of the persons to whom payment is made, and all transfers from the Treasurer of the United States to a disbursing officer shall be by draft or warrant on the Treasurer or assistant treasurer of the United States. In places, however, where there is no Treasurer or assistant treasurer, the Secretary of the Treasury may, when he deems it essential to the public interest, specially authorize in writing the deposit of such public money in any other public depositary, or, in writing, authorize the same to be kept in any other manner and under such rules and regulations as he may deem most safe and effectual to facilitate the payments to public creditors. 227. (Sec. 3847.) Any postmaster, having public money Provisions for belonging to the Government, at an office within a county where deposits by there are no designated depositaries, treasurers of mints, or Treasurer certain or assistant treasurers of the United States may deposit the same, at postmasters. his own risk and in his official capacity, in any national bank in the 204 N. W. HALSEY & CO. town, city, or county where the said postmaster resides; but no authority or permission is or shall be given for the demand or receipt by the postmaster, or any other person, of interest, directly or indirectly, on any deposit made as herein described; and every postmaster who makes any such deposit shall report quarterly to the Postmaster-General the name of the bank where such deposits have been made, and also state the amount which may stand at the time to his credit. Penalty for 228. (Sec. 4046.) Every postmaster, assistant, clerk, or other misapplication of person employed in or connected with the business or operations of money-order any money-order office who converts to his own use, in any way funds, whatever, or loans, or deposits in any bank, except as authorized by this Title, or exchanges for other funds, any portion of the money-order funds, shall be deemed guilty of embezzlement, and any such person, as well as every other person advising or partici- pating therein, shall, for every such offense, be imprisoned for not less than six months nor more than ten years, and be fined in a sum equal to the amount embezzled; and any failure to pay over or produce any money-order funds intrusted to such person shall be taken to be prima facie evidence of embezzlement; and upon the trial of any indictment against any person for such embezzlement it shall be prima facie evidence of a balance against him to produce a transcript from the money-order account books of the Sixth Auditor. But nothing herein contained shall be construed to prohibit any postmaster depositing, under the direction of the Post- master-General, in a national bank designated by the Secretary of the Treasury for that purpose, to his own credit as postmaster, any money-order or other funds in his charge, nor prevent his negotiating drafts or other evidences of debt through such bank, or through United States disbursing officer, or otherwise, when instructed or required to do so by the Postmaster-General for the purpose of remitting surplus money-order funds from one post- office to another, to be used in payment of money-orders. Dis- bursing officers of the United States shall issue, under regulations to be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, duplicates of lost checks drawn by them in favor of any postmaster on account NATIONAL BANK ACT 205 of money order or other public funds received by them from some other postmaster. 229. (Sec. 5488.) Every disbursing officer of the United Penalty for States who deposits any public money intrusted to him in any unauthorized place or in any manner, except as authorized by law, or converts deposit of public to his own use in any way whatever, or loans with or without money. interest, or for any purpose not prescribed by law withdraws from the Treasurer or any assistant treasurer, or any authorized deposi- tary, or for any purpose not prescribed by law transfers or applies any potion of the public money intrusted to him, is, in every such act, deemed guilty of an embezzlement of the money so deposited, converted, loaned, withdrawn, transferred, or applied; and shall be punished by imprisonment with hard labor for a term not less than one year nor more than ten years, or by a fine of not more than the amount embezzled or less than one thousand dollars, or by both such fine and imprisonment. 230. (SEC. 5497.) Every banker, broker, or other person not Penalty for an authorized depositary of public moneys, who knowingly receives unauthorized from any disbursing officer, or collector of internal revenue, or other Te ceipt or use of agent of the United States, any public money on deposit, or by public money. way of loan or accommodation, with or without interest, or other- wise than in payment of a debt against the United States, or who uses, transfers, converts, appropriates, or applies any portion of the public money for any purpose not prescribed by law, and every president, cashier, teller, director, or other officer of any bank or banking association, who violates any of the provisions of this section, is guilty of an act of embezzlement of the public money so deposited, loaned, transferred, used, converted, appropriated, or applied, and shall be punished as prescribed in section fifty-four hundred and eighty-eight. 206 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Chapter Twelve. MISCELLANEOUS. Legal tender 231. The following statement concerning the legal-tender prop- ane/ lawful erties of money of the United States is based upon United States money. Revised Statutes, sections 3585, 3586, 3587, 3588, 3589, and 3590, and the acts amendatory thereof and additional thereto: Gold coin, standard silver dollars, subsidiary silver, minor coins, United States notes, and Treasury notes of 1890 have the legal- tender quality as follows: Gold coin is legal tender for its nominal value when not below the limit of tolerance in weight; when below that limit it is legal tender in proportion to its weight; standard silver dollars and Treasury notes of 1890 are legal tender for all debts, public and private, except where otherwise expressly stipu- lated in the contract; subsidiary silver is legal tender to the extent of $10, minor coins to the extent of 25 cents, and United States notes for all debts, public and private, except duties on imports and interest on the public debt. Gold certificates, silver certificates, and national-bank notes are nonlegal-tender money. Both kinds of certificates, however, are receivable for all public dues, and national-bank notes are receivable for all public dues except duties on imports, and may be paid out for all public dues, except" interest on the public debt. The term "lawful money" is understood to apply to every form of money which is endowed by law with the legal-tender quality. (See Opinions of Attorneys-General, vol. 17, p. 123.) Currency Act of March 14, 1900 An Act to Define and Fix the Standard of Value, to Maintain the Parity of All Forms of Money Issued or Coined by the United States, to Refund the Public Debt, and for Other Purposes. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the Dollar standard United States of America in Congress assembled, That the dollar unit consisting of twenty-five and eight-tenths grains of gold nine-tenths of value. fine, as established by section thirty-five hundred and eleven of the Revised Statutes of the United States, shall be the standard unit of value, and all forms of money issued or coined by the United States shall be maintained at a parity of value with this standard, and it shall be the duty of the secretary of the Treasury to maintain such parity. Sec. 2. That United States notes, and Treasury notes issued Redemption of under the Act of July fourteenth, eighteen hundred and ninety, {J, S. notes and when presented to the Treasury for redemption, shall be redeemed treasury notes. in gold coin of the standard fixed in the first section of this Act, and in order to secure the prompt and certain redemption of such notes as herein provided it shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Treasury to set apart in the Treasury a reserve fund of one hundred and fifty million dollars in gold coin and bullion, which fund shall be used for such redemption purposes only, and when- ever and as often as any of said notes shall be redeemed from said fund it shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Treasury to use said notes so redeemed to restore and maintain such reserve Maintenance of fund in the manner following, to wit: First, by exchanging the reserve. notes so redeemed for any gold coin in the general fund of the Treasury; second, by accepting deposits of gold coin at the Treasury or at any subtreasury in exchange for the United States notes so redeemed; third, by procuring gold coin by the use of said 208 N. W. HALSEY & CO. notes, in accordance with the provisions of section thirty-seven hundred of the Revised Statutes of the United States. If the Secretary of the Treasury is unable to restore and maintain the gold coin in the reserve fund by the foregoing methods, and the amount of such gold coin and bullion in said fund shall at any time fall below one hundred million dollars, then it shall be his duty to restore the same to the maximum sum of one hundred and fifty million dollars by borrowing money on the credit of the United States, and for the debt thus incurred to issue and sell Issuing of bonds coupon or registered bonds of the United States, in such to maintain form as he may prescribe, in denominations of fifty dollars reserve, or any multiple thereof, bearing interest at the rate of not exceeding three per centum per annum, payable quarterly, such bonds to be payable at the pleasure of the United States after one year from the date of their issue, and to be payable, principal and interest, in gold coin of the present standard value, and to be exempt from the payment of all taxes or duties of the United States, as well as from taxa- tion in any form by or under State, municipal, or local authority; and the gold coin received from the sale of said bonds shall first be covered into the general fund of the Treasury and then exchanged, in the manner hereinbefore provided, for an equal amount of the notes redeemed and held for exchange, and the Secretary of the Treasury may, in his discretion, use said notes in exchange for gold, or to purchase or redeem any bonds of the United States, or for any other lawful purpose the public interests may require, except that they shall not be used to meet deficiencies in the current revenues. That United States notes when redeemed in accordance with the provisions of this section shall be reissued, but shall be held in the reserve fund until exchanged for gold, as herein pro- vided; and the gold coin and bullion in the reserve fund, together with the redeemed notes held for use as provided in this section, shall at no time exceed the maximum sum of one hundred and fifty million dollars. Sec. 3. That nothing contained in this Act shall be construed to affect the legal-tender quality as now provided by law of the silver dollar, or of any other money coined or issued by the United States. Notes re-issued. Legal tender. CURRENCY ACT OF MARCH 14, 1900 209 Sec. 4. That there be established in the Treasury Department, Divisions of as a part of the office of the Treasurer of the United States, issue and divisions to be designated and known as the division of issue and redemption. the division of redemption, to which shall be assigned, respectively, under such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may approve, all records and accounts relating to the issue and redemp- tion of United States notes, gold certificates, silver certificates, and currency certificates. There shall be transferred from the accounts of the general fund of the Treasury of the United States, and taken up on the books of said divisions, respectively, accounts relating to the reserve fund for the redemption of United States Reserves are notes and Treasury notes, the gold coin held against outstanding trust funds. gold certificates, the United States notes held against outstandnig currency certificates, and the silver dollars held against outstanding silver certificates, and each of the funds represented by these accounts shall be used for the redemption of the notes and certifi- cates for which they are respectively pledged, and shall be used for no other purpose, the same being held as trust funds. Sec. 5. That it shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Coinage of Treasury, as fast as standard silver dollars are coined under the silver dollars. provisions of the Acts of July fourteenth, eighteen hundred and ninety, and June thirteenth, eighteen hundred and ninety-eight, from bullion purchased under the Act of July fourteenth, eighteen hundred and ninety, to retire and cancel an equal amount of Retirement of Treasury notes whenever received into the Treasury, either by treasury notes. exchange in accordance with the provisions of this Act or in the ordinary course of business, and upon the cancellation of Treasury notes silver certificates shall be issued against the silver dollars so coined. Sec. 6. (As amended by act of March 4, 1907.) That the Gold certificates. Secretary of the Treasury is hereby authorized and directed to receive deposits of gold coin with the Treasurer or any assistant treasurer of the United States in sums of not less than twenty dollars, and to issue gold certificates therefor in denominations of not less than ten dollars, and the coin so deposited shall be retained in the Treasury and held for the payment of such certificates on demand, and used for no other purpose. Such certificates shall be 210 N. W. HALSEY & CO. receivable for customs, taxes, and all public dues, and when so received may be reissued, and when held by any national banking association may be counted as a part of its lawful reserve: Pro- vided, That whenever and so long as the gold coin and bullion held in the reserve fund in the Treasury for the redemption of United States notes and Treasury notes shall fall and remain below one When authority hundred million dollars the authority to issue certificates as herein to issue is provided shall be suspended: And provided further. That when- suspended. ever and so long as the aggregate amount of United States notes and silver certificates in the general fund of the Treasury shall exceed sixty million dollars the Secretary of the Treasury may, in his discretion, suspend the issue of the certificates herein provided for: And provided further, That of the amount of such out- standing certificates one-fourth at least shall be in denominations of fifty dollars or less: And provided further, That the Secretary of the Treasury may, in his discretion, issue such certificates in denominations of ten thousand dollars, payable to order. And section fifty-one hundred and ninety-three of the Revised Statutes of the United States is hereby repealed. The act of March 4, 1907 (sec. 2), provides that whenever and so long as the out- standing silver certificates of the denominations of one dollar, two dollars, and five dollars, issued under the provisions of section seven of an Act entitled "An Act to define and fix the standard of value, to maintain the parity of all forms of money issued or coined by the United States, to refund the public debt, and for other purposes," approved March fourteenth, nineteen hundred, shall be, in the opinion of the Secretary of the Treasury, insufficient to meet the public demand therefor, he is hereby authorized to issue United States notes of the denominations of one dollar, two dollars, and five dollars, and upon the issue of United States notes of such denominations an equal amount of United States notes of higher denominations shall be retired and canceled: Provided, however. That the aggregate amount of United States notes at any time Amount of outstanding shall remain as at present fixed by law: And provided U S notes fwiher, That nothing in this Act shall be construed as affecting outstanding ^ e "8>ht °f anv national bank to issue one-third in amount of its fixed hv law c i rcu ^ ann g notes of the denomination of five dollars, as now pro- limited. vided °y law - CURRENCY ACT OF MARCH 14, 1900 2H Sec. 7. That hereafter silver certificates shall be issued only of Silver certificates. denominations of ten dollars and under, except that not exceeding in the aggregate ten per centum of the total volume of said certifi- cates, in the discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury, may be issued in denominations of twenty dollars, fifty dollars, and one hundred dollars; and silver certificates of higher denomination than ten dollars, except as herein provided, shall, whenever received at the Treasury or redeemed, be retired and canceled, and certifi- cates of denominations of ten dollars or less shall be substituted there- for, and after such substitution, in whole or in part, a like volume of United States notes of less denomination than ten dollars shall from time to time be retired and canceled, and notes of denomina- tions of ten dollars and upward shall be reissued in substitution therefor, with like qualities and restrictions as those retired and canceled. Sec. 8. That the Secretary of the Treasury is hereby author- Subsidiary coin. ized to use, at his discretion, any silver bullion in the Treasury of the United States purchased under the Act of July fourteenth, eighteen hundred and ninety, for coinage into such denominations of subsidiary silver coin as may be necessary to meet the public requirements for such coin: Provided, That the amount of sub- sidiary silver coin outstanding shall not at any time exceed in the aggregate one hundred millions of dollars. Whenever any silver bullion purchased under the Act of July fourteenth, eighteen hundred and ninety, shall be used in the coinage of subsidiary silver coin, an amount of Treasury notes issued under said Act equal to the cost of the bullion contained in such coin shall be canceled and not reissued. Sec. 9. That the Secretary of the Treasury is hereby authorized Worn and and directed to cause all worn and uncurrent subsidiary silver coin uncurrent of the United States now in the Treasury, and hereafter received, subsidiary silver to be recoined, and to reimburse the Treasurer of the United coin. States for the difference between the nominal or face value of such coin and the amount the same will produce in new coin from any moneys in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated. Sec. 10. That section fifty-one hundred and thirty-eight of the Revised Statutes is hereby amended so as to read as follows: 212 N. W. HALSEY 6- CO. Amendment to "Section 5 1 38. No association shall be organized with a less section 5138, capital than one hundred thousand dollars, except that banks with R. S. a capital of not less than fifty thousand dollars may, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, be organized in any place the population of which does not exceed six thousand inhab- itants, and except that banks with a capital of not less than twenty- five thousand dollars may, with the sanction of the Secretary of the Treasury, be organized in any place the population of which does not exceed three thousand inhabitants. No association shall be organized in a city the population of which exceeds fifty thousand persons with a capital of less than two hundred thousand dollars." Exchange of Sec. 1 1 . That the Secretary of the Treasury is hereby outstanding authorized to receive at the Treasury any of the out- U. S. bonds standing bonds of the United States bearing interest at authorized, five per centum per annum, payable February first, nine- teen hundred and four, and any bonds of the United States bearing interest at four per centum per annum, payable July first, nineteen hundred and seven, and any bonds of the United States bearing interest at three per centum per annum, payable August first, nineteen hundred and eight, and to issue in exchange therefor an equal amount of coupon or registered bonds of the United States in such form as he may prescribe, in denominations of fifty dollars or any multiple thereof, bearing interest at the rate of two per centum per annum, payable quarterly, such bonds to be payable at the pleasure of the United States after thirty years from the date of their issue, and said bonds to be payable, principal and interest, in gold coin of the present standard value, and to be exempt from the payment of all taxes or duties of the United States, as well as from taxation in any form by or under State, municipal, or local authority: Provided, That such out- standing bonds may be received in exchange at a valuation not greater than their present worth to yield an income of two and one-quarter per centum per annum; and in consideration of the reduction of interest effected, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to pay to the CURRENCY ACT OF MARCH 14, 1900 213 holders of the outstanding bonds surrendered for exchange, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appro- priated, a sum not greater than the difference between their present worth, computed as aforesaid, and their par value, and the payments to be made hereunder shall be held to be payments on account of the sinking fund created by section thirty-six hundred and ninety-four of the Revised Statutes; And provided further. That the two per centum bonds to be issued under the provisions of this Act shall be issued at not less than par, and they shall be numbered consecutively in the order of their issue, and when payment is made the last numbers issued shall be first paid, and this order shall be followed until all the bonds are paid, and whenever any of the outstanding bonds are called for payment interest thereon shall cease three months after such call; and there is hereby appro- priated out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, to effect the exchanges of bonds provided for in this Act, a sum not exceeding one-fifteenth of one per centum of the face value of said bonds, to pay the expense of preparing and issuing the same and other expenses incident thereto. Sec. 1 2. That upon the deposit with the Treasurer of £) e p OS {t f bonds the United States, by any national banking association, io secure of any bonds of the United States in the manner provided circulating notes. by existing law, such association shall be entitled to receive from the Comptroller of the Currency circulating notes in blank, registered and countersigned as provided by law, equal in amount to the par value of the bonds so deposited; and any national banking associations now having bonds on deposit for the security of circulating notes, and upon which an amount of circulating notes has been issued less than the par value of the bonds, shall be entitled, upon due application to the Comptroller of the Currency, to receive additional circulating notes in blank to an amount which will increase the circulating notes held by such association to the par value of the 214 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Additional security. Denomination of notes. bonds deposited, such additional notes to be held and treated in the same way as circulating notes of national banking associations heretofore issued, and subject to all the provisions of law affecting such notes: Provided, That nothing herein contained shall be construed to modify or repeal the provisions of section fifty-one hundred and sixty-seven of the Revised Statutes of the United States, authorizing the Comptroller of the Currency to require additional deposits of bonds or of lawful money in case the market value of the bonds held to secure the circulating notes shall fall below the par value of the circulating notes outstanding for which such bonds may be deposited as security: And provided further, That the circulating notes furnished to national banking associations under the provisions of this Act shall be of the denominations pre- scribed by law, except that no national banking associa- tion shall, after the passage of this Act, be entitled to receive from the Comptroller of the Currency, or to issue or reissue or place in circulation, more than one-third in amount of its circulating notes of the denomination of five dollars: And provided further, That the total amount of such notes issued to any such association may equal at any time but shall not exceed the amount at such time of its capital stock actually paid in: And provided further, That under regulations to be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury any national banking association may substitute the two per centum bonds issued under the provisions of this Act for any of the bonds deposited with the Treasurer to secure circulation or to secure deposits of public money; and so much of an Act entitled "An Act to enable national banking associations to extend their corporate existence, and for other purposes," approved July twelfth, eighteen hundred and eighty-two, as prohibits any national bank which makes any deposit of lawful money in order to withdraw its circulating notes from receiving any increase of its circulation for the period of six months from the time it made such deposit of lawful money for the purpose aforesaid, is hereby repealed, and all other Total amount of notes. Substitution of bonds. CURRENCY ACT OF MARCH 14, 1900 215 Acts or parts of Acts inconsistent with the provisions of this section are hereby repealed. Sec. 13. 5214 [as amended May 30, 1908, see page 224]. Tax on notes. Sec. 14. That the provisions of this Act are not intended to International preclude the accomplishment of international bimetallism whenever bimetallism. conditions shall make it expedient and practicable to secure the same by concurrent action of the leading commercial nations of the world and at a ratio which shall insure permanence of relative value between gold and silver. FAILED NATIONAL BANKS, ETC. Provided, That for the fiscal year of nineteen hundred and two Provisions of and thereafter, a full and complete list of all officers, agents, Act of April clerks, and other employees of the office of the Comptroller of the 28, 1902. Currency, including bank examiners, receivers and attorneys for receivers, and clerks employed by such examiners and receivers, or any other person connected with the work of said office in Washington or elsewhere, whose salary or compensation is paid from the Treasury of the United States or assessed against or collected from existing or failed banks under their supervision or control, shall be transmitted to the Secretary of the Interior in accordance with the provisions of an Act of Congress approved January twelfth, eighteen hundred and eighty-five, relating to the Official Register: And provided further, That the Comptroller of the Currency is hereby directed to include in his Annual Report to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, expenses incurred during each year, in liquidation of each failed national bank separately. CORPORATION CONTRIBUTIONS TO POLITICAL ELECTIONS PROHIBITED Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of Act of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That it shall January 26, be unlawful for any national bank, or any corporation organized 1907. by authority of any laws of Congress, to make a money contribu- tion in connection with any election to any political office. It shall 216 N. W. HAL5EY & CO. also be unlawful for any corporation whatever to make a money contribution in connection with any election at which Presidential and Vice-Presidential electors or a Representative in Congress is to be voted for or any election by any State legislature of a United States Senator. Every corporation which shall make any con- tribution in violation of the foregoing provisions shall be subject to a fine not exceeding five thousand dollars, and every officer or director of any corporation who shall consent to any contribution by the corporation in violation of the foregoing provisions shall upon conviction be punished by a fine of not exceeding one thousand and not less than two hundred and fifty dollars, or by imprison- ment for a term of not more than one year, or both such fine and imprisonment in the discretion of the court. Additional Circulation Act (Emergency Currency Act) Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of National the United States of America in Congress assembled, That national currency banking associations, each having an unimpaired capital and a associations. surplus of not less than twenty per centum, not less than ten in number, having an aggregate capital and surplus of at least five millions of dollars, may form voluntary associations to be designated as national currency associations. The banks uniting to form such association shall, by their presidents or vice-presidents, acting under authority from the board of directors, make and file with the Certificate to be Secretary of the Treasury a certificate setting forth the names of filed ivith the banks composing the association, the principal place of business Secretary of the of the association, and the name of the association, which name Treasury. shall be subject to the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury. Upon the filing of such certificate the associated banks therein named shall become a body corporate, and by the name so designated and approved may sue and be sued and exercise the powers of a body corporate for the purposes hereinafter mentioned: Provided, That not more than one such national currency associa- tion shall be formed in any city: Provided further, That the several members of such national currency association shall be taken, as Membership. nearly as conveniently may be, from a territory composed of a State or part of a State, or contiguous parts of one or more States: And provided further, That any national bank in such city or territory, having the qualifications herein prescribed for membership in such national currency association, shall, upon its application to and upon the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, be admitted to membership in a national currency association for that city or territory, and upon such admission shall be deemed and held a part of the body corporate, and as such entitled to all 218 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Bank may belong to but one association. Management. By-Law s. Officers. Powers of board. Purposes. Securities basis for additional circulation. Application by members of association for additional circulation. Deposit of securities. the rights and privileges and subject to all the liabilities of an original member: And provided further, That each national currency association shall be composed exclusively of banks not members of any other national currency association. The dissolution, voluntary or otherwise, of any bank in such association shall not affect the corporate existence of the association unless there shall then remain less than the minimum number of ten banks: Provided, however, That the reduction of the number of said banks below the minimum of ten shall not affect the existence of the corporation with respect to the association of all rights in favor of or against such association. The affairs of the association shall be managed by a board consisting of one representative from each bank. By-laws for the government of the association shall be made by the board, subject to the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury. A president, vice-president, secretary, treasurer, and an executive committee of not less than five members, shall be elected by the board. The powers of such board, except in the election of officers and making of by-laws, may be exercised through its executive committee. The national currency association herein provided for shall have and exercise any and all powers necessary to carry out the purposes of this section, namely, to render available, under the direction and control of the Secretary of the Treasury, as a basis for additional circulation any securities, including commercial paper, held by a national banking association. For the purpose of obtaining such additional circulation, any bank belonging to any national currency association, having circulating notes outstanding secured by the deposit of bonds of the United States to an amount not less than forty per centum of its capital stock, and which has its capital unimpaired and a surplus of not less than twenty per centum, may deposit with and trans- fer to the association, in trust for the United States, for the purpose hereinafter provided, such of the securities above mentioned as may be satisfactory to the board of the association. The officers of the association may there- upon, in behalf of such bank, make application to the ADDITIONAL CIRCULATION ACT 219 Comptroller of the Currency for an issue of additional Additional circulating notes to an amount not exceeding seventy- circulation five per centum of the cash value of the securities or com- limited to mercial paper so deposited. The Comptroller of the Cur- seventy-five rency shall immediately transmit such application to the P** centum of Secretary of the Treasury with such recommendation as casn va ^ ue °f he thinks proper, and if, in the judgment of the Secretary commercial of the Treasury, business conditions in the locality demand securities. additional circulation, and if he be satisfied with the character and value of the securities proposed and that a lien in favor of the United States on the securities so deposited and on the assets of the banks composing the association will be amply sufficient for the protection of the United States, he may direct an issue of additional circulating notes to the association, on behalf of such bank, to an amount in his discretion, not, however, exceeding seventy-five per centum of the cash value of the securities so deposited: Provided, That upon the deposit of any of the State, city, town, county, or other municipal bonds, of a character described in section three of this Act, circulating notes may be issued to the extent Ninety per of not exceeding ninety per centum of the market value of centum such bonds so deposited: And provided, further, That no in case of national banking association shall be authorized in any municipals. event to issue circulating notes based on commercial paper in excess of thirty per centum of its unimpaired capital Additional and surplus. The term "commercial paper" shall be held limitations. to include only notes representing actual commercial transactions, which when accepted by the association Commercial shall bear the names of at least two responsible parties paper. and have not exceeding four months to run. The banks and the assets of all banks belonging to the Liability of association shall be jointly and severally liable to the members of United States for the redemption of such additional association. circulation; and to secure such liability the lien created by section fifty-two hundred and thirty of the Revised Statutes shall extend to and cover the assets of all banks belonging to the association, and to the securities deposited 220 N. W. HALSEY & CO. by the banks with the association pursuant to the provi- sions of this Act; but as between the several banks com- posing such association each bank shall be liable only in the proportion that its capital and surplus bears to the aggregate capital and surplus of all such banks. The association may, at any time, require of any of its con- Additional stituent banks a deposit of additional securities or com- securities. mercial paper, or an exchange of the securities already on deposit, to secure such additional circulation; and in Failure to case °* tne failure of such bank to make such deposit or deposit, exchange the association may, after ten days' notice to the bank, sell the securities and paper already in its hand at public sale, and deposit the proceeds with the Treasurer of the United States as a fund for the redemption of such additional circulation. If such fund be insufficient for Associations that purpose the association may recover from the bank may be sued in the amount of the deficiency by suit in the circuit court U. S. circuit of the United States, and shall have the benefit of the lien court, hereinbefore provided for in favor of the United States upon the assets of such bank. The association or the Secretary of the Treasury may permit or require the with- drawal of any such securities or commercial paper and Substitution of the substitution of other securities or commercial paper securities, of equal value therefor. Redemption Sec. 2. That whenever any bank belonging to a fund, national currency association shall fail to preserve or make good its redemption fund in the Treasury of the United States, required by section three of the Act of June twentieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-four, chapter three hundred and forty-three, and the provisions of this Act, the Treasurer of the United States shall notify such national currency association to make good such Failure to redemption fund, and upon the failure of such national make good, currency association to make good such fund, the Treasurer of the United States may, in his discretion, apply so much of the redemption fund belonging to the other banks composing such national currency association as ADDITIONAL CIRCULATION ACT 221 may be necessary for that purpose; and such national currency association may, after five days' notice to such bank, proceed to sell at public sale the securities deposited by such bank with the association pursuant to the provi- sions of section one of this Act, and deposit the proceeds with the Treasurer of the United States as a fund for the redemption of the additional circulation taken out by such bank under this Act. Sec. 3. That any national banking association which has circulating notes outstanding, secured by the deposit of United States bonds to an amount of not less than forty per centum of its capital stock, and which has a surplus of not less than twenty per centum, may make application to the Comptroller of the Currency for author- ity to issue additional circulating notes to be secured by the deposit of bonds other than bonds of the United States. The Comptroller of the Currency shall transmit immedi- ately the application, with his recommendation, to the Secretary of the Treasury, who shall, if in his judgment business conditions in the locality demand additional circulation, approve the same, and shall determine the time of issue and fix the amount, within the limitations herein imposed, of the additional circulating notes to be issued. Whenever after receiving notice of such approval any such association shall deposit with the Treasurer or any assistant treasurer of the United States such of the bonds described in this section as shall be approved in character and amount by the Treasurer of the United States and the Secretary of the Treasury, it shall be entitled to receive, upon the order of the Comptroller of the Currency, circulating notes in blank, registered and countersigned as provided by law, not exceeding in amount ninety per centum of the market value, but not in excess of the par value of any bonds so deposited, such market value to be ascertained and determined under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury. Application by association as a corporate body for additional circulation. Deposit of securities. Additional circulation limited to ninety per centum of market value of securities. 222 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Bonds available The Treasurer of the United States, with the approval for security, of the Secretary of the Treasury, shall accept as security for the aditional circulating notes provided for in this section, bonds or other interest-bearing obligations of any State of the United States, or any legally authorized bonds issued by any city, town, county, or other legally consti- tuted municipality or district in the United States which has been in existence for a period of ten years, and which for a period of ten years previous to such deposit has not defaulted in the payment of any part of either principal or interest of any funded debt authorized to be contracted by it, and whose net funded indebtedness does not exceed ten per centum of the valuation of its taxable property, to be ascertained by the last preceding valuation of property for the assessment of taxes. The Treasurer of the United States, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, shall accept, for the purposes of this section, securities herein enumerated in such proportions as he may from time to time determine, and he may with such approval at any time require the deposit of additional securities, or require any association to change the charac- ter of the securities already on deposit. Legal title of Sec. 4. That the legal title of all bonds, whether coupon bonds to be or registered, deposited to secure circulating notes issued transferred. i n accordance with the terms of section three of this Act shall be transferred to the Treasurer of the United States in trust for the association depositing them, under regula- tions to be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. A receipt shall be given to the association by the Treasurer or any assistant treasurer of the United States, stating that such bond is held in trust for the association on whose behalf the transfer is made, and as security for the redemp- tion and payment of any circulating notes that have been or may be delivered to such association. No assignment or transfer of any such bond by the Treasurer shall be deemed valid unless countersigned by the Comptroller of the Currency. The provisions of sections fifty-one hundred ADDITIONAL CIRCULATION ACT 223 and sixty-three, fifty-one hundred and sixty-four, fifty-one hundred and sixty-five, fifty-one hundred and sixty-six, and fifty-one hundred and sixty-seven and sections fifty- two hundred and twenty-four to fifty-two hundred and thirty-four, inclusive, of the Revised Statutes respecting United States bonds deposited to secure circulating notes shall, except as herein modified, be applicable to all bonds deposited under the terms of section three of this Act. Sec. 5. That the additional circulating notes issued under Status of this Act shall be used, held, and treated in the same way additional as circulating notes of national banking associations here- circulating notes. tofore issued and secured by a deposit of United States bonds, and shall be subject to all the provisions of law affecting such notes except as herein expressly modified: Provided, That the total amount of circulating notes out- standing of any national banking association, including notes secured by United States bonds as now provided by law, and notes secured otherwise than by deposit of such bonds, shall not at any time exceed the amount of its unimpaired capital and surplus : And provided further. Limit of issue. That there shall not be outstanding at any time circulating notes issued under the provisions of this Act to an amount of more than five hundred millions of dollars. Sec. 6. That whenever and so long as any national Amount in banking association has outstanding any of the additional redemption fund circulating notes authorized to be issued by the provisions must cover of this Act, it shall keep on deposit in the Treasury of the additional United States, in addition to the redemption fund required circulation. by section three of the Act of June twentieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-four, an additional sum equal to five per centum of such additional circulation at any time out- standing, such additional five per centum to be treated, held, and used in all respects in the same manner as the original redemption fund provided for by said section three of the Act of June twentieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-four. 224 N. W. HAL5EY & CO. Distribution Sec. 7. In order that the distribution of notes to be of notes issued under the provisions of this Act shall be made as geographically, equitable as practicable between the various sections of the country, the Secretary of the Treasury shall not approve applications from associations in any State in excess of the amount to which such State would be entitled of the additional notes herein authorized on the basis of the proportion which the unimpaired capital and surplus of the national banking associations in such State bears to the total amount of unimpaired capital and surplus of the national banking associations of the United States: Provided, however, That in case the applications from associations in any State shall not be equal to the amount which the associations of such State would be entitled to under this method of distribution, the Secretary of the Treasury may, in his discretion, to meet an emergency, assign the amount not thus applied for to any applying association or associations in States in the same section of the country. Information Sec. 8. That it shall be the duty of the Secretary of relative to value the Treasury to obtain information with reference to the of securities value and character of the securities authorized to be pledged, accepted under the provisions of this Act, and he shall from time to time furnish information to national banking associations as to such securities as would be acceptable under the provisions of this Act. Amendment to Sec. 9. That section fifty-two hundred and fourteen of section 52 1 4 the Revised Statutes, as amended, be further amended to ^- 5. read as follows : Tax on "Sec. 5214. National banking associations having on circulation, deposit bonds of the United States, bearing interest at the rate of two per centum per annum, including the bonds issued for the construction of the Panama Canal, under the provisions of section eight of 'An Act to provide for the construction of a canal connecting the waters of the ADDITIONAL CIRCULATION ACT 225 Atlantic and Pacific Oceans,' approved June twenty-eighth, Secured by nineteen hundred and two, to secure its circulating notes, U. S. bonds. shall pay to the Treasurer of the United States, in the months of January and July, a tax of one-fourth of one per centum each half year upon the average amount of such of its notes in circulation as are based upon the deposit of such bonds; and such associations having on deposit bonds of the United States bearing interest at a rate higher than two per centum per annum shall pay a tax of one-half of one per centum each half year upon the average amount of such of its notes in circulation as are based upon the deposit of such bonds. National banking associations Secured by other having circulating notes secured otherwise than by bonds than U> 5. bonds. of the United States shall pay for the first month a tax at the rate of five per centum per annum upon the average amount of such of their notes in circulation as are based upon the deposit of such securities, and afterwards an additional tax of one per centum per annum for each month until a tax of ten per centum per annum is reached, and thereafter such tax of ten per centum per annum, upon the average amount of such notes. Every national banking association having outstanding circulating notes secured by a deposit of other securities than United States bonds shall make monthly returns, under oath of Monthly returns its president or cashier, to the Treasurer of the United under oath. States, in such form as the Treasurer may prescribe, of the average monthly amount of its notes so secured in circulation; and it shall be the duty of the Comptroller of the Currency to cause such reports of notes in circula- tion to be verified by examination of the bank's records. The taxes received on circulating notes secured otherwise than by bonds of the United States shall be paid into the Division of Redemption of the Treasury and credited and added to the reserve fund held for the redemption of United States and other notes." Sec. 10. That section nine of the Act approved July twelfth. Amendment eighteen hundred and eighty-two, as amended by the Act approved to R. S. 226 . N. W. HALSEY & CO. March fourth, nineteen hundred and seven, be further amended to read as follows: Withdrawal of "Sec. 9. That any national banking association desiring circulating notes, to withdraw its circulating notes, secured by deposit of United States bonds in the manner provided in section four of the Act approved June twentieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-four, is hereby authorized for that purpose to deposit lawful money with the Treasurer of the United States and, with the consent of the Comptroller of the Currency and the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury to withdraw a proportionate amount of bonds held as security for its circulating notes in the order of such deposits: Provided, That not more than nine millions of dollars of lawful money shall be so deposited during any calendar month for this purpose. "Any national banking association desiring to withdraw any of its circulating notes, secured by the deposit of securities other than bonds of the United States, may make such withdrawal at any time in like manner and effect by the deposit of lawful money or national bank notes with the Treasurer of the United States, and upon such deposit a proportionate share of the securities so deposited may be withdrawn: Provided, That the deposits under this section to retire notes secured by the deposit of securities other than bonds of the United States shall not be covered into the Treasury, as required by section six of an Act entitled 'An Act directing the purchase of silver bullion and the issue of Treasury notes thereon, and for other purposes,' approved July fourteenth, eighteen hundred and ninety, but shall be retained in the Treasury for the purpose of redeeming the notes of the bank making such deposit." Amendment to Sec. 1 1. That section fifty-one hundred and seventy-two of the section 5 172, Revised Statutes be, and the same is hereby, amended to read as R. S. follows: ADDITIONAL CIRCULATION ACT 227 "Sec. 5 1 72. In order to furnish suitable notes for circulation, Printing of the Comptroller of the Currency shall, under the direction of the circulating notes. Secretary of the Treasury, cause plates and dies to be engraved, in the best manner to guard against counterfeiting and fraudulent alterations, and shall have printed therefrom, and numbered, such quantity of circulating notes, in blank, of the denominations of five dollars, ten dollars, twenty dollars, fifty dollars, one hundred dollars, five hundred dollars, one thousand dollars, and ten thousand dollars, as may be required to supply the associations entitled to receive the same. Such notes shall state upon their face that they are secured by United States bonds or other securities, certified by the written or engraved signatures of the Treasurer and Register and by the imprint of the seal of the Treasury. They shall also express upon their face the promise of the association receiving the same to pay on demand, attested by the signature of the president or vice-president and cashier. The Comptroller of the Currency, acting under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury, shall as soon as practicable cause to be prepared circu- lating notes in blank, registered and countersigned, as provided by law, to an amount equal to fifty per centum of the capital stock of each national banking association; such notes to be deposited Distribution. in the Treasury or in the subtreasury of the United States nearest the place of business of each association, and to be held for such association, subject to the order of the Comptroller of the Currency, for their delivery as provided by law: Provided, That the Comptroller of the Currency may issue national bank notes of the present form until plates can be prepared and circulating notes issued as above provided: Provided, however. That in no event shall bank notes of the present form be issued to any bank as- additional circulation provided for by this Act." Sec. 1 2. That circulating notes of national banking associations, Redemption at when presented to the Treasury for redemption, as provided treasury. in section three of the Act approved June twentieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-four, shall be redeemed in lawful money of the United States. 228 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Authority). Sec. 13. That all acts and orders of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Treasurer of the United States authorized by this Act shall have the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, who shall have power, also, to make any such rules and regulations and exercise such control over the organization and management of national currency associations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this Act. Public deposits. Sec. 1 4. That the provisions of section fifty-one hundred and ninety-one of the Revised Statutes, with reference to the reserves of national banking associations, shall not apply to deposits of public moneys by the United States in designating depositaries. Interest on Sec. 15. That all national banking associations designated as deposits, regular depositaries of public money shall pay upon all special and additional deposits made by the Secretary of the Treasury in such depositaries, and all such associations designated as temporary depositaries of public money shall pay upon all sums of public money deposited in such associations interest at such rate as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, not less, however, than one per centum per annum upon the average monthly amount of such deposits: Provided, however, That nothing contained in this Act shall be construed to change or modify the obligation of any association or any of its officers for the safe-keeping of public money: Provided further, that the rate of interest charged upon such deposits shall be equal and uniform throughout the United States. Appropriation Sec. 16. That a sum sufficient to carry out the purposes of to carry out act. the preceding sections of this Act is hereby appropriated out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated. National Sec. 1 7. That a Commission is hereby created, to be called Monetary "« "National Monetary Commission," to be composed of nine Commission, members of the Senate, to be appointed by the Presiding Officer thereof, and nine members of the House of Representatives, to be appointed by the Speaker thereof; and any vacancy on the Com- mission shall be filled in the same manner as the original appointment. Sec. 1 8. That it shall be the duty of this Commission to inquire into and report to Congress at the earliest date practicable, what ADDITIONAL CIRCULATION ACT 229 changes are necessary or desirable in the monetary system of the Duty of United States or in the laws relating to banking and currency, commission. and for this purpose they are authorized to sit during the sessions or recess of Congress, at such times and places as they may deem desirable, to send for persons and papers, to administer oaths, to summons and compel the attendance of witnesses, and to employ a disbursing officer and such secretaries, experts, stenographers, messengers and other assistants as shall be necessary to carry out the purposes for which said Commission was created. The Com- mission shall have the power, through subcommittee or otherwise, to examine witnesses and to make such investigations and examina- tions, in this or other countries, of the subjects committed to their charge as they shall deem necessary. Sec. 1 9. That a sum sufficient to carry out the purposes Expenses of of sections seventeen and eighteen of this Act, and to pay the commission. necessary expenses of the Commission and its members, is hereby appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated. Said appropriation shall be immediately available and shall be paid out on the audit and order of the chairman or acting chairman of said Commission, which audit and order shall be conclusive and binding upon all Departments as to the correctness of the accounts of such Commission. Sec. 20. That this Act shall expire by limitation on the thirtieth Expiration of act. day of June, nineteen hundred and fourteen. Approved, May 30, 1908. Date of act Postal Savings Bank Act An Act to Establish Postal Savings Depositories for Depositing Savings at Interest with the Security of the Government for Repayment Thereof, and for Other Purposes. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the Creation of board United States of America in Congress assembled. That there be, °f trustees. and is hereby, created a board of trustees for the control, super- vision, and administration of the postal savings depository offices designated and established under the provisions of this Act, and of the funds received as deposits at such postal savings depository offices by virtue thereof. Said board shall consist of the Post- master-General, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Attorney- General, severally, acting ex-officio, and shall have power to make all necessary and proper regulations for the receipt, transmittal, custody, deposit, investment, and repayment of the funds deposited at postal savings depository offices. The board of trustees shall submit a report to Congress at the" Reports of board beginning of each regular session showing by States and Territories °f trustees. (for the preceding fiscal year) the number and names of post- offices receiving deposits, the aggregate amount of deposits made therein, the aggregate amount of withdrawals therefrom, the number of depositors in each, the total amount standing to the credit of all depositors at the conclusion of the year, the amount of such deposits at interest, the amount of interest received thereon, the amount of interest paid thereon, the amount of deposits sur- rendered by depositors for bonds issued by authority of this Act, and the number and amount of unclaimed deposits. Also the amount What information invested in government securities by the trustees, the amount of shall be included extra expense of the Post-Office Department and the postal service in reports. incident to the operation of the postal savings depository system, the 232 N. W. HALSEY & CO. amount of work done for the savings depository system by the Post-Office Department and postal service in the transportation of free mail, and all other facts which it may deem pertinent and proper to present. Sec. 2. That the Postmaster-General is hereby directed to prepare and issue special stamps of the necessary denominations for use, in lieu of penalty or franked envelopes, in the transmittal of free mail resulting from the administration of this Act. Designation of Sec. 3. That said board of trustees is hereby authorized and postoffices as empowered to designate such post-offices as it may select to be saving depository postal savings depository offices, and each and every post-office so offices, designated by order of said board is hereby declared to be a postal savings depository office within the meaning of this Act and to be authorized and required to receive deposits of funds from the public and to account for and dispose of the same, according to the provisions of this Act and the regulations made in pursuance thereof. Each postal savings depository office shall be kept open for the transaction of business during such hours as the Postmaster- General, with the approval of the board of trustees, shall direct. Who may open Sec. 4. That accounts may be opened and deposits made in accounts, any postal savings depository established under this Act by any person of the age of ten years or over, in his or her own name, and by a married woman in her own name and free from any control or interference by her husband; but no person shall at the same time have more than one postal savings account in his or her own right. Passbooks. Sec. 5. That the postmaster at a postal savings depository office shall, upon the making of an application to open an account under this Act and the submission of an initial deposit, deliver to the depositor a pass book free of cost, upon which shall be written the name and signature or mark of the depositor and such other memoranda as may be necessary for purposes of identification, in which pass book entries of all deposits and withdrawals shall be made in both figures and writing: Provided, That the Postmaster- General may, with the approval of the board of trustees, adopt some other device or devices in lieu of a pass book as a means of making and preserving evidence of deposits and withdrawals. POSTAL SAVINGS BANK ACT 233 Sec. 6. That at least one dollar, or a larger amount in multi- Limitation of pies thereof, must be deposited before an account is opened with accounts. the person depositing the same, and one dollar, or multiples thereof, Minimum. may be deposited after such account has been opened, but no one shall be permitted to deposit more than one hundred dollars in any Maximum. one calendar month: Provided, That in order that smaller amounts may be accumulated for deposit any person may purchase for ten cents from any depository office a postal savings card, to which may be attached specially prepared adhesive stamps, to be known as "postal savings stamps," and when the stamps so attached amount Postal savings to one dollar, or a larger sum in multiples thereof, including the stamps. ten-cent postal savings card, the same may be presented as a deposit for opening an account, and additions may be made to any account by means of such card and stamps in amounts of one dollar, or multiples thereof, and when a card and stamps thereto attached are accepted as a deposit the postmaster shall immediately cancel the same. It is hereby made the duty of the Postmaster-General to prepare such postal savings cards and postal savings stamps of denominations of ten cents, and to keep them on sale at every postal savings depository office, and to prescribe all necessary rules and regulations for the issue, sale, and cancellation thereof. Sec. 7. That interest at the rate of two per centum per annum Interest on shall be allowed and entered to the credit of each depositor once in deposits. each year, the same to be computed on such basis and under such rules and regulations as the board of trustees may prescribe; but interest shall not be computed or allowed on fractions of a dollar; Provided, That the balance to the credit of any one person shall Maximum never be allowed to exceed five hundred dollars, exclusive of deposit, $500. accumulated interest. * Sec. 8. That any depositor may withdraw the whole or any Withdrawal of part of the funds deposited to his or her credit, with the accrued deposits. interest, upon demand and under such regulations as the board of trustees may prescribe. Withdrawals shall be paid from the deposits in the State or Territory, so far as the postal funds on deposit in such State or Territory may be sufficient for the purpose, and, so far as practicable, from the deposits in the community in which the deposit was made. No bank in which postal savings 234 N. W. HALSEY & CO. funds shall be deposited shall receive any exchange or other fees or compensation on account of the cashing or cancellation of any checks or the performance of any other service in connection with the postal savings depository system. Deposit of Sec. 9. That postal savings funds received under the provisions postal savings of this Act shall be deposited in solvent banks, whether organized funds in banks, under national or state laws, being subject to national or state supervision and examination, and the sums deposited shall bear interest at the rate of not less than two and one-fourth per centum Interest on per annum, which Tate shall be uniform throughout the United such funds. States and Territories thereof; but five per centum of such funds shall be withdrawn by the board of trustees and Reserve, kept with the Treasurer of the United States, who shall be treasurer of the board of trustees, in lawful money as a reserve. Bonds available The board of trustees shall take from such banks such as security for security in public bonds or other securities, supported deposit York. of the State. 3. In the stocks or bonds or interest-bearing obligations Bonds of of any State of the United States which has not within the states. ten years previous to making such investment by such corporation defaulted in the payment of any part of either principal or interest of any debt authorized by the Legisla ture of any such State to be contracted; and in the bonds or interest-bearing obligations of any State of the United States, issued in pursuance of the authority of the Legisla- ture of such State, which have, prior to May 29, 1895, been issued for the funding or settlement of any previous obligation of such State theretofore in default, and on which said funding or settlement obligation there has been no default in the payment of either principal or interest since the issuance of such funded or settlement 246 N. W. HALSEY & CO. obligation, and provided the interest on such funded or settlement obligation has been paid regularly for a period of not less than ten years next preceding such investment. Bonds of school 4. In the stocks or bonds of any city, county, town or districts, counties village, school district bonds and union free school district and municipalities bonds issued for school purposes, or in the interest-bearing of New York- obligations of any city, county, town or village of this State, issued pursuant to the authority of any law of the State for the payment of which the faith and credit of the municipality issuing them are pledged. Bonds of other 5. In the stocks or bonds of any incorporated city municipalities situated in one of the States of the United States, which was of the United admitted to Statehood prior to January 1, 1896, and which, States, since January 1, 1861, has not repudiated or defaulted in the payment of any part of the principal or interest of any debt authorized by the Legislature of any such State to be contracted, provided said city has a population as shown by the Federal Census next preceding said invest- ment of not less than 45,000 inhabitants, and was incorpo- rated as a city at least twenty-five years prior to the making of said investment, and has not since January 1, 1878, defaulted for more than ninety days in the payment of any part either of principal or interest of any bond, note, or other evidence of indebtedness, or effected any com- promise of any kind with the holders thereof. But if, after such default on the part of any such State or city, the debt or security in the payment of the principal or interest of which such default occurred has been fully paid, refunded, or compromised by the issue of new securities, then the date of the first failure to pay principal or interest, when due, upon such debt or security, shall be taken to be the date of such default within the provisions of this subdivision, and subsequent failures to pay instal- ments of principal or interest upon such debt or security, prior to the refunding or final payment of the same, shall not be held to continue said default or fix the time thereof, within the meaning of this subdivision, at a date later than NEW YORK SAVINGS BANK LAW 247 the date of said first failure in payment. If at any time the indebtedness of any such city, together with the indebted- ness of any district, or other municipal corporation or subdivision except a county, which is wholly or in part included within the bounds or limits of said city, less its water debt and sinking funds, shall exceed 7 per centum of the valuation of said city for purposes of taxation, its bonds and stocks shall thereafter, and until such indebted- ness shall be reduced to 7 per centum of the valuation for purposes of taxation, cease to be an authorized investment for the moneys of savings banks; but the Superintendent of Banks may, in his discretion, require any savings bank to sell such bonds or stocks of said city as may have been purchased prior to said increase of debt. 6. In bonds and mortgages on unincumbered real Bonds and property situated in this State, to the extent of sixty per mortgages on centum of the value thereof. Not more than sixty-five real estate. per centum of the whole amount of deposits shall be so loaned or invested. If the loan is on unimproved and un- productive real property, the amount loaned thereon shall not be more than forty per centum of its actual value. No investment in any bonds and mortgages shall be made by any savings bank except upon the report of a committee of its trustees charged with the duty of investi- gating the same, who shall certify to the value of the premises mortgaged or to be mortgaged, according to their best judgment, and such report shall be filed and preserved among the records of the corporation. Also in the following securities: (a) The first mortgage bonds of any railroad corpora- Bands of railroad tion of this State, the principal part of whose railroad is corporations of located within this State, or of any railroad corporation Nenf York- of this or any other State or States connecting with and controlled and operated as part of the system of any such railroad corporation of this State, and of which connecting railroad at least a majority of its capital stock is owned by such a railroad corporation of this State or in the 248 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Payment of interest and dividends on capital stock has been punctual. mortgage bonds of any such railroad corporation of an issue to retire all prior mortgage debt of such railroad companies respectively; provided that at no time within five years next preceding the date of any such investment such railroad corporation of this State or such connect- ing railroad corporation respectively shall have failed regularly and punctually to pay the matured principal and interest of all its mortgaged indebtedness, and in addition thereto regularly and punctually to have paid in dividends to its stockholders during each of said five years an amount at least equal to four per centum upon all its outstanding capital stock; and provided further, that at the date of every such dividend the outstanding capital stock of such railroad corporation, or such connecting railroad company respectively, shall have been equal to at least one-third of the total mortgage indebtedness of such railroad corporations respectively, including all bonds issued or to be issued under any mortgage securing any bonds in which such investment shall be made. Bonds of railroad corporations of the United States. *t^ T* ^* *P *l* *F ^r 1* *l* *I* (e) The mortgage bonds of any railroad corporation incorporated under the laws of any of the United States, which actually owns in fee not less than five hundred miles of standard gauge railway exclusive of sidings, widiin the United States, provided that at no time within five years next preceding the date of any such investment such railroad corporation shall have failed regularly and punctually to pay the matured principal and interest of all its mortgage debt and in addition thereto regularly and punctually to have paid in dividends to its stock- holders during each of said five years an amount at least equal to four per centum upon all its outstanding capital stock; and provided further that during said five years the gross earnings in each year from the operations of said company, including therein the gross earnings of all railroads leased and operated or controlled and operated by said company, and also including in said earnings the NEW YORK SAVINGS BANK LAW 249 amount received directly or indirectly by said company from the sale of coal from mines owned or controlled by it, shall not have been less in amount than five times the amount necessary to pay the interest payable during that year upon its entire outstanding debt, and the rentals for said year of all leased lines, and further pro- vided that all bonds authorized for investment by this paragraph shall be secured by a mortgage which is at the time of making said investment or was at the date of the execution of said mortgage (1) a first mortgage upon not less than seventy-five per centum of the railway owned in fee by the company issuing said bonds exclusive of sidings at the date of said mortgage or (2) a refunding mortgage issue to retire all prior lien mortgage debts of said company outstanding at the time of said investment and covering at least seventy-five per centum of the rail- way owned in fee by said company at the date of said mortgage. But no one of the bonds so secured shall be a legal investment in case the mortgage securing the same shall authorize a total issue of bonds which together with all outstanding prior debts of said company, after deduct- ing therefrom in case of a refunding mortgage, the bonds reserved under the provisions of said mortgage to retire prior debts at maturity, shall exceed three times the out- standing capital stock of said company at the time of making said investment. And no mortgage is to be regarded as a refunding mortgage, under the provisions of this paragraph, unless the bonds which it secures mature at a later date than any bond which it is given to refund, nor unless it covers a mileage at least twenty-five per centum greater than is covered by any one of the prior mortgages so to be refunded. (f) Any railway mortgage bonds which would be a legal Bonds of railroad investment under the provisions of paragraph (e) of this corporations subdivision, except for the fact that the railroad corpora- owning less than tion issuing said bonds actually owns in fee less than five five hundred hundred miles of road provided that during five years miles of road. next preceding the date of any such investment the gross 250 N. W. HALSEY fr CO. earnings in each year from the operations of said corpora- tion, including the gross earnings of all lines leased and operated or controlled and operated by it, shall not have been less than ten million dollars. Guaranteed (g) The mortgage bonds of a railroad corporation bonds, described in the foregoing paragraphs (e) or (f) or the mortgage bond of a railroad owned by such corporation, assumed or guaranteed by it by indorsement on said bonds, provided said bonds are prior to and are to be refunded by a general mortgage of said corporation the bonds secured by which are made a legal investment under the provisions of said paragraph (e) or (f) ; and provided, further, that said general mortgage covers all the real property upon which the mortgage securing said under- lying bonds is a lien. (h) Any railway mortgage bonds which would be a legal investment under the provisions of paragraphs (e) or (g) of this subdivision, except for the fact that the railroad corporation issuing said bonds actually owns in fee less than five hundred miles of road, provided the payment of principal and interest of said bonds is guaranteed by endorsement thereon by, or provided said bonds have been assumed by a corporation whose first mortgage, or refund- ing mortgage bonds, are a legal investment under the provisions of paragraph (e) or (f) of this subdivision. But no one of the bonds so guaranteed or assumed shall be a legal investment in case the mortgage securing the same shall authorize a total issue of bonds which, together with all the outstanding prior debts of the corporation making said guarantee or so assuming said bonds, includ- ing therein the authorized amount of all previously guaranteed or assumed bond issues, shall exceed three times the capital stock of said corporation, at the time of making said investment. Underlying (j) The first mortgage bonds of a railroad, the entire bonds, capital stock of which, except shares necessary to qualify directors, is owned by, and which is operated by a railroad NEW YORK SAVINGS BANK LAW 251 whose last issued refunding bonds are a legal investment under the provisions of paragraphs (a), (e), or (f) of this subdivision, provided the payment of principal and interest of said bonds is guaranteed by endorsement thereon by the company so owning and operating said road, and further provided the mortgage securing said bonds does not authorize an issue of more than twenty thousand dollars in bonds for each mile of road covered thereby. But no one of the bonds so guaranteed shall be a legal investment in case the mortgage securing the same shall authorize a total issue of bonds, which together with all the outstanding prior debts of the company making said guarantee, including therein the authorized amount of all previously guaranteed bond issues, shall exceed three times the capital stock of said company, at the time of making said investment. Bonds which have been or shall become legal invest- ments for Savings Banks under any of the provisions of this section shall not be rendered illegal as investments, though the property upon which they are secured has been or shall be conveyed to another corporation, and though the railroad corporation which issued or assumed said bond has been or shall be consolidated with another rail- road corporation, if the consolidated or purchasing cor- poration shall assume the payment of said bonds and shall continue to pay regularly interest or dividend or both upon the securities issued against, in exchange for or to acquire the stock of the company consolidated or the property purchased or upon securities subsequently issued in exchange or substitution therefor to an amount at least equal to four per centum per annum upon the capital stock outstanding at the time of such consolidation or purchase of said corporation which has issued or assumed said bonds. Not more than twenty-five per centum of the assets of Limitation of any savings bank shall be loaned or invested in railroad bond holdings. bonds, and not more than ten per centum of the assets of any savings bank shall be invested in the bonds of any 252 N. W. HALSEY & CO. one railroad corporation described in paragraph (a) of this subdivision, and not more than five per centum of such assets in the bonds of any other railroad corporation. In determining the amount of the assets of any savings bank under the provisions of this subdivision its securities shall be estimated in the manner prescribed for determining the Street railroad per centum of surplus by section one hundred and fifty- corporatiorts four of this act. Street railroad corporations shall not be not railroad considered railroad corporations within the meaning of corporations, this subdivision. NOTE. California Under the provisions of Section "3" bonds of the bonds legal State of California are legal investments for New York for investment Savings Banks. Under the provisions of Section "5" bonds by New York of the cities of San Francisco, Los Angeles and Oakland Savings Banks, are legal. Under the provisions of Section "6e," the Southern Pacific Railroad First Refunding 4 per centum bonds and all underlying issues are legal. General Index Page Index to Bank Act of California as Amended 254 Index to Public Deposit Acts of California 271 Index to County and Municipal Deposit Act of California. . 271 Index to Investment Companies Act of California 272 Index to National Bank Act as Amended 273 Index to Code of the District of Columbia 280 Index to Revised Sections of National Bank Act 281 Index to Currency Act of March 1 4, 1 900 282 Index to Additional Circulation Act (Emergency Currency Act) 283 Index to Postal Savings Bank Act 284 Index to Postal Savings Bonds (Information issued Jan. |, 1913) 286 Index to New York Savings Bank Law 286 254 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Bank Act of California as Amended. Section Page Act — applicable to certain corporations i 9 Effective when 147 102 Title of 1 9 Action — against bank, reports are prima facie evidence 142 10 1 Against superintendent of banks 134-136 87-89 Brought under bank act, jurisdiction in 136b 96 For sale of real estate, when 54 41 May be maintained by Superintendent of Banks to dissolve bank. . . 135a 88 Adjustment — of investments made prior to this act 145 101 Administrator — deposits by 51 40 May deposit with trust company 91-92-93 70 Trust company may act as 90 67 Advertisement — building and loan associations not to advertise as savings banks 12 15 Capital, must show amount paid up 14 19 For deposits, prohibited when 12 15 Liabilities must show separate 14 19 Of banks, how regulated 28 30 Of merger 31a 32 Of sale of bank 31 31 Agent — purchase of assets of bank, by 42 37 Sale of mortgage to bank by 35 35 Agreement — of consolidation must be filed 31a 32 Sale and purchase 31 31 Amendment — of articles of incorporation must be filed 8 13 Amortization — of bonds by savings banks 61 54 Annual Report — copies for distribution 140 99 Of Superintendent of Banks to contain what 140 99 Appeal — from order of Superintendent of Banks 134-136 87-88 Appointment — of appraisers 99 75 Of Special Deputy Superintendent of Banks 136 91 Apportionment — of capital and surplus to departments 23 26 Of capital and surplus to private trust business 90 67-70 Articles of incorporation — as affected by bank act 145 101 May provide for departmental banking 22 26 Of trust company 90 67-70 On consolidation or merger 31a 32 Violation of, by banks 134-1353-136 87-88 INDEX 255 BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Section Page Assessment — failure of bank to pay 123 79 Of banks, how calculated 123 79 Of banks for state banking fund 123 79 When capital stock impaired 133 86 Assets — how may be reached in merger 31a 32 Invested in bonds 36-46 36-38 Of banks, relation of loans thereto 44 38 Of departments to be kept separate 26 29 Purchased by directors, officers and employees 42 37 Relation of, to investments 36-46 36-38 Relation of, to loans by savings banks 67 60 Sale and purchase 31 31 Shall not be mingled with trust funds 32 35 Assignee — deposits by 51-91-93 40-70-71 Attorney — may be employed in liquidating 136 88 Of State Banking Department 121 78 Auditor — Superintendent of Banks shall provide 124 80 Bad debts — compounding of 136 88 What are 21a 26 Balance — sale of stock for assessment 133 86 Unclaimed deposits 15 19 Bank — annual report of Superintendent of Banks 140 99 Application to do business 128 82 Articles of incorporation must be filed 128 82 As a borrower 21a 26 Bond investment limited 36 36 Branch office 9 13-14 Capital impaired 133 86 Ceasing business must take what action 136a 96 Classified as to capital by population 23 26 Commercial, Purposes of 5 10 Conducting business in unsound manner I34-I35a 87-88 Considered insolvent, when 20 24 Definition of 2 9 Departmental, separate books to be kept 26 29 Departmental, shall make reports separately 129 83 Dissolution of, by process of law 135a 88 Examination of, by court 136 88 Examination of, once a year 124 80 Examiner, must file oath 125 81 Failure to make report, penalty 138 88 Failure to pay assessment 123 80 256 N. W. HALSEY & CO. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Bank — Continued Section Page Foreign, inspection of 124 80 Funds, when deposited with other banks 43 38 Impairment of capital 133-136 86-88 In liquidation, names posted 141 100 Insolvent condition of, failure to report 126 82 Inspection of, by Superintendent of Banks 124 80 In unsafe condition 136 88 Investment in bonds limited 46 38 Investments, changed to conform to act 145 101 Investments in own stock prohibited 34 35 Liquidation of, by Superintendent of Banks 136 88 Loans on own stock prohibited 34 35 May apply to court to dissolve 137 97 May conduct safe deposit department 30 31 May consolidate, how 31a 33 May join National Reserve Association 56 43 May purchase real estate, when 61 45 Must liquidate, when 136a 96 Must report loans to directors 83 65 Mutual, may have capital stock 29 30 National, examination of 48 29 Publication of report of 132 85 Publication of unclaimed deposits 15 19 Purchase of 31 31 Rights of creditors in merger 31a 32 Sale of 31 31 Savings, purposes of 4 10 Shall not own stock of corporations 37 36 Signs must show business conducted 28 30 Stationery must show business conducted 28 30 Stock, as collateral, limited 44 38 Trust company, purposes of 6 10 When unsafe to continue business 135a 88 Banking Association — state banks may join 56 43 Bills of exchange or lading — commercial banks may buy or discount 80 63 Not construed to create debt 55 43 Bond — of Deputy Superintendent of Banks 121 78 Of Special Deputy Superintendent of Banks 136 91 Of Superintendent of Banks 120 78 Bonds — available for deposit by trust company 96 71 Banks limited in investing, underwriting or guaranteeing 36-46 36-38 Certified, official list to be kept 61a 55 INDEX 257 BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Bonds — Continued Section Page Cost of investigation of 6ia 55 For deposits by court order, not required 94 71 Legal as investment for savings banks 61 45 Must be certified, when 6i-6ia 45-55 On deposit by trust company to draw interest 96 71 Power of Superintendent of Banks to investigate 61a 55 Savings banks may loan on 67 60 Borrowed money — by savings banks must be approved 62 56 Commercial banks may pledge assets for, to what extent 21a 25 Limit on amount borrowed 21a 25 Superintendent of Banks may extend limit 21a 25 Borrower — endorser and guarantor, deemed to be 66 59 Building and Loan Associations — advertising, how restricted I2-I2a 16-17 Capital — advertising of, must show what 14 19 Apportioned to departments 23 26 Assigned by foreign corporations 7 10-12 Impairment of 133-136 86-89 Increase or decrease 23 26 Invested in bank premises, furniture and fixtures and safe deposit vaults 61-84 45-66 May be increased by surplus 21 25 Must bepaid up before issuance of certificate 127 82 Necessary to open branch office 9 13-14 Of commercial bank, relation to deposits 19 23 Of foreign corporations to be separate 7 10-12 Of savings bank, in what invested 61 45 Of savings bank, relation to deposits 19 23 Of trust company, how invested 105 77 Of trust company, in what invested 105 77 Paid up and surplus must equal what 19 23 Re-apportionment to departments 23 26 Relation of surplus to 21 25 Restriction as to loans 80 62 Capital stock — as collateral, limited 44 38 Assessed when 133 86 Banks shall not invest in their own 34 35 Banks shall not loan on their own 34 35 Commercial bank, amount required 82 64 Directors must hold 10 14 May be sold for assessment 133 86 Mutual banks may issue, how 29 30 Of title insurance company doing trust business 106 77 258 N. W. HALSEY & CO. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Capital stock — Continued Section Page Paid up value to be endorsed S3 41 Par value must be 53 41 Reduction of 55 43 Required according to classification 23-60-82 44-64 Required by trust company go 67 Savings bank, amount required 60 44 Certificate — issued by real estate corporations, legality for savings bank 61 45 Necessary before transaction of business 24 29 Necessary for new department 24 29 Of deposit, not construed to create debt 55 43 Of deposit, savings bank may issue 63 57 Of Special Deputy Superintendent of Banks to be filed 136 91 Of Superintendent of Banks, filing 128 82 Of Superintendent of Banks in merger 31a 32 Of Superintendent of Banks, shall be issued when 128 82 Of Superintendent of Banks to be posted 50 40 Of Superintendent of Banks, to be withheld, when 127 82 Of Superintendent of Banks, to state what 127 82 Of trust company, when revoked 98 73 Requisite fee 24 29 Certificate of deposit — bank cannot make partial payments on 21a 25 Certification — of bonds by Superintendent of Banks 6i-6ia 45-55 Of Superintendent of Banks not to obligate the State 61 45 Certified checks — issuance unlawful, when 52 40 Must be immediately charged 52 40 City — bonds of, available for deposit by trust company 96 71 Legality of bonds of 61 45 Claims — against bank in liquidation 136 93 Objection to, liquidation 136 93 Classification — of banks 2 9 Of cities, governed by Federal census 23-60 26-44 Of cities in relation to capital and surplus 23-60-82 26-44-64 Of trusts 101 76 Commercial bank — advertising, how regulated 28 30 Capital and surplus, their relation to deposits 19 23 Capital required 82 64 Classified as to capital by population 23 26 Definition of 5 10 How formed to conduct 3 9 Loans of, limited 80-81 62-63 Loans to corporation 81-83 63-65 Loans to directors and employees 83 65 INDEX 259 BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Commercial bank — Continued Section Page Loan to officers prohibited 83 65 May borrow money to what extent 21a 25 May pledge assets to what extent 21a 25 Real estate loans restricted 47 38 Reserve required 20 24 Commercial paper— commercial banks may buy or discount 80 62 Condition — must be published 132 85 Consolidation — articles of incorporation and consolidation 31a 32 How assets of merged banks may be reached 31a 32 Of banks 31a 32 Corporations — Consolidated 31a 32 Doing title insurance and trust business 107 78 Loans to by commercial banks 81-83 63-65 Loans to, by savings banks 65 58 Mutual, may issue capital stock 29 30 Sale and purchase 31 31 Stock, as collateral, limited 44 38 Stock, banks shall not own 37 36 Corporations, banking — may be departmental business, when 22 26 Must file certain papers 8 13 Corporations, foreign — as fiscal agents 90 67 Cannot exercise powers of trust company 7 10 May act as executor, when 7 10 Shall not act as trustee 90 67 Costs — in liquidation 136 89 County — bonds of, available for deposit by trust company 96 71 Legality of bonds of 61 45 County deposits — in savings banks 62 56 Creditors — rights of, against banks sold 31 31 Rights of in liquidation 136 93 Currency Association — State banks may join 56 43 Debt — savings banks shall not contract except 62 56 Deceased depositors — when moneys due to, escheat 15 19 Deeds of trust — legal for deposit by trust companies 96 71 Definition — of bank 2 9 Of commercial bank 5 10 Of "electrical corporation" 61 49 Of "gas corporation" 61 49 Of "pipe line corporation" 61 49 Of public utility 61 49 Of savings bank 4 10 Of "street railroad corporation" 61 49 260 N. W. HALSEY & CO. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Definition of bank — Continued Section Page Of "telegraph corporation" 61 49 Of "telephone corporation" 61 49 Of trust company 6 10 Of "water corporation" 61 49 Departmental banks — application to transact 23 26 Apportionment of capital and surplus 61 45 Assets to be held for depositors, how 27 30 Assets to be kept separate 26 29 Corporation may transact business of 22 26 Departments to be in same or adjoining buildings 26 29 Investments, how held 27 30 Statement of segregation of capital and surplus 23 26 Deposit — by administrator, assignee, executor, guardian, court receiver, trustee 51 40 In National bank by State bank 48 39 Of Postal Savings in savings banks 62 56 Of trust companies with State Treasurer, to be increased, when... 98 73 Of trust companies with State Treasurer to consist of what 96 71 Trust companies may mortgage premises to State Treasurer, when 97 73 Depositary — National bank acting as 48 39 Depositor — contract with, in savings bank 64 57 Deceased 15 19 Repayment of, by savings banks 64 57 Savings, may be paid by draft 62 56 Unknown 15 19 Deposits — advertising for, prohibited when 12 15 Joint 16 21 Lawful reserve 20-64 24-57 Must not be increased, when 19 23 Not construed to create debt, when 55 43 Of banks 43 38 Of deceased persons, how collected 16 21 Of foreign corporations to be separate 7 10 Of married women 16 21 Of minors 16 21 Of other banks with savings banks 68 61 Of savings banks with other banks 68 61 Of trust company may be withdrawn from State Treasury 98 73 Of trust company, securities may be exchanged 96 71 Of trust company securities, title and appraisement 99 75 Of trust funds 16 21 Savings, advertised 49 39 INDEX 261 BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Deposits — Continued Section Page Savings bank, in what invested 61 45 Savings bank, repayment of 64 57 State, county and municipal in savings banks 62 56 Trust company, in what invested 106 77 Unclaimed 15 19 When preferred 5 1- ^ 2 40-56 With other banks by departments 25 29 With trust company, authorized by court 91 70 With trust company by administrator 91-92-93 7°~7 l With trust company, by court order 93 70 Directors — eligibility of 10 14 Examination of bank by 139 98 Liability for fraud 38 36 May authorize loans to directors, agents or employees 83 65 May be removed, when 10 14 May declare dividend, when 21 25 May sell no bond or contract to bank, when 35 35 Must hold monthly meetings 1 1 15 Of commercial bank, loans to 83 65 Of savings bank, loans to prohibited 65 58 Qualifications of 10-1 1 14-15 Shall not receive commission 39 37 Discount — banks of 5 10 On bills of lading or bills of exchange, or commercial paper, amount of 80 62 Dissolution — causes for, or proceedings in 136 88 Dividends — directors may declare under what conditions 21 25 From banks in liquidation 136 92 Of savings banks, how restricted 64 57 Trust company may receive, on securities deposited 96 71 Draft — savings depositors may be paid by 62 56 Earnings — Disposition of 21 25 Electrical corporation — definition of 61 49 Eligibility — of directors 10 14 Employees — liability for fraud 38 36 May sell no bond or contract to bank, when 35 35 Of commercial bank, loans to 83 65 Of savings bank, may borrow funds 65 58 Shall not receive commission 39 37 Endorser — deemed to be borrower, when 66 59 Entries — penalty for false 38 36 262 N. W. HALSEY & CO. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Section Page Examination — at expense of bank, when 138 98 Of banks by directors 139 98 Of national banks 48 39 Examiner — failure to report insolvency 126 82 Of State Banking Department 121 78 Shall not be appointed receiver, when r 5 81 Executor— deposits by 5i~9i-93 40-70 Foreign corporation may act, when 7 I0 Trust company may act as 6-90 10-67 Fee — for appraisal of trust company securities 99 75 For branch office 9 x 4 For investigating bonds 61a 55 For special examination 124 80 Filing — of documents preliminary to organization 8 13 Of proceedings in liquidation 136b 96 Fiscal agent — foreign corporation as 90 67 Foreign banks — inspection of 124 80 Foreign corporations — see Corporations — foreign Funds — of State Banking Department 123 79 Paid out on court order 137 97 Furniture and fixtures — investment in, by commercial banks 84 66 Investment in by savings banks 61 45 Gas corporations — definition of 61 49 Government — bonds available for deposit by trust company 96 71 Legality of bonds of 61 46 Guarantee — of banks restricted 36 36 Guardian— deposits by 5I-9I-93 40-70-71 May collect deposit, when 16 21 Trust company may be, for estate 90 70 Hypothecation — of assets 21a 25 Impairment — of capital stock 133-136 86-88 Information — accessible to general public 14 1 100 For public, or stockholders 17 22 Injunction — against Superintendent of Banks 134-136 87-88 Insolvent — bank, duties of Superintendent of Banks 136 88 Upon failure to restore reserve 20 24 Inspection — of all banks once a year 124 80 Interest — accrued but unpaid, not profits when 45 38 On deposits of trust funds 95 7i Inventory — liquidation of delinquent banks 136 93 Investigation — of bonds and securities by Superintendent of Banks . . . 61a 55 Of fitness of stockholders 128 82 INDEX 263 BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Section Page Investments — bank shall not invest in own stock 34 35 By savings banks after July 1, 1909, legality of 66 59 Changed to conform to act, how 145 102 In bonds limited 36-46 36-38 In stock of corporations prohibited except 37 36 Of departments held for depositors 27 30 Of trust funds, how regulated 105 77 Trust company, how governed 106 77 Irrigation District Bonds — legality of 61 45-46 Joint deposits — savings bank deposit in name of two or more persons.. 16 21 Judgment — dissolving banks, Superintendent of Banks may procure... 135a 88 Jurisdiction — in actions brought under Bank Act 136b 96 Lawful reserve — trust funds not to be carried as 32 35 Legality — of bonds or notes for savings banks 61 45 Letters of administration — certain heirs need not procure, when 16 21 Liabilities— advertising to be separate 14 19 Shall not be increased, when 20 24 Liability — for making false statement 38 36 Of directors, officer or employees for fraud 38 36 Of stockholders cannot be waived 40 37 Life insurance companies — use of word "trust" by foreign ?!f\... 12b 18 Limit — "borrowed money", amount of 21a 26 Of amount of real estate loans 47-67-105 38-60-77 Of deposit liabilities 19 23 Of deposit of savings banks in any one bank 68 61 Of investment in safe deposit department 30 31 Of loans by commercial banks 47-8o 38 Of loans by savings banks 66-67 59-60 Of loans by trust companies 105 77 Of loans on bank or corporation stock 44 38 Of purchase, underwriting or guaranteeing bonds 36 36 Of time for holding real estate 54 41 On deferred payment of interest 21a 26 Superintendent of Banks may extend, on money borrowed 21a 26 Liquidation — banks in, claims against 136 88-93 Banks in, names to be posted 141 100 Compensation of counsel in 136 91 Costs in 136 92 Of banks, voluntary I36a-I37 96-97 264 N. W. HALSEY & CO. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Section Page Loans — Bank shall not loan on own stock 34 35 By commercial banks, how limited 47-80-81 38-62 By commercial banks, to officers, directors and employees 83 65 By foreign corporations 7 10 By savings banks, how limited 66-67 59-60 By savings banks, prohibited, when 68 61 By savings banks, renewal of 66 59 By savings banks to directors or officers prohibited 65 58 On corporation or bank stock limited 44 38 Real estate 47 38 Savings banks, effect of public utilities act 61 45 Shall not be increased, when 20 24 To corporations, directors or officers interested 65-83 58-65 To directors or employees 65-83 58-65 Trust company, how governed 105-106 77 When savings banks must not make new 64 57 Location — Powers as affected by consolidation of cities 23-60-8226-44-64 Losses — May be charged to surplus when 21 25 Reserve fund may be charged with 64 57 Shall be written off when 21a 25 Meeting — Of directors once a month 11 15 Members — Of bank may make application to dissolve 137 97 Mining Stock — Loans on by savings banks prohibited 67 60 Money — Amount of lawful reserve to be kept on hand 20 24 Reserve of savings banks 68 61 Mortgage — Restriction as to loans on 47-67 38-60 Municipal deposits — In savings banks 62 56 Mutual bank — How reserve fund shall be increased 64 57 May have capital stock 29 30 Relation of reserve fund to deposits 64 57 Name— Restrictions on i2-i2a-i2b-l2c-49 16-18-39 National bank — Examination of as depositary 48 39 National reserve association — State banks may join 56 43 Notes — Legal for savings banks, when 61 45-49 Officer— Liability for fraud 38 36 May sell note, bond or contract to bank, when 35 35 Of bank, loans to prohibited 65-83-10558-65-77 Of savings bank, shall not be endorser 65 58 Of trust company entitled to knowledge of private trusts 103 77 Shall not receive commission 39 37 Overdraft — Limited to ninety days as asset 21a 26 INDEX 265 BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Con tinuc d Section Page Payment of deposits — By savings banks, notice required when 64 57 To married women, or to minors 16 21 Percentage — Of reserve required by savings banks 68 61 Personal property — Savings banks may loan on 67 60 Population — In relation to capital governed by Federal census 23 26 Postal savings — Deposited in savings banks 62 56 Deposits of shall not be construed as "borrowed money" 21a 25 Powers — Building and loan associations, restrictions on I2-I2a 16-17 Of banks 2-4-5-6 9-10 Of commercial banks 5 10 Of savings banks 4 10 Of trust companies 6 10 Preferred claims — Deposits by order of court 51 40 Deposits of postal savings as 62 56 Deposits of public moneys as 62 56 Preferred creditors — Bank shall not pledge assets except 21a 25 Preferred stock — Unlawful for banks 53 41 Private trust— Not subject to inspection of Superintendent of Banks.. 101 75 Officers entitled to knowledge of 103 76 Proceedings — In dissolution 136-137 89-97 In liquidation, filing of 136b 96 When banks are merged 31a 32 When bank sells assets 31 31 When capital of bank is impaired 133 86 When reserve falls below required amount 20 24 Profit and loss — Certain debts charged off to, when 21a 26 Profits — Accrued but uncollected interest not to be included in 45 38 Public administrator — May deposit with any bank, when 51 40 Public moneys — Deposited in savings banks 62 56 Deposit of, shall not be construed as "borrowed money" 21a 26 Public utilities act — Effect on loans and investments by savings banks 61 45-49 Public utility — Bonds, when legal for savings banks 61 45-49 Definition of 61 49 Purchase — Of assets of banks by officers, directors, etc 42 37 Of banks 31 31 Railroad — Bonds, when legal for savings banks 61 45-49 Ratio — Of capital and surplus to deposit liabilities 19 23 Of reserve to deposit liabilities 20-68-105 24-61-77 Real estate — Contract not to be sold to bank, when 35 35 Corporation certificates, when legal for savings banks 61 45-49 Loans on, by commercial bank 47 38 266 N. W. HALSEY &• CO. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Real estate — Continued Section Page Loans on, by savings bank 67 60 Mortgaged as deposit by trust company 96 71 Receiver — Bank examiner shall not act, when 125 81 Deposits by 51 40 Trust company, oath required go 67 Report — Annual, of Superintendent of Banks to Governor 140 99 Of banks, called for how often 131 85 Of banks, publication of 132 85 Of banks to State Banking Department 130 83 Of examination by directors 139 98 Special, to Superintendent of Banks 130a 85 Trust company must report, what 98-101 73-75 Reserve — For departmental bank 25 29 Of commercial banks, relation to deposits 20 24 Of savings banks 68 61 Of savings banks, relation to deposits 19 23 Required for commercial banks 20 24 Trust company, how governed 106 77 Reserve fund — Mutual savings banks, required 60 44 Of mutual savings bank, may be used how 64 57 Revolving fund — Superintendent of Banks may retain 123 79 Safe deposit department — Any bank may conduct 30 31 Investment in, by commercial bank 84 66 Investment in, by savings bank 61 45-49 Investment in, by trust company 105 77 Sale — Of banks or departments 31 31 Savings bank — Advertising, how regulated 28 30 Bonds and notes when legal for investment 61 45-49 Capital and surplus, their relation to deposits 19 23 Capital stock required 60 44 Classified as to capital by population 23 26-27 Contracts with depositors 64 57 Corporation loans, directors or officers interested 65 58 County deposits in 62 52 Definition of 4 10 Deposits of other banks with 68 61 Employees or agents may borrow funds 65 58 Investments, effect of public utilities act 61 49 Investments, legality of 66 59 Loans, effect of public utilities act 61 49 Loans, must be secured how 67 60 Loans of, limited 66 59 INDEX 267 BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Savings bank — Continued Section Page Loans to directors and officers prohibited 65 58 May borrow postal savings or public money 62 56 May issue certificates of deposit 63 57 Municipal deposits in 62 56 Must not make new loans, when 64 57 Mutual reserve fund of must be increased, when 64 57 Mutual reserve fund, when required 60 45 Only, to receive savings deposits 49 39 Organized without capital stock 60 44 Purposes of 4 10 Reserve required 68 61 Shall not contract debt except 62 56 Use of term restricted I2-I2a~49 16-17-39 Without capital stock reserve fund must equal what 19 23 Savings department — Investments to be separate 26 29 Savings deposits — Advertising for, prohibited when I2-I2a 16-17 School district — Bonds of, available for deposit by trust company ... 96 71 Legality of bonds of 61 46 Securities — Certified, official list to be kept 61a 55 Cost of investigation of 61a 55 Deposited by trust company, examination of 96-97-98-99 71-75 Hypothecated by savings bank 62 57 Illegally held by banks 145 101 Security — Percentage, for savings bank loans 67 60 Signs — Of banks must show what 28 30 Special report — Of banks, Superintendent of Banks may require 130a 85 State — Law, violated by banks 134-1353-136 87-88 Legality of bonds of 61 46 Shall be responsible for securities deposited by trust company . . 96 71 State banking department — Assistants, attorney, chief deputy, exam- iner, officials of 121 78 Created 120 78 Examiner, failure to report insolvent condition 126 82 Fund of 123 79 Special report to 130a 85 State banking fund — Amount of 123 79 State deposits — In savings banks 62 56 State of California — Bonds of, available for deposits by trust company 96 71 State treasurer — Deposit with, by trust company 90 67 May accept mortgage on trust company premises, when 97 73 Stationery— Of banks must show what 28 30 268 N. W. HAUSEY & CO. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Section Page Stock — As collateral, limited 44 38 Impairment of 133-136 86-88 Investment in, prohibited 37 36 Number of shares held by directors to be posted 17 22 Preferred prohibited 53 41 Stockholders — Liability of cannot be waived 40 37 May elect receiver, when 136 95 Meeting of, may be called by Superintendent of Banks 135 88 Must confirm consolidation 31a 32 Names of to be on file 17 22 Stockholders' meeting — Superintendent of Banks may call 135 88 Street railroad corporation — Definition of 61 49 Superintendent of Banks — Action by, to procure judgment of disso- lution 135a 88 Annual report to Governor 140 99 Appointment of 120 78 Approval of capital and surplus apportioned 23 26 Authority to liquidate bank 136 89 Consent necessary to do departmental business 23 26 Liquidation by 136 88-89 May appoint special deputies 136 91 May authorize deposits by trust company 96 71 May examine national banks, when 48 39 Official reports prima facie evidence 142 101 Powers of 124 80 Power to investigate bonds and securities 61a 55 Reports of banks to 130 83 Shall direct discontinuance of unsound practices 134 87 Shall give notice of liquidation proceedings 136 89 Shall not inspect private trusts 101 75 Shall require banks to repair captial, when 133 86 Superior court — As to conflicting claims, liquidation of banks 136 93 Surplus — Maximum necessary to maintain 21 25 May be converted into capital 21 25 Of savings bank, in what invested 61 46-50 Of trust company, in what invested 105 yy One-tenth of net profits to be added before dividend 21 25 Telegraph corporations — Definition of 61 49 Telephone corporations — Definition of 61 49 Title — Of act 1 9 To accompany mortgage deposited by trust company 99 75 INDEX 269 BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Section Page Title insurance company — Doing trust business 106-107 77-78 Shall not conduct commercial or savings bank 22 26 Transfer — Of assets and liabilities by bank 31 31 Trust company — Additional deposits by, to be authorized 98 73 Additional powers dependant upon location 00 67 Advertising, how regulated 28 30 Articles of incorporation 90 67 Capital required 90 67 Causes for dissolution 134-136 87-88 Definition of 6 10 Departmental business 106 77 Deposits by, to be authorized 96 71 Deposits with, how secured 98 73 Deposits with State Treasurer 96-97-98-99 71-75 Interest or dividends on securities deposited 95 71 Investment of trust funds 94 71 Lawful reserve of 105 77 Liquidation of 136 89 May withdraw securities from State Treasurer, when 98 73 Powers of 6 10 Private trusts confidential 103 76 Purposes of 6 10 Restriction on investments 105 77 Shall pay interest on deposits .' 95 71 Trust funds, meaning of term 98 73 Trusts classified 101 75 Use of term restricted I2-I2a-I2b 16-17-19 Trust department — May deposit with department of same corporation 25 29 Operated by title insurance company 106-107 77-78 Trustee — Deposits by 51 40 Trust funds — Deposits of 16 21 Interest on, as provided by court 95 71 Investments, how regulated 105 77 Meaning of term 96 73 Shall not be counted as reserve 32 35 Shall not be mingled 32 35 Trusts — How classified 101 75 Unclaimed deposits — Publication of 15 19 Underwriting — Of bonds limited 36 36 Undivided profits — One-tenth to be carried to surplus before dividend 21 25 Shall not be combined with surplus in advertising 14 ig 270 N. W. HALSEY & CO. BANK ACT OF CALIFORNIA— Continued Section Page United States — Bonds available for deposit by trust company 96 71 Legality of bonds of 61 46 Violation — Of any law of State 134-1353 87-88 Voluntary liquidation — Of banks I36a-I37 96 Warning — to discontinue violation of law 134 87 Water corporation — Definition of 61 49 Withdrawal — Of savings deposits, coniditions of 64 57 Of securities by trust company 96-102 71-76 INDEX 271 State Deposit Act Section Page Act of 1905 repealed 8 105 Additional security may be required 3 104 Bonds which may be used as security for funds on deposit 3 104 Certificate of deposit taken by state treasurer counted as cash 7 105 Deposit of state moneys in banks 1 103 Deposits subject to call I 103 Expense of transporting moneys to and from depositary banks 1 103 Indemnity bonds may be required 5 105 Interest — rate on deposits 1 103 Interest — when payable 2 104 Limitation of deposits 1 103 Provisions of contract 4 104 School moneys on deposit 2 104 Security for deposits 1 103 Treasurer's annual statement to bank 4 104 Treasurer not responsible for deposits 6 105 Warrants may be paid by certificates of deposit 7 105 Value of bonds deposited as security 3 104 County and Municipal Deposit Act. Amount that may be deposited 5 107 Bonds required as security 1 106 Counties or municipalities may buy bonds 12 109 Deposit of public moneys, other than state, in banks 1 106 Expense of transportation of moneys to and from depositary banks 10 109 Interest payable quarterly 2 106 Minimum rate two per centum 2 106 On failure of bank to repay, security to be sold 8 108 Public officials not responsible for deposits 9 108 Rate of interest to be fixed, when 2 106 Receipt for deposit 3 107 Receipts to be counted as cash 6 108 Record of deposits 4 107 Repeal of acts in conflict 13 109 Value of bonds deposited as security 1 106 Violation of deposit laws II 109 272 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Investment Companies Act. Section Page Act i in Advertising 9 116 Agent, definition of 2d ill Appeal, may be made to Superior Court 12 117 Application for permit of sale 4 112 Appropriation ; ; ; 24 120 Appointment, of agent 7 115 "Broker Investment," definition of 2c ill Brokers, reports of 10b 117 Commissioner, of Corporations, duties of 5 114 Commissioner, shall employ clerks, deputies, etc 17 119 Commissioner, location of office 18 119 "Companies Investment" — See "Investment Companies" Companies, organized in other States 4c 113 Corporation Commission Fund 19 1 19 Definition of "Investment Companies" 2 in Definition of 'Investment Broker" 2c 1 1 1 Definition of "Security" 2b in Definition of "Agent" .• . . . . 2d in Deputies 17 1 19 Duties of, Commissioner of Corporations 5 114 Examination fee 8 116 Exemptions, from the application of this Act 3 112 Exemptions, of Investment Companies and securities 4b 113 False statements 13 118 Fees 19 120 Filing fee 4a 112 Filing, reports by company of purchase and sales 10a 1 17 Fines 15 118 "Fund, Corporation Commission" 19 119 General Permit necessary 6 115 "Investment Broker," definition of 2c in "Investment Company," definition of 2 in "Investment Companies," under control of Commissioner 8 116 "Investment Companies" must file reports 10a 117 Public inspection, reports open to 11 117 Reports, by Commissioner of Corporations 21 120 Reports, Investment Companies must file 10a 117 Reports, of Brokers 10b 117 Reports, open to public inspection 11 117 Sale, the term 2e 112 INDEX 273 Section Page Security, definition of 2b 111 Superior Court, Appeal may be made to 12 117 State Corporation Department, created 16 118 Violations 14 118 National Bank Act as Amended. Act — national bank 1 121 Additional Circulation Act 217 Amendments to articles of association 42 132 Appointment — term and salary of Comptroller 3 121 Articles of association 13 124 Assessment for impairment of capital 115 160 Assessment — provision for enforcement of 116 160 Associations must not hold their own capital stock 111 159 Bank circulation Chapter III 135 Bank circulation — penalty for imitating for advertising purposes 167 181 Pledging 166 180 Preparation of 59 140 Bank — closed circulation of 71 146 Bank may enjoin further liquidation proceedings 145 170 Bank — proceedings to liquidate must be brought 146 171 Banks — liquidating circulation of 89 152 National, failed 160 176 To take circulation at par jy 148 Whose existence has expired 142 169 Bonds — annual examination of 56 137 Deposit of United States 24 128 Examination of 55 137 Exchange of 51 136 Forfeited if circulation is dishonored 144 170 General provisions respecting 57 138 Held by treasurer 52 136 Notice of transfer of 54 137 Of liquidating banks 141 168 Record of transfer of 53 137 Relation of bonds deposited to capital 50 136 Security for circulation 49 135 Sold at private sale 151 172 Sold at public auction 149 171 United States, defined 48 135 274 N. W. HALSEY & CO. NATIONAL BANK ACT— Continued Section Page Capital — assessment for impairment of 115 160 Relations of, to bonds deposited 50 136 Capital stock — associations must not hold their own in 158 Amount required 17 126 Enforcing payment of 20 127 Increase of 43 133 Payment of 19 126 Reduction of 45 134 Restoration of 21 127 Shares of 18 126 When increase becomes valid 24 128 Certificate of authority 25 128 Organization 15 125 Publication of 26 129 Officers and directors 23 128 Certification of checks — false 177 185 False, penalty for 178 185 Certified copies of organization certificate as evidence 183 187 Charter — forfeiture of 157 174 Circuit courts may enjoin Comptroller 180 186 Circulation — amount obtainable 58 139 Banks Chapter III 135 Of extended banks 69 145 For what receivable 63 141 Improper use of bank 113 159 Of expired banks, penalty for issue of 176 184 Of gold banks 64 142 Shall bear charter number of bank 60 141 Tax on Chapter IV 148 Clearing house certificates counted as reserve 97 154 Clerks in Comptroller's office 7 I22 Closed bank — circulation of 7 1 J 46 Comptroller of the Currency 2 121 Condition — reports of 119 161 Verification of, report of condition 120 162 Consent of two-thirds necessary for extension 132 166 Contributions — corporation, to political parties prohibited 215 Converted bank may retain branches 39 132 Corporate existence — extension of Chapter VI 165 Powers 16 125 INDEX 275 NATIONAL BANK ACT— Continued Section Page Counterfeit circulation — penalty for 169 181 Penalty for dealing in 175 184 Penalty for improper 165 180 Penalty for passing 172 183 Creditor's bill against shareholders 164 179 Creditors — illegal preference of 163 179 Crimes Chapter VIII 180 Currency Act, March 14, 1900 207 Currency bureau Chapter I 121 Delivering circulation — penalty for improper 165 180 Deposit and withdrawal of public moneys in government depositaries.. 226 203 By certain postmasters in, provision for government depositaries.. 227 203 Not required for consolidation 140 168 Of lawful money for redemption of outstanding circulation 139 168 Of United States bonds 24 128 Depositaries — government Chapter XI 202 Deputy Comptroller 5 122 Designation and duties of government depositaries 225 202 Directors — number and election of 27 129 Oaths of 31 130 Qualifications of 28 129 Vacancies in board of 33 130 Dissenting shareholders may withdraw 135 166 Dividends by national banks 109 158 Reports of 121 162 Unearned, prohibited 114 159 Earnings — reports of 121 162 Election — failure to hold annual 32 130 Qualifications of voters at 30 130 Enforcing tax on circulation 83 150 Evidence 182 187 Examination in District of Columbia 128 164 Examiners 125 163 Compensation of 127 164 Qualification for 126 163 Existence — corporate Chapter VI 165 Extended banks — circulation of 69 145 Extension of corporate existence Chapter VI 165 Failure to make semi-annual return of taxable circulation 88 152 First lien for redeeming circulation 150 172 Fraudulent notes to be marked 79 148 276 N. W. HALSEY & CO. NATIONAL BANK ACT— Continued Section Page Gold bank — conversion of 36 131 Organization of 35 131 Circulation of 64 142 Reserve requirements for 102 156 Gold certificates counted as reserve 101 155 Government depositaries Chapter XI 202 Impairment of capital — assessment for 115 160 Impressions of tools, penalty for having 174 184 Penalty for taking unauthorized 173 183 Indian Territory — jurisdiction in 185 187 Insolvent bank — distribution of assets of 155 174 Notes to creditors of 154 173 Taxes unremitted 160 176 Interest by Comptroller in national banks prohibited 6 122 Interest — penalty for unlawful 108 158 Which may be charged by national banks 107 157 Issue of other notes prohibited 78 148 Jurisdiction Chapter VIII 180 Lawful money 231 206 Laws apply to all national banks 92 153 Legal tender and lawful money 231 206 Liabilities — exception for trustees, etc 41 133 Liability of directors 158 174 Personal, of shareholders 40 132 Restriction on banks 112 159 Liquidating banks, circulation of 70 146 Liquidation Chapter VII 167 Location — change of 46 134 Material for circulation — penalty for illegal possession or use of 171 182 Money order funds — penalty for misapplication of 228 204 Mutilating circulation — penalty for 168 181 National bank act 1 121 National bank cases — jurisdiction of 181 186 National banks — powers and organization of Chapter II 124 Regulation of Chapter V 153 "National," use of — in titles 130 165 Notice to present circulation for redemption 148 171 Uncurrent — prohibition against 117 161 United States, redemption in 74 147 Notice of voluntary liquidation 138 168 "Obligations of the United States" defined 170 182 Office malfeasance — penalty for 179 186 INDEX 277 NATIONAL BANK ACT— Continued Section Page Offices, vaults, etc., Comptroller's 9 122 Organization and power of national banks Chapter II 124 Certificate 14 124 Proceedings, examination of 22 127 Organized under the act of February 25, 1863 — status of 47 135 Penalty for failure to report 122 162 For unlawful interest charges 108 158 Place of business 93 153 Plates and dies — control of 61 141 Examination of 62 141 Pledging United States notes — penalty for 166 180 Powers and organization of national banks Chapter II 124 Powers — corporate 16 125 President shall be a director 34 131 Private sale — bonds sold at 151 172 Proceedings in default of tax on circulation 82 150 Protest of bank circulation 143 169 Public auction — bonds sold at 149 171 Provisions for redeeming circulation 66 143 Qualifications of Comptroller 4 121 Real estate — dealings of national banks in 106 157 Receiver — appointment and duties 152 172 When may be appointed 153 173 When he may purchase property 159 175 Receivership Chapter VII 167 Expenses of — how paid 156 174 Redeemed notes to be cancelled 73 146 Redemption account — disposition of 75 147 Fund counted as reserve 98 154 Of incomplete circulation 76 147 Of circulation in United States notes 74 147 Of United States note certificates 100 155 Refunding excess tax on circulation 84 150 Regulation for redemption records 72 146 Of the banking business Chapter V 153 Report — annual, of Comptroller 10 123 Reports of condition 119 161 Of condition, verification of 120 162 Of dividends and earnings 121 162 Of other banks 123 162 Penalty for failure to 122 162 278 N. W. HALSEY & CO. NATIONAL BANK ACT— Continued Section Page Reserve — agents' balances counted as 96 154 Cities 94 153 Clearing house certificates counted as 97 154 Deposit in central reserve city 103 156 Cities, additional 104 156 Not maintained 95 154 Redemption fund counted as 98 154 Requirements 94 153 Requirements for gold banks 102 156 United States gold certificates counted as 101 155 United States note certificates counted as 99 154 Restrictions on liability 112 159 On loans no 158 Savings banks in the District of Columbia Chapter X 200 Seal of Comptroller's office 8 122 Semi-annual return of circulation 81 149 Return of taxable circulation 87 151 Shareholders' agent — appointment qualifications of 161 176 Agents, duties of 162 178 Dissenting, may withdraw 135 166 Liability 40 132 List of 118 161 Special examination necessary for extension 133 166 State banks — conversion of 37 131 Capital of 38 132 State taxation of national banks 124 163 Status not changed by extension 134 166 Suspension of business after default 147 171 Suits against United States officers or agents 184 187 Surplus of national banks 109 158 Tax on authorized circulation 86 151 Circulation Chapter IV 148 Circulation of converted banks 89 152 Circulation provisions restricted 90 IS 2 Taxation of national banks by state 124 163 Of notes, etc 91 152 Title — change of 46 134 Trust companies in the District of Columbia Chapter IX 188 Unauthorized deposit of public moneys — penalty for 229 205 Receipt or use of public money 229 205 United States note certificates counted as reserve 99 154 Use of "National" in titles 130 165 INDEX 279 NATIONAL BANK ACT— Continued Section Page Violation of banking law Chapter VIII 180 Visitorial power — limitations of 129 165 Vote required for liquidation 137 167 When circulation is exempt from taxation 85 150 Withdrawing circulation 67 144 Circulation, general provisions for 68 144 Worn-out or mutilated circulation 65 142 280 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Code of the District of Columbia Section Page Amendment — provision for 220 199 By-laws 210 197 Capital — increase of 215 198 Capital stock — money payments of — required 207 196 Provisions relating to 199 193 Charter 188 189 Filing of 190 189 Competent to act as trust, etc 193 191 Corporate existence 198 193 Directors' liability for payment of unearned dividends 211 197 Liability may be avoided 212 197 Number and election of 208 196 Responsibility of, for excess liabilities 213 197 District court — all similar, subject to this act 219 19$ Enforcement of subscriptions to 200 194 Evidence — certified copy of incorporation certificate competent 216 198 Jurisdiction, district supreme court has 218 198 Larceny 204 195 Liability for failure to report 203 195 No bond or other security required 217 198 Notice of intention to apply for charter 189 189 Officers — appointment of 209 196 Organization certificate 187 188 Perjury 204 195 Powers 192 190 Privileges extended to existing corporations 196 192 Provisions for organization 186 188 Qualifications as trustee 194 192 Real estate — dealings in 197 193 Report — annual of Comptroller 201 194 Security for faithful performance of trust 195 192 Stock — interest of 205 195 Stockholders' liability 206 196 Supervision — under Comptroller 191 190 Tax on gross earnings 202 194 Trust companies, etc. — provisions for charter 189 189 Trustee not liable on stock assessment 214 197 SAVINGS BANKS, ETC.— DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA Savings banks in — formation of 221 200 Examination of, by Comptroller 223 201 Reports to Comptroller 222 200 Act of June 25, 1906, relative to 224 201 INDEX 281 Index to Sections of Revised Statutes Included in the National Bank Act as Amended Section Paragraph Section Paragraph Section Paragraph Section Paragraph 324 2 5136 16 5182 63 5220 137 325 3 5137 106 5183 78 5221 138 326 4 5138 17 5184 65 5222 139 327 5 5139 18,42 5185 35,64 5223 140 328 6 5140 19 5186 102 5224 141 329 7 5141 20,21 5187 165 5225 70 330 8 5142 43,44 5188 167 5226 143 331 9 5143 45 5189 168 5227 144 332 128 5144 30 5190 93 5228 147 333 10 5145 27 5191 94,95 5229 148 380 184 5146 28 5192 96 5230 149,150 605 221 5147 31 5193 99 5231 151 629 180 5148 33 5194 100 5232 72 713 222,224 5149 32 5195 103 5333 73 714 222,224 5150 34 5196 77 5234 152 736 146 5151 40 5197 107 5235 154 884 182 5152 41 5198 108 5236 155 885 183 5153 225 5199 109 5237 145 3410 38 5154 37 5200 110 5238 156 3411 85 5155 39 5201 111 5239 157,158 3414 87 5156 47 5202 112 5240 j 125,126, 3415 88 5157 92 5203 113 ? 127 3416 89 5158 48 5204 114 5241 129 3417 90 5159 24,49 5205 115 5242 163 3585 231 5160 50 5206 117 5243 130 3586 231 5161 51 5207 166 5413 170 3587 231 5162 52 5208 177 5415 169 3588 231 5163 53 5209 179 5430 171 3589 231 5164 54 5210 118 5431 172 3590 231 5165 55 5211 119 5432 173 3620 226 5166 56 5212 121 5433 174 3701 91 5167 57 5213 122 5434 175 3811 11 5168 22,23 5214 80 5437 176 3847 227 5169 25 5215 81 5488 229 4046 228 5170 26 5216 82 5497 230 513S 13 5172 59 5217 83 5134 14 5173 61 5218 84 5135 15 5174 62 5219 124 282 N. W. HALSEY & CO. Currency Act of March 1 4, 1 900. Section Page Amendment to section 5138, R. S 10 211 Bimetallism — international 14 215 Bonds — deposit of, to secure circulating notes 12 213 Issued to maintain reserve 2 207 Substitution of 12 213 U. S., exchange of outstanding issues authorized 11 212 Certificates — gold 6 209 Gold, when authority to issue is suspended 6 209 Silver, denominations 7 211 Coin — subsidiary issue of 8 211 Coinage of silver dollars 5 209 Deposit of bonds to secure circulating notes 12 213 Division of issue 4 209 Division of redemption 4 209 Dollar — gold, standard of value 1 207 Dollars — silver, coinage of, to retire treasury notes 5 209 Gold certificates 6 209 When authority to issue is suspended 6 210 International bimetallism 14 215 Issues — division of 4 209 Legal tender quality not affected 3 208 Notes — circulating, additional security may be required for 12 213 Circulating, denomination of 12 213 Circulating, secured by deposit of bonds 12 213 Circulating, shall not exceed paid-up capital 12 214 Circulating, tax on 13 215 Reissued 2 208 Treasury 2 207 United States, amount outstanding fixed by law 6 209 Redemption of treasury notes 2 207 Of United States notes 2 207 Reserve — maintenance of 2 207 In trust funds 4 209 Redemption — division of 4 209, Silver certificates — denomination 7 211 Dollars, coinage of 5 209 Standard of value— gold dollar 1 207 Subsidiary coin — issue of 8 211 Tax on circulating notes 13 215 INDEX 283 Additional Circulation Act. (Emergency Currency Act.) Section Page Additional circulation act, appropriations to carry out 16 228 Date of expiration of act 20 229 Date of act 20 229 Additional circulation — application for, by banks 1 217 Application for, by a national currency association 3 221 Deposit of securities for 1 218 Deposit of securities for, by national currency association 3 221 Distribution geographically 7 22 4 Information regarding securities pledged for 8 224 Legal title of bonds as security for, transferred 4 222 Limit of indebtedness of municipality in proportion to balance of taxable property 3 222 Limit of issue 5 22 3 Limited to ninety per centum of cash value of municipals 1-3 217-221 Limited to seventy-five per centum of cash value of commercial securities I 219 Not to exceed thirty per centum of capital when based on com- mercial paper 1 219 Redemption fund must cover 6 223 Reports, monthly 9 22 5 Securities available for 1 2 i8 Status of 5 22 3 Tax on 9 225 Value of securities pledged for 8 224 Withdrawal of 10 225 Circulation — printing of notes 11 227 Redemption of notes 12 227 Tax on 9 22 4 Withdrawal of notes 10 226 Commercial paper — definition of I 219 National Currency Association I 217 A bank may belong to but one I 218 Application by, for additional circulation 3 221 By-Laws of I 218 Capital of I 217 Certificates of I 217 Deposit of securities for additional circulation 3 221 Dissolution of members of I 218 Failure of member to deposit additional securities I 220 284 N. W. HALSEY & CO. ADDITIONAL CIRCULATION ACT— Continued National Currency Association — Continued Section Page Failure of member to make good redemption fund 2 220 Substitution of securities 1 220 Liability of member of 1 219 Management of 1 218 May be sued 1 217 May require additional securities 1 220 Members may be sued in circuit court 1 220 Membership 1 217 Name of 1 217 Number of banks required to form 1 217 Officers of 1 218 Purposes of 1 218 Place of business 1 217 Powers of board 1 218 Receipt given for bonds deposited 4 222 Sale of securities deposited by members 2 220 Under authority of Secretary of Treasury 13 228 National Monetary Commission, creation of 17 228 Expiration of 19 229 To report 18 228 Public deposits 14 228 Interest on IS 228 Postal Savings Bank Act. Page Accounts — who may open 232 Limitation of 233 Maximum 233 Minimum 233 Accounting — methods of 237 Appropriation — enabling 237 Board of trustees — creation of 231 Reports of 231 Bonds — available as security for postal savings funds 234 Exchange of deposits for 235 Exempt from taxation 236 Investment of postal savings funds in U. S 236 Not available as security for circulation 236 Redemption of 237 When they may be issued 236 INDEX 285 POSTAL SAVINGS BANK ACT— Continued Page Circulation — bonds not available for 236 Compensation of postmasters 237 Deposits — court decrees determine title to 238 Individual, not to be disclosed 237 May be exchanged for bonds 235 Protection of 238 Interest on 233 Of postal savings funds in banks 234 Withdrawal 233 Faith of United States pledged to depositors 238 Interest — on deposits of postal savings funds in banks 234 On postal savings deposits 233 Minimum deposits 233 Passbooks 232 Postoffices — designation of, as savings depository offices 232 Postal savings stamps 233 Postal savings funds — deposit of, in local banks 234 Investment of, in U. S. bonds 235 Redemption of bonds issued for 237 Withdrawal of, from banks 234 Working balance 235 Interest on 234 Reserve 234 Bonds available as security for deposit of 234 Postmasters — compensation of 237 Reports of board of trustees 231 Stamps — postal savings 233 Safeguards for protection of postal savings bank deposits 238 Surrender of deposits in exchange for bonds 235 Taxation — bonds exempt from 236 Title — to deposits 238 How proved 236 Withdrawal of deposits 233 Withdrawal of deposits of savings bank funds 234 286 N. W. HALSEY & CO . Postal Savings Bonds (Information issued Jan. 1st, 1913) Section Page Bonds, assignment of 8 240 Bonds, assignment of by a minor 9 241 Bonds, exempt from all taxes 2 239 Bonds, lost or destroyed 11 241 Bonds, no limit to amount obtainable by depositor 5 240 Bonds, payment of interest on 10 241 Bonds, procured only by conversion of deposits 6 240 Bonds, Registered and Coupon 7 240 Securities Acceptable Note 243 New York Savings Bank Law. Bonds — limitation of holdings of railroad bonds 6i 251 Bonds legal for investment. Of United States 1 245 Of District of Columbia 1 245 Of State of New York I 245 Of counties of New York 4 246 Of municipalities of New York 4 246 Of school districts of New York 4 246 Of real estate in New York 6 247 Of various states, provided 3 245 Of municipalities outside of New York, provided 5 246 Of railroad corporations of New York, provided 6a 247 Of railroad corporations of the United States, provided 6e 248 Of railroad corporations owning less than 500 miles of road, pro- vided 6f 249 Of railroad corporations, guaranteed, provided 6g 250 Of railroad corporations, underlying, provided 6i 250 Street railroad, not railroad bonds 6i 252 Mortgages on real estate 6 247 „„„ _ DU ^N THE I.AST DATE THIS BOOK BIOT BD BE10W ^ of 1 o *\>* W tvjc era o* , * *K'0L0 FEfe 4 71- 114*90 Doe •«! of SPRING Quarter •ub^ct to recall after 4 *** 2 * '" &3 tfCO vs »# v»i x ** flttA .7 ,'25 380306 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY